Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
| x | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
OR
| ¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 0-25135
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
| California | 94-2823865 | |
| (State or jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) | |
| 1901 Churn Creek Road | ||
| Redding, California | 96002 | |
| (Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) | |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (530) 722-3952
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
| Common Stock, No Par Value per share | NASDAQ Global Market |
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨ No x
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference to Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-(2) of the Exchange Act. (Check one).
| Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | x | |||
| Non-accelerated filer | ¨ | Smaller Reporting Company | ¨ | |||
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) Yes ¨ No x
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
As of the last day of the second fiscal quarter of 2012, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $62,334,852 based on the closing sale price of $4.08 as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market as of June 30, 2012.
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the last practicable date.
The number of shares of the registrant’s no par value Common Stock outstanding as of March 1, 2013 was 15,317,141
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement of the registrant for its 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which will be subsequently filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Table of Contents
Bank of Commerce Holdings Form 10-K
2
Table of Contents
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This report includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions, and on information available to management as of the date of this document. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations of the Company set forth under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Forward-looking statements also include statements in which words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intend,” “plan,” “believes,” “estimate,” “consider” or similar expressions or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would” and “could” are intended to identify such forward looking statements. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. They involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. The Company’s actual future results and shareholder values may differ materially from those anticipated and expressed in these forward-looking statements. Many of the factors that will determine these results and values are beyond the Company’s ability to control or predict. Investors are cautioned not to put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. In addition, the Company does not have any intention and assumes no obligation to update forward-looking statements after the date of the filing of this report, even if new information, future events or other circumstances have made such statements incorrect or misleading. Except as specifically noted herein all references to the “Company” refer to Bank of Commerce Holdings, a California corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries.
The following factors, among others, could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements:
| • | The strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which we conduct operations, the duration of current financial and economic volatility and decline and actions taken by the United States Congress and governmental agencies, including the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”), to deal with challenges to the United States financial system; |
| • | The effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve Board |
| • | Inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations, the risks presented by a continued economic recession, which could adversely affect credit quality, collateral values, investment values and liquidity; |
| • | Changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers; |
| • | Our high degree of concentration in real estate lending; |
| • | Risks related to our relationship with Bank of Commerce Mortgage; |
| • | Regulatory changes in capital requirements; |
| • | Changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; |
| • | Changes in the level of our nonperforming assets and charge offs; |
| • | Oversupply of inventory and continued deterioration in values of real estate in California and the United States generally, both residential and commercial; |
| • | Changes in securities markets, public debt markets and other capital markets; |
| • | Possible other-than-temporary impairments of securities held by us; |
| • | The timely development of competitive new products and services and the acceptance of these products and services by new and existing customers; |
| • | The willingness of customers to substitute competitors’ products and services for our products and services; |
| • | The impact of changes in financial services policies, laws and regulations, including laws, regulations and policies concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance, and the application thereof by regulatory bodies; |
| • | Technological changes could expose us to new risks, including potential systems failures or fraud; |
| • | The timing and effect of acquisitions we may make, if any, including, without limitation, the failure to achieve the expected revenue growth and/or expense savings from such acquisitions; |
| • | The effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted from time-to-time by bank regulatory agencies, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other accounting standards setters; |
| • | The impact of current governmental efforts to restructure the United States financial regulatory system, including changes in the scope and cost of FDIC insurance and other coverage’s; |
| • | Ability to attract deposits and other sources of liquidity at acceptable costs; |
| • | Changes in the competitive environment among financial and bank holding companies and other financial service providers; |
| • | The loss of critical personnel and the challenge of hiring qualified personnel at reasonable compensation levels; |
| • | Geopolitical conditions, including acts or threats of war or terrorism, actions taken by the United States or other governments in response to acts or threats of war or terrorism and/or military conflicts, which could impact business and economic conditions in the United States and abroad; |
| • | Unanticipated regulatory or judicial proceedings; and |
| • | Our ability to manage the risks involved in the foregoing. |
3
Table of Contents
If our assumptions regarding one or more of the factors affecting our forward-looking information and statements proves incorrect, then our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, forward-looking information and statements contained in this prospectus and in the information incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Therefore, we caution you not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking information and statements. We will not update the forward-looking statements to reflect actual results or changes in the factors affecting the forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements should not be viewed as predictions, and should not be the primary basis upon which investors evaluate us. Any investor in our common stock should consider all risks and uncertainties discussed in “BUSINESS RISK FACTORS” and in the MD&A.
| ITEM 1. | BUSINESS |
Bank of Commerce Holdings (“Company,” “Holding Company,” “We,” or “Us”) is a corporation organized under the laws of California and a bank holding company (BHC) registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”). Our principal business is to serve as a holding company for Redding Bank of Commerce (“Bank”), which operates under two separate names (Redding Bank of Commerce and Roseville Bank of Commerce a division of Redding Bank of Commerce). We also have two unconsolidated subsidiaries, Bank of Commerce Holdings Trust and Bank of Commerce Holdings Trust II, which were organized in connection with our prior issuances of trust preferred securities. Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “BOCH.”
The Company commenced banking operations in 1982 and currently operates four full service facilities in two diverse markets in Northern California. We are proud of the Bank’s reputation as one of Northern California’s premier banks for business. During 2007, we re-branded the Bank as “Bank of Commerce ¦ Bank of Choice” reflecting a renewed commitment to making the Bank the choice for local businesses with a fresh focus on family and personal finances. We provide a wide range of financial services and products for business and consumer banking. The services offered by the Bank include those traditionally offered by banks of similar size in California, such as free checking, interest bearing checking and savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, sweep arrangements, commercial, construction and term loans, travelers checks, safe deposit boxes, collection services, payroll processing, and electronic banking activities. The Bank offers wealth management services through a third party investment broker.
On August 31, 2012, with an effective date of June 30, 2012, the Holding Company sold its 51% ownership interest (capital stock) in Bank of Commerce Mortgage (the “Mortgage Company”), a residential mortgage banking company headquartered in San Ramon, California. The Mortgage Company operates twenty-one offices in the states of California and Colorado, and is licensed to do business in California, Colorado, Oregon, Nevada and Texas. The Holding Company purchased a controlling interest in the Mortgage Company in May 2009, by acquiring 51% of their capital stock. The initial transaction was recorded in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, and resulted in recorded goodwill of $3.7 million. See the Company’s 2009 and 2010 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, incorporated in the Company’s respective Form 10-K filings for further information regarding the purchase and accounting for the acquisition of the Mortgage Company. Additional information regarding the sale of our Mortgage Company interest can be found in Note 9 Discontinued Operations in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated in this document.
We continuously search for both organic and external expansion opportunities, through internal growth, strategic alliances, acquisitions, establishing a new office or the delivery of new products and services. Systematically, we reevaluate the short and long term profitability of all of our lines of business, and do not hesitate to reduce or eliminate unprofitable locations or lines of business. We remain a viable, independent bank committed to enhancing shareholder value. This commitment has been fostered by proactive management and dedication to our staff, customers, and the markets we serve.
Our vision is to embrace changes in the industry and develop profitable business strategies that allow us to maintain our customer relationships and build new ones. Our competitors are no longer just banks; we must compete with a myriad of other financial entities that compete for our core business. The flexibility provided by our status as a financial holding company has become increasingly important. We have developed strategic plans that evaluate additional financial services and products that can be delivered to our customers efficiently and profitably. Producing quality returns is, as always, a top priority.
Our governance structure enables us to manage all major aspects of our business effectively through an integrated process that includes financial, strategic, risk and leadership planning. Our management processes, structures and policies and procedures help to ensure compliance with laws and regulations and provide clear lines for decision-making and accountability. Results are important, but we are equally concerned with how we achieve those results. Our core values and commitment to high ethical standards is material to sustaining public trust and confidence in our Company.
Our primary business strategy is to provide comprehensive banking and related services to small and mid-sized businesses, not-for-profit organizations, and professional service providers as well as banking services for consumers, primarily business owners and their
4
Table of Contents
key employees. We emphasize the diversity of our product lines and high levels of personal service and, through our technology, offer convenient access typically associated with larger financial institutions, while maintaining the local decision-making authority and market knowledge, typical of a local community bank. Management intends to pursue our business strategy through the following initiatives:
Utilize the Strength of Our Management Team. The experience, depth and knowledge of our management team represent one of our greatest strengths and competitive advantages. Our Senior Leadership Committee establishes short and long term strategies, operating plans and performance measures and reviews our performance on a monthly basis. Our Loan Committee recommends corporate credit practices and limits, including industry concentration limits and approval requirements and exceptions. Our Information Technology Steering Committee establishes technological strategies, makes technology investment decisions, and manages the implementation process. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) establishes and monitors liquidity ranges, pricing, maturities, investment goals, and interest spread on balance sheet accounts. Our SOX 404 Compliance Team has established the master plan for full documentation of the Company’s internal controls and compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Leverage Our Existing Foundation for Additional Growth. Based on our management’s depth of experience and certain infrastructure investments, we believe that we will be able to take advantage of certain economies of scale typically enjoyed by larger organizations to expand our operations both organically and through strategic cost-effective avenues. We believe that in the future there will be opportunities to expand our markets through acquisitions of whole banks or branches at relatively attractive entry costs. We also believe that the investments we have made in our data processing, staff and branch network will be able to support a much larger asset base. We are committed, however, to control any additional growth in a manner designed to minimize risk and to maintain strong capital ratios. We believe that the net proceeds raised in our capital offering will assist us in implementing our growth strategies by providing the capital necessary to support future asset growth, both organically and through strategic acquisitions.
Maintain Local Decision-Making and Accountability. We believe we have a competitive advantage over larger national and regional financial institutions by providing superior customer service with experienced, knowledgeable management, localized decision-making capabilities and prompt credit decisions. We believe that our customers want to deal directly with the people who make the ultimate credit decisions and have provided our Bank managers and loan officers with the authority commensurate with their experience and history which we believe strikes the right balance between local decision-making and sound banking practice.
Focus on Asset Quality and Strong Underwriting. We consider asset quality to be of primary importance and have taken measures to ensure that credit risks are managed affectively to safeguard shareholder value. Accordingly, the Company has maintained relatively strong asset quality compared to our peers, despite the weak economic recovery and the repercussions of the most recent economic recession. As part of our efforts, we utilize a third party loan review service to evaluate our loan portfolio on a quarterly basis and recommend action on certain loans if deemed appropriate. As of December 31, 2012, we had $41.6 million in nonperforming assets, or 4.25% of total assets. We also seek to maintain a prudent ALLL, which at December 31, 2012 was $11.1 million, representing 1.67% of our loan portfolio.
Build a Stable Core Deposit Base. We will continue to grow a stable core deposit base of business and retail customers. In the event that our asset growth outpaces these local core deposit funding sources, we will continue to utilize Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) borrowings and raise deposits in the national market using deposit intermediaries. We intend to continue our practice of developing a full deposit relationship with each of our loan customers, their business partners, and key employees.
Our principal executive offices are located at 1901 Churn Creek Road, Redding, California and the main telephone number is (530) 722-3939.
General
Parent Bank Holding Company. As a bank holding company, the Parent is subject to regulation under the BHC Act and to inspection, examination and supervision by its primary regulator, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board” or “FRB”). The Parent is also subject to the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Exchange Act, as amended, both as administered by the SEC. As a listed Company on the NASDAQ Global Market, the Parent is subject to the rules of the NASDAQ for listed companies.
Subsidiary Bank. The Company’s subsidiary bank is subject to regulations and examinations primarily by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and by the California Department of Financial Institutions (CDFI).
Parent Holding Company Activities
Because the Holding Company’s primary subsidiary is a bank, if the Bank receives a rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (“CRA”), of less than satisfactory, the Company may be prohibited, until the rating is raised to satisfactory or
5
Table of Contents
better, from engaging in new activities or acquiring companies other than bank holding companies, banks or savings associations. The Company could engage in new activities, or acquire companies engaged in activities that are closely related to banking under the BHC Act. The Company’s current CRA rating is “needs to improve”. Until our CRA rating has improved it is unlikely that our regulators would approve a merger or acquisition by the Company, therefore, until our CRA rating has improved we will primarily focus on organic growth opportunities.
In addition, if the FRB finds that the Bank is not well capitalized or well managed, the Holding Company could be required to enter into an agreement with the FRB to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements and which may contain additional limitations or conditions. Until corrected, the Company would not be able to engage in any new activity or acquire companies engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking under the BHC Act without prior FRB approval. If the Company failed to correct any such condition within a prescribed period, the FRB could order the Company to divest the Bank or, in the alternative, to cease engaging in activities other than those closely related to banking under the BHC Act.
To qualify as “well-capitalized,” the Bank must, on a consolidated basis: (1) maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, (2) maintain a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and (3) not be subject to any order by the FRB to meet a specified capital level. To qualify as “well-managed,” the Bank, as the Holding Company’s only controlled financial institution, must have received at its most recent examination or review a composite rating and rating for management of at least satisfactory.
As of December 31, 2012, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
FRB approval is not required for the Company to acquire a company (other than a bank holding company, bank or savings association) engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the FRB. Notice of such acquisitions, however, must be given to the FRB within 30 days of commencing a new financial activity or acquiring a company engaged in financial in nature activities. Prior FRB approval is required before the Company may acquire the beneficial ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of a bank holding company, bank or savings association.
However, in determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition, and future prospects including current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience, and integrity of management and record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served, including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the CRA, and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. The Company’s current CRA rating is “needs to improve”. As discussed above, until our CRA rating has improved it is unlikely that our regulators would approve a merger or acquisition by the Company; therefore, until such time we will primarily focus on organic growth opportunities.
Principal Markets
The Company operates in two distinct markets. Redding Bank of Commerce™ (“Bank”) has historically been a leading independent commercial bank in Redding, California, and Shasta County, California. This market has been expanding, but is still relatively small when compared to the greater Sacramento market which is the location of Roseville Bank of Commerce, a division of Redding Bank of Commerce. Management believes that these two markets complement each other, with the Redding market providing the stability and the greater Sacramento market providing growth opportunities.
Principal Products and Services
The Bank provides a wide range of financial services and products for business and consumer banking. The services offered by the Bank include those traditionally offered by banks of similar size and character in California. Products such as free checking, interest bearing checking and savings accounts, money market deposit accounts, sweep arrangements, commercial, construction, term loans, traveler’s checks, safe deposit boxes, collection services, payroll processing, and electronic banking activities. The Bank currently does not offer trust services or international banking services.
The Bank offers mortgage services through the Company’s former mortgage subsidiary. The services offered include single and multi-family residential new financing, refinancing and equity lines of credit. All mortgage products are originated through the former mortgage subsidiary and are not permanently maintained on the bank’s books.
Most of the Bank’s customers are small to medium sized businesses, professionals and other individuals with medium to high net worth, and most of the Bank’s deposits are obtained from such customers. The primary business strategy of the Bank is to focus on its lending activities. The Bank’s principal lines of lending are (1) commercial, (2) real estate construction, (3) commercial real estate, and (4) consumer.
6
Table of Contents
Although the majority of the Bank’s loans are direct loans made to individuals and small businesses in the major market areas of the Bank, a material portion of the loan portfolio consists of loans to individuals for personal, family or household purposes. The Bank accepts as collateral for loans, real estate, listed and unlisted securities, savings and time deposits, automobiles, machinery and equipment and other general business assets such as accounts receivable and inventory.
The commercial loan portfolio of the Bank consists of a mix of revolving credit facilities and intermediate term loans. The loans are generally made for working capital, asset acquisition, business-expansion purposes, and are generally secured by a lien on the borrowers’ assets. The Bank also makes unsecured loans to borrowers who meet the Bank’s underwriting criteria for such loans.
The Bank manages its commercial loan portfolio by monitoring its borrowers’ payment performance and their respective financial condition, and makes periodic and appropriate adjustments, if necessary, to the risk grade assigned to each loan in the portfolio. The primary sources of repayment of the commercial loans of the Bank are the borrower’s conversion of short-term assets to cash and operating cash flow. The net assets of the borrower or guarantor and/or the liquidation of collateral are usually identified as a secondary source of repayment.
The principal factors affecting the Bank’s risk of loss from commercial lending include each borrower’s ability to manage its business affairs and cash flows, local and general economic conditions, and real estate values in the Bank’s service area. The Bank manages risk through its underwriting criteria, which includes strategies to match the borrower’s cash flow to loan repayment terms, and periodic evaluations of the borrower’s operations. The Bank’s evaluations of its borrowers are facilitated by management’s knowledge of local market conditions and periodic reviews by a consultant of the credit administration policies of the Bank.
The real estate construction loan portfolio of the Bank consists of a mix of commercial and residential construction loans, which are principally secured by the underlying projects. The real estate construction loans of the Bank are predominately made for projects, which are intended to be owner occupied. The Bank also makes real estate construction loans for speculative projects. The principal sources of repayment of the Bank’s construction loans are sale of the underlying collateral or permanent financing provided by the Bank or another lending source.
The principal risks associated with real estate construction lending include project cost overruns that absorb the borrower’s equity in the project and deterioration of real estate values as a result of various factors, including competitive pressures and economic downturns.
The Bank manages its credit risk associated with real estate construction lending by establishing maximum loan-to-value ratios on projects on an as-completed basis, inspecting project status in advance of controlled disbursements and matching maturities with expected completion dates. Generally, the Bank requires a loan-to-value ratio of no more than 80% on single-family residential construction loans.
The commercial and construction loan portfolio of the Bank consists of loans secured by a variety of commercial and residential real property. The specific underwriting standards of the Bank and methods for each of its principal lines of lending include industry-accepted analysis and modeling, and certain proprietary techniques. The Bank’s underwriting criteria are designed to comply with applicable regulatory guidelines, including required loan-to-value ratios. The credit administration policies of the Bank contain mandatory lien position and debt service coverage requirements, and the Bank generally requires a guarantee from the owners of its private corporate borrowers.
Government Supervision and Regulation
Supervision and Regulation
The following discussion provides an overview of certain elements of the extensive regulatory framework applicable to the Holding Company and the Bank. This regulatory framework is primarily designed for the protection of depositors, federal deposit insurance funds, and the banking system as a whole, rather than specifically for the protection of shareholders. Due to the breadth and growth of this regulatory framework, our costs of compliance continue to increase in order to monitor and satisfy these requirements.
To the extent that this section describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified by reference to those provisions. These statutes and regulations, as well as related policies, are subject to change by Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulators. Changes in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to us, including the interpretation or implementation thereof, could have a material effect on our business or operations. In light of the recent financial crisis, numerous changes to the statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to us have been made or proposed. The full extent to which these changes will impact our business is not yet known. However, our continued efforts to monitor and comply with new regulatory requirements add to the complexity and cost of our business.
7
Table of Contents
Federal Bank Holding Company Regulation
General. The Holding Company is a bank holding company as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and is therefore subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve. In general, the BHCA limits the business of bank holding companies to owning or controlling banks and engaging in other activities closely related to banking. The Holding Company must file reports with and provide the Federal Reserve such additional information as it may require. Under the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999, a bank holding company may apply to the Federal Reserve to become a financial holding company, and thereby engage (directly or through a subsidiary) in certain expanded activities deemed financial in nature, such as securities and insurance underwriting.
Holding Company Bank Ownership. The BHCA requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before (i) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of such shares; (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (iii) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.
Holding Company Control of Nonbanks. With some exceptions, the BHCA also prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring or retaining direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank or bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities that, by statute or by Federal Reserve regulation or order, have been identified as activities closely related to the business of banking or of managing or controlling banks.
Transactions with Affiliates. Subsidiary banks of a bank holding company are subject to restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to the holding company or its subsidiaries, on investments in their securities and on the use of their securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. These regulations and restrictions may limit the Company’s ability to obtain funds from the Bank for its cash needs, including funds for payment of dividends, interest and operational expenses.
Tying Arrangements. We are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or furnishing of services. For example, with certain exceptions, neither the Company nor its subsidiaries may condition an extension of credit to a customer on either (i) a requirement that the customer obtain additional services provided by us; or (ii) an agreement by the customer to refrain from obtaining other services from a competitor.
Support of Subsidiary Banks. Under Federal Reserve policy and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), the Holding Company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank. This means that the Holding Company is required to commit, as necessary, resources to support the Bank. Any capital loans a bank holding company makes to its subsidiary banks are subordinate to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of those subsidiary banks.
State Law Restrictions. As a California corporation, the Holding Company is subject to certain limitations and restrictions under applicable California corporate law. For example, state law restrictions in California include limitations and restrictions relating to indemnification of directors, distributions to shareholders, transactions involving directors, officers or interested shareholders, maintenance of books and observance of certain corporate formalities.
Federal and State Regulation of the Bank
General. The deposits of the Bank, a California chartered commercial bank, are insured by the FDIC. As a result, the Bank is subject to supervision and regulation by the CDFI and the FDIC. These agencies have the authority to prohibit banks from engaging in what they believe constitute unsafe or unsound banking practices.
Consumer Protection. The Bank is subject to a variety of federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations that govern its relationship with consumers including laws and regulations that impose certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which we take deposits, make and collect loans, and provide other services. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may subject the Bank to various penalties, including but not limited to, enforcement actions, injunctions, fines, civil liability, criminal penalties, punitive damages, and the loss of certain contractual rights.
Community Reinvestment. The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) of 1977 requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within their jurisdiction, the Federal Reserve or the FDIC evaluate the record of the financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the institution. A bank’s community reinvestment record is also considered by the applicable banking agencies in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility.
Insider Credit Transactions. Banks are also subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders or any related interests of such persons. Extensions of credit (i) must be made
8
Table of Contents
on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are at least as stringent as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to the lending bank; and (ii) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Banks are also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to insiders. A violation of these restrictions may result in the assessment of substantial civil monetary penalties, regulatory enforcement actions, and other regulatory sanctions.
Regulation of Management. Federal law (i) sets forth circumstances under which officers or directors of a bank may be removed by the institution’s federal supervisory agency; (ii) places restraints on lending by a bank to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and their related interests; and (iii) generally prohibits management personnel of a bank from serving as directors or in other management positions of another financial institution whose assets exceed a specified amount or which has an office within a specified geographic area.
Safety and Soundness Standards. Certain non-capital safety and soundness standards are also imposed upon banks. These standards cover internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, such other operational and managerial standards as the agency determines to be appropriate, and standards for asset quality, earnings and stock valuation. An institution that fails to meet these standards may be subject to regulatory sanctions.
Interstate Banking and Branching
The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (“Interstate Act”) together with the Dodd-Frank Act relaxed prior interstate branching restrictions under federal law by permitting, subject to regulatory approval, state and federally chartered commercial banks to establish branches in states where the laws permit banks chartered in such states to establish branches. The Interstate Act requires regulators to consult with community organizations before permitting an interstate institution to close a branch in a low-income area. Federal banking agency regulations prohibit banks from using their interstate branches primarily for deposit production and the federal banking agencies have implemented a loan-to-deposit ratio screen to ensure compliance with this prohibition.
Dividends
The principal source of the Holding Company’s cash is from dividends received from the Bank, which are subject to government regulation and limitations. Regulatory authorities may prohibit banks and bank holding companies from paying dividends in a manner that would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice or would reduce the amount of its capital below that necessary to meet minimum applicable regulatory capital requirements. Banks chartered under California law generally may only pay cash dividends to the extent such payments do not exceed the lesser of retained earnings of the bank or the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years (less any distributions to shareholders during such period). In the event a bank desires to pay cash dividends in excess of such amount, the bank may pay a cash dividend with the prior approval of the Commissioner of the CDFI (“Commissioner”) in an amount not exceeding the greater of the bank’s retained earnings, the bank’s net income for its last fiscal year, or the bank’s net income for its current fiscal year.
In addition, as a result of the Holding Company’s participation in the Small Business Lending Fund (SBLF), the Holding Company is subject to additional restrictions on the payment of dividends and repurchase of shares. SBLF participants may only repurchase shares of its common stock (or other stock junior to the stock issued pursuant to the SBLF) if, after such repurchase, the dollar amount of the Holding Company’s Tier 1 capital would be at least 90% of the amount existing at the time immediately following the investment date excluding any subsequent net charge-offs and redemptions of the SBLF shares since the investment date (the “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold”). The Tier 1 Dividend Threshold is subject to certain adjustments beginning on the first day of the eleventh dividend period for increases in qualified small business lending.
Capital Adequacy
Regulatory Capital Guidelines. Federal bank regulatory agencies use capital adequacy guidelines in the examination and regulation of bank holding companies and banks. The guidelines are “risk-based,” meaning that they are designed to make capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies.
Tier I and Tier II Capital. Under the guidelines, an institution’s capital is divided into two broad categories, Tier I capital and Tier II capital. Tier I capital generally consists of common stockholders’ equity (including surplus and undivided profits), qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, and qualified minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Tier I capital generally excludes goodwill and intangible assets, net unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities and accumulated net gains and losses on cash flow hedges. Tier II capital generally consists of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), hybrid capital instruments and qualifying subordinated debt. The sum of Tier I capital and Tier II capital represents an institution’s total capital. The guidelines require that at least 50% of an institution’s total capital consist of Tier I capital.
9
Table of Contents
Risk-based Capital Ratios. The adequacy of an institution’s capital is gauged primarily with reference to the institution’s risk-weighted assets. The guidelines assign risk weightings to an institution’s assets in an effort to quantify the relative risk of each asset and to determine the minimum capital required to support that risk. An institution’s risk-weighted assets are then compared with its Tier I capital and total capital to arrive at a Tier I risk-based ratio and a total risk-based ratio, respectively. The guidelines provide that an institution must have a minimum Tier I risk-based ratio of 4% and a minimum total risk-based ratio of 8%.
Leverage Ratio. The guidelines also employ a leverage ratio, which is Tier I capital as a percentage of average total assets, less intangibles. The principal objective of the leverage ratio is to constrain the maximum degree to which a bank holding company may leverage its equity capital base. The minimum leverage ratio is 3%; however, for all but the most highly rated bank holding companies and for bank holding companies seeking to expand, regulators expect an additional cushion of at least 1% to 2%.
As of December 31, 2012, the capital ratios of the Holding Company and the Bank were as follows:
| December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||
| Capital | Actual Ratio |
Well Capitalized Requirement |
Minimum Capital Requirement |
|||||||||||||
| The Company |
||||||||||||||||
| Leverage |
$ | 125,935 | 13.13 | % | n/a | 4.00 | % | |||||||||
| Tier 1 Risk-Based |
125,935 | 14.53 | % | n/a | 4.00 | % | ||||||||||
| Total Risk-Based |
136,777 | 15.78 | % | n/a | 8.00 | % | ||||||||||
| Redding Bank of Commerce |
||||||||||||||||
| Leverage |
$ | 121,325 | 12.65 | % | 5.00 | % | 4.00 | % | ||||||||
| Tier 1 Risk-Based |
121,325 | 14.06 | % | 6.00 | % | 4.00 | % | |||||||||
| Total Risk-Based |
132,122 | 15.31 | % | 10.00 | % | 8.00 | % | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Prompt Corrective Action. Under the guidelines, an institution is assigned to one of five capital categories depending on its total risk-based capital ratio, Tier I risk-based capital ratio, and leverage ratio, together with certain subjective factors. The categories range from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Institutions that are “undercapitalized” or lower are subject to certain mandatory supervisory corrective actions. At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. During challenging economic times, the federal banking regulators have actively enforced these provisions.
Regulatory Oversight and Examination
The Federal Reserve conducts periodic inspections of bank holding companies, which are performed both onsite and offsite. The supervisory objectives of the inspection program are to ascertain whether the financial strength of the bank holding company is being maintained on an ongoing basis and to determine the effects or consequences of transactions between a holding company or its non-banking subsidiaries and its subsidiary banks. For holding companies under $10 billion in assets, the inspection type and frequency varies depending on asset size, complexity of the organization, and the holding company’s rating at its last inspection.
Banks are subject to periodic examinations by their primary regulators. Bank examinations have evolved from reliance on transaction testing in assessing a bank’s condition to a risk-focused approach. These examinations are extensive and cover the entire breadth of operations of the bank. Generally, safety and soundness examinations occur on an 18-month cycle for banks under $500 million in total assets that are well capitalized and without regulatory issues, and 12-months otherwise. Examinations alternate between the federal and state bank regulatory agency or may occur on a combined schedule. The frequency of consumer compliance and CRA examinations is linked to the size of the institution and its compliance and CRA ratings at its most recent examinations. However, the examination authority of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC allows them to examine supervised banks as frequently as deemed necessary based on the condition of the bank or as a result of certain triggering events.
Corporate Governance and Accounting
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Act”) addresses, among other things, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information, and penalties for non-compliance. Generally the Act (i) requires chief executive officers and chief financial officers to certify to the accuracy of periodic reports filed with the SEC; (ii) imposes specific and enhanced corporate disclosure requirements; (iii) accelerates the time frame for reporting of insider transactions and periodic disclosures by public companies; (iv) requires companies to adopt and disclose information about corporate governance practices, including whether or not they have adopted a code of ethics for senior financial officers and whether the audit committee includes at least one “audit committee financial expert;” and (v) requires the SEC, based on certain enumerated factors, to regularly and systematically review corporate filings.
10
Table of Contents
Anti-terrorism
USA Patriot Act of 2001. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, intended to combat terrorism, was renewed with certain amendments in 2006 (the “Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act, in relevant part, (i) prohibits banks from providing correspondent accounts directly to foreign shell banks; (ii) imposes due diligence requirements on banks opening or holding accounts for foreign financial institutions or wealthy foreign individuals; (iii) requires financial institutions to establish an anti-money-laundering compliance program; and (iv) eliminates civil liability for persons who file suspicious activity reports. The Act also includes provisions providing the government with power to investigate terrorism, including expanded government access to bank account records.
Financial Services Modernization
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 brought about significant changes to the laws affecting banks and bank holding companies. Generally, the Act (i) repeals historical restrictions on preventing banks from affiliating with securities firms; (ii) provides a uniform framework for the activities of banks, savings institutions and their holding companies; (iii) broadens the activities that may be conducted by national banks and banking subsidiaries of bank holding companies; (iv) provides an enhanced framework for protecting the privacy of consumer information and requires notification to consumers of bank privacy policies; and (v) addresses a variety of other legal and regulatory issues affecting both day-to-day operations and long-term activities of financial institutions. Bank holding companies that qualify and elect to become financial holding companies can engage in a wider variety of financial activities than permitted under previous law, particularly with respect to insurance and securities underwriting activities.
Deposit Insurance
The Bank’s deposits are insured under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, up to the maximum applicable limits and are subject to deposit insurance assessments designed to tie what banks pay for deposit insurance to the risks they pose. The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act raised the minimum designated reserve ratio (the FDIC is required to set the reserve ratio each year) of the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) from 1.15% to 1.35%; requires that the DIF meet that minimum ratio of insured deposits by 2020; and eliminates the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to insured depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. The FDIC has established a higher reserve ratio of 2% as a long-term goal beyond what is required by statute. The deposit insurance assessments to be paid by the Bank could increase as a result.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The EESA included a provision for a temporary increase from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor in deposit insurance. The temporary increase was made permanent under the Dodd-Frank Act. The FDIC insurance coverage limit applies per depositor, per insured depository institution for each account ownership category. EESA also temporarily raised the limit on federal deposit insurance coverage to an unlimited amount for non-interest or low-interest bearing demand deposits. Unlimited coverage for non-interest transaction accounts expired December 31, 2012.
Recent Legislation
As a result of the recent financial crises, on July 21, 2010 the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and is affecting the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies, including the Company and the Bank. The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for years. Some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that may impact our business are summarized below.
Holding Company Capital Requirements. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, trust preferred securities will be excluded from the Tier 1 capital of a bank holding company between $500 million and $15 billion in assets unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010.
Corporate Governance. The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to provide their shareholders with (i) a non-binding shareholder vote on executive compensation, (ii) a non-binding shareholder vote on the frequency of such vote, (iii) disclosure of “golden parachute” arrangements in connection with specified change in control transactions, and (iv) a non-binding shareholder vote on golden parachute arrangements in connection with these change in control transactions. “Smaller reporting companies,” those with a public float of less than $75 million, are required to include the non-binding shareholder votes on executive compensation and the frequency thereof in proxy statements relating to annual meetings occurring on or after January 21, 2013.
Prohibition Against Charter Conversions of Troubled Institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act generally prohibits a depository institution from converting from a state to federal charter, or vice versa, while it is the subject to an enforcement action unless the bank seeks prior approval from its regulator and complies with specified procedures to ensure compliance with the enforcement action.
11
Table of Contents
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new, independent federal agency called the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“CFPB”). The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervision and enforcement authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws applicable to banks and thrifts with greater than $10 billion in assets. Smaller institutions are subject to certain rules promulgated by the CFPB but will continue to be examined and supervised by their federal banking regulators for compliance purposes.
Repeal of Demand Deposit Interest Prohibition. The Dodd-Frank Act repeals the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.
Proposed Legislation
General. Proposed legislation is introduced in almost every legislative session. Certain of such legislation could dramatically affect the regulation of the banking industry. We cannot predict if any such legislation will be adopted or if it is adopted how it would affect the business of the Bank or the Holding Company. Recent history has demonstrated that new legislation or changes to existing laws or regulations usually results in a greater compliance burden and therefore generally increases the cost of doing business.
Basel III. Basel III updates and revises significantly the current international bank capital accords (so-called “Basel I” and “Basel II”). Basel III is intended to be implemented by participating countries for large, internationally active banks. However, standards consistent with Basel III will be formally implemented in the United States through a series of regulations, some of which may apply to other banks. Among other things, Basel III creates “Tier 1 common equity,” a new measure of regulatory capital closer to pure tangible common equity than the present Tier 1 definition. Basel III also increases minimum capital ratios. Capital buffers are added to each capital ratio to enable banks to absorb losses during a stressed period while remaining above their regulatory minimum ratios. The full impact of the Basel III rules cannot be determined at this time as many regulations are still being written and the implementation date has not yet been finalized.
Effects of Government Monetary Policy
Our earnings and growth are affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, particularly the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve implements national monetary policy for such purposes as curbing inflation and combating recession, but its open market operations in U.S. government securities, control of the discount rate applicable to borrowings from the Federal Reserve, and establishment of reserve requirements against certain deposits, influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits, and also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The nature and impact of future changes in monetary policies and their impact on us cannot be predicted with certainty.
Patriot Act and Anti-Money Laundering
State Regulation and Supervision
The Bank is a California state-chartered bank insured by the FDIC, and as such is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the CDFI and the FDIC. As a non-member of the Federal Reserve System, the primary federal regulator of the Bank is the FDIC. The primary federal regulator of the Holding Company is the Federal Reserve. The regulations of these agencies affect most aspects of the Bank’s business and prescribe permissible types of loans and investments, the amount of required reserves, requirements for branch offices, the permissible scope of the Bank’s activities and various other requirements. The Bank is also subject to applicable provisions of California law, insofar as such provisions are not in conflict with or preempted by federal banking law. In addition, the Bank is subject to certain regulations of the Federal Reserve dealing primarily with check-clearing activities, establishment of banking reserves, Truth-in-Lending (“Regulation Z”), Truth-in-Savings (“Regulation DD”), and Equal Credit Opportunity (“Regulation B”).
California state-chartered banks are subject to various requirements relating to operations and administration (including the maintenance of branch offices and automated teller machines), capital and reserve requirements, deposit taking, shareholder rights and duties, and investment and lending activities.
Competition
The Company engages in the highly competitive financial services industry. Generally, the lines of activity and markets served involve competition with other banks, thrifts, credit unions and other non-bank financial institutions, such as investment banking firms, investment advisory firms, brokerage firms, investment companies and insurance entities which offer financial services, located both domestically and through alternative delivery channels such as the Internet. Many of these competitors enjoy fewer regulatory constraints and some may have lower cost structures. The methods of competition center around various factors, such as customer services, interest rates on loans and deposits, lending limits, customer convenience and technological advances.
12
Table of Contents
Securities firms, insurance companies and brokerage houses that elect to become financial holding companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions. Combinations of this type will significantly change the competitive environment in which we conduct business.
In order to compete with major banks and other competitors in its primary service areas, the Company relies upon the experience of its executive and senior officers in serving business clients, and upon its specialized services, local promotional activities and the personal contacts made by its officers, directors and employees. For customers whose loan demand exceeds the Company’s legal lending limit, the Company may arrange for such loans on a participation basis with other banks. Competitive pressures in the banking industry significantly increase changes in the interest rate environment, and reduce net interest margins. Less than favorable economic conditions can also result in a deterioration of credit quality and an increase in the provisions for loan losses.
Employees
As of December 31, 2012, the Company employed 142 full-time equivalent employees. Of these employees, 27 were employed in our Sacramento market, 115 were in the Redding market. None of the employees within the Company are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. Management considers its employee relations to be excellent.
Available Information
We will provide free of charge upon request, or through links to publicly available filings accessed through our Internet website, the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, if any, as soon as reasonably practical after such reports have been filed with the SEC. Our internet address is www.bankofcommerceholdings.com. Additionally, reports may be obtained through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
13
Table of Contents
| ITEM 1A. | RISK FACTORS |
Our business is subject to various economic risks that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
The financial markets and the financial services industry in particular suffered significant disruption during the recent recession, causing a number of institutions to fail or require government intervention to avoid failure. These conditions were largely the result of the erosion of the United States and international credit markets, including a significant and rapid deterioration in the mortgage lending and related real estate markets and valuation levels. There is continued unemployment nationwide and in California which may remain elevated for the foreseeable future. A sluggish recover in real estate values, continued high unemployment and financial stress on borrowers as a result of the uncertain economic environment could have an adverse effect on our borrowers or their customers, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We conduct banking operations principally in Northern California. As a result, our business results are dependent in large part upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in Northern California. There can be no assurance that the recent economic conditions that have adversely affected the financial services industry, and the capital, credit and real estate markets generally, will recover at a rapid rate or stabilize in the near term, in which case we could continue to experience losses and write-downs of assets, and could face capital and liquidity constraints or other business challenges. In addition, the State of California continues to experience significant budgetary and fiscal difficulties, which include terminating and furloughing state employees. The businesses operating in California and Sacramento in particular depend on these state employees for business, and reduced spending activity by these state employees could have a material impact on the success or failure of these businesses, some of which are current or potential future customers of the Bank. A further deterioration in economic conditions, particularly within our geographic region, could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations:
| • | Loan delinquencies may further increase causing additional increases in our provision and ALLL; |
| • | Financial sector regulators may adopt more restrictive practices or interpretations of existing regulations, or adopt new regulations; |
| • | Collateral for loans made by the Bank, especially real estate related, may continue to decline in value, which in turn could reduce a client’s borrowing power, and reduce the value of assets and collateral associated with our loans held for investment; |
| • | Consumer confidence levels may continue to decline and cause adverse changes in payment patterns, resulting in increased delinquencies and default rates on loans and other credit facilities and decreased demand for our products and services; and |
| • | Performance of the underlying loans in the private label mortgage backed securities we hold may deteriorate due to the recent economic downturn, potentially causing other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) markdowns to our investment portfolio. |
Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
As of December 31, 2012, our total nonperforming assets, including $3.1 million in other real estate owned (OREO), amounted to $41.6 million, or 4.25% of total assets. Nonperforming assets increased from $25.2 million, or 2.68% of total assets at the same period a year ago. We experienced $8.9 million in net charge offs in 2012 compared to $11.2 million in 2011. Our ALLL was $11.1 million at December 31, 2012 compared to $10.6 million at December 31, 2011. Nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways, including but not limited to, increased loan provision expense, and forgone loan interest income.
As economic and market conditions become stabilized, we generally expect a relatively lower level of losses relating to our nonperforming assets. We generally do not record interest income on nonperforming loans or OREO, thereby adversely affecting our income, and increasing our loan administration costs. When we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related asset to the then fair market value of the collateral, which may ultimately result in a loss. An increase in the level of nonperforming assets increases our risk profile and consequently may impact the capital levels our regulators believe are appropriate.
While we reduce problem assets through loan sales, workouts, restructurings and otherwise, decreases in the value of the underlying collateral, or in these borrowers’ performance or financial condition, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond our control, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from management and our directors, which can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities. There can be no assurance that we will not experience future increases in nonperforming assets.
14
Table of Contents
We have a concentration risk in real estate related loans.
Substantially all of the Bank’s lending is tied to real estate. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 65% of our loan portfolio was secured by real estate, the majority of which is commercial real estate. Of that amount, 3% of the portfolio consisted of construction loans, 43% in commercial real estate, 12% related to residential mortgage loans (including our Individual Tax Identification Number (ITIN) portfolio) and 7% consisted of 1-4 family home equity lines of credit.
As a result of continued levels of commercial and consumer delinquencies and slowing recovery in real estate values, we continue to experience elevated levels of net charge offs since 2008. A large percentage of our loan portfolio is secured by commercial real estate loans which generally carry larger loan balances and historically have involved a greater degree of financial and credit risks than residential first mortgage loans. These loans are primarily made based on the cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower, and therefore repayment of these loans is often dependent on the cash flow of the borrower which may be unpredictable. Any decline in the economy in general, material increases in interest rates, changes in tax policies, tightening credit or refinancing markets, or a decline in real estate values in the Company’s primary market areas in particular, as we witnessed with the deterioration in the residential development market since 2007, could have an adverse impact on the repayment of these loans. Any increases in net charge offs and in the ALLL, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Monitoring and servicing our ITIN residential mortgage loans could prove more costly and time consuming than previously modeled.
In April 2009, we completed a loan “swap” transaction, whereby we exchanged, without recourse, certain nonperforming assets and cash in exchange for a pool of performing ITIN loans with an outstanding balance of approximately $80.4 million. These loans are residential mortgage loans made to United States residents without a social security number and are geographically dispersed throughout the United States. The ITIN portfolio is serviced through a third party. The slow economic recovery in the United States may cause us to suffer higher default rates on our ITIN loans, resulting in impairment of the assets that we hold as collateral. In addition, if we are forced to foreclose and service these ITIN properties ourselves, we may realize additional monitoring, servicing and appraisal costs due to the geographic disbursement of the portfolio which would adversely affect our noninterest expense. As of December 31, 2012, the outstanding balance of the ITIN loan pool was $60.1 million.
The Mortgage Company’s ability to repay its note to the Bank is dependent on its ability to sustain its business.
On August 31, 2012, with an effective date of June 30, 2012, the Holding Company sold its 51% ownership interest (capital stock) in the Mortgage Company. Under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, the purchaser acquired Bank of Commerce Holdings’ 51% interest at a price of $5.2 million. In exchange for Bank of Commerce Holdings’ 51% share of the Mortgage Company’s equity, Bank of Commerce Holdings received consideration of $321 thousand in cash ($521 thousand, net of $200 thousand earn out payment), and a promissory note in the amount of $4.7 million. Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Bank will remain 51% liable to any losses or damages arising from any loan buyback agreements in connection with the business of the Company entered into after the date of the closing of the original Stock Purchase Agreement and prior to June 30, 2012. The existing shareholder will be responsible for 49% of any losses or damages arising from such loan buyback agreements.
The purchaser’s ability to repay the promissory note is tied directly to its ability sustain its business, substantially all of which is tied to the Bank. A change in the risk waiting by the regulators on the loans purchased by the Bank from the Mortgage Company would negatively impact our ability to continue to do business with the Mortgage Company. Any decrease in business for the Mortgage Company could result in an inability of the Mortgage Company to repay the promissory note which would have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, should the Mortgage Company become unable to execute on their take-out commitments, the holding period for the Bank could be longer than the usual seven to thirty day period. Accordingly, the Bank could be subject to increased credit risk, interest rate risk, and liquidity risk. In addition, the slower turn times in selling the mortgage loans could potentially affect the mortgage company’s cash flows and negatively impact the Mortgage Company’s ability to repay the promissory note.
Changes in regulatory capital requirements could require the Bank to raise additional capital and/or have a negative impact on our earnings.
Regulators may change capital requirements that could require the Bank to raise additional capital or reduce asset balances to maintain minimum and well-capitalized levels of regulatory capital. Assets generated by our mortgage warehouse division are shown as “loans held for sale” and are currently assigned a risk weight applicable under current regulation to mortgage loans (generally 50% or 20% for loans guaranteed by the FHA or VA). Certain bank regulators could take the position that such assets should be assigned to the 100% risk weight category associated with loans to mortgage companies that are secured by a pledge of mortgage loans as collateral, which would have a material adverse impact on the Bank’s operations. An increase in risk weights applied could require the Bank to obtain additional capital to support future growth or reduce our loans held for sale to the detriment of our operating results.
15
Table of Contents
Future loan losses may exceed the allowance for loan and lease losses.
We have established a reserve for possible losses expected in connection with loans in the credit portfolio. This allowance reflects estimates of the collectability of certain identified loans, as well as an overall risk assessment of total loans outstanding.
The determination of the amount of loan loss allowance is subjective; although the method for determining the amount of the allowance uses criteria such as risk ratings and historical loss rates, these factors may not be adequate predictors of future loan performance, particularly in the current economic climate. Accordingly, we cannot offer assurances that these estimates ultimately will prove correct or that the loan loss allowance will be sufficient to protect against losses that ultimately may occur. If the loan loss allowance proves to be inadequate, we will need to make additional provisions to the allowance, which is accounted for as charges to income, which would adversely impact results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, bank regulators frequently monitor banks’ loan loss allowances, and if regulators were to determine that the allowance was inadequate, they may require us to increase the allowance, which also would adversely impact results of operations and financial condition.
Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk
Changes in interest rates greatly affect the mortgage banking business. The Bank is indirectly affected by these changes through the early purchase loan program conducted with its discontinued mortgage banking subsidiary. Mortgage loans held-for-sale generated through the Bank’s mortgage loan early purchase program with the former mortgage subsidiary subjects the Company to various risks, including credit, liquidity and interest rate risks. Based on market conditions and other factors, the Company reduces unwanted credit and liquidity risks by selling all of the long-term fixed-rate mortgage loans and adjustable rate mortgages purchased through this program.
Interest rates impact the amount and timing of origination because consumer demand for new mortgages and the level of refinancing activity are sensitive to changes in mortgage interest rates. Typically, a decline in mortgage interest rates will lead to an increase in mortgage originations and fees. Given the time it takes for consumer behavior to fully react to interest rate changes, as well as the time required for processing a new application, providing the commitment, and selling the loan, interest rate changes will impact origination fees with a lag. The amount and timing of the impact on origination fees will depend on the magnitude, speed and duration of the change in interest rates. A decline in interest rates increases the propensity for refinancing.
Defaults may negatively impact us.
A source of risk arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained if a significant number of borrowers, guarantors and related parties fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. We have adopted underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and credit policies, including the establishment and review of the ALLL, which management believes are appropriate to minimize risk by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance, tracking loan performance and diversifying the loan portfolio. These policies and procedures, however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could materially affect our results of operations.
Interest rate fluctuations, which are out of our control, could harm profitability.
Our income is highly dependent on “interest rate differentials” and the resulting net interest margins (i.e., the difference between the interest rates earned on the Bank’s interest earning assets such as loans and securities, and the interest rates paid on the Bank’s interest bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings). These rates are highly sensitive to many factors, which are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, inflation, recession and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board. Because of our predisposition to variable rate pricing and noninterest bearing demand deposit accounts, we are normally considered asset sensitive, however presently we are liability sensitive in an interest rates up environment, and asset sensitive in an interest rate down environment.
As a result, in a static environment we would generally be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. In addition, changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, influence the origination of loans, the purchase of investments and the generation of deposits. These changes also affect the rates received on loans and securities and paid on deposits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in the fair value of our securities may reduce our shareholders’ equity and net income.
At December 31, 2012, $197.4 million of our securities were classified as available-for-sale. At such date, the aggregate net unrealized gain on our available-for-sale securities was $2.9 million ($1.7 million net of tax).
16
Table of Contents
We increase or decrease shareholders’ equity by the amount of change from the unrealized gain or loss (the difference between the estimated fair value and the amortized cost) of our available-for-sale securities portfolio, net of the related tax, under the category of accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) (loss). Therefore, a decline in the estimated fair value of this portfolio will result in a decline in reported shareholders’ equity, as well as book value per common share. This decrease will occur even though the securities are not sold. In the case of debt securities, if these securities are never sold and there are no credit impairments, the decrease will be recovered over the life of the securities. In the event there are credit loss related impairments, the credit loss component is recognized in earnings.
We have equity holdings consisting of shares of FHLB stock, and are recorded in other assets. As of December 31, 2012, we held stock in the FHLB totaling $5.9 million. The stock is carried at cost and is subject to recoverability testing under applicable accounting standards. As of December 31, 2012, we did not recognize an impairment charge related to our FHLB stock holdings; however, potential negative changes to the financial condition of the FHLB may require us to recognize an impairment charge with respect to such stock holdings. Any such impairment charge would have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
Conditions in the financial markets may limit our access to additional funding to meet our liquidity needs.
Liquidity is essential to our business, as we must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. An inability to raise funds through deposits, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, the sale or pledging as collateral of securities, loans, and other assets could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general. Factors that could negatively affect our access to liquidity sources include negative operating results, a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or negative regulatory action against us. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as severe disruption of the financial markets or negative news and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole, as evidenced by turmoil in the domestic and worldwide credit markets in recent years. An inability to borrow funds to meet our liquidity needs could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
The condition of other financial institutions could negatively affect us.
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, public perceptions and other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional clients.
In the event there are credit loss related impairments, the credit loss component is recognized in earnings. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to us. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
The Dodd-Frank Act and other recent legislative and regulatory initiatives contain numerous provisions and requirements that could detrimentally affect the Company’s business.
The Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations subject us and other financial institutions to additional restrictions, oversight, reporting obligations and costs, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or the price of our common stock. In addition, this increased regulation of the financial services industry restricts the ability of firms within the industry to conduct business consistent with historical practices, including aspects such as compensation, interest rates, new and inconsistent consumer protection regulations and mortgage regulation, among others. Congress or state legislatures could also adopt laws reducing the amount that borrowers are otherwise contractually required to pay under existing loan contracts, require lenders to extend or restructure certain loans or limit foreclosure and collection remedies. Federal and state regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied.
We cannot predict the substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof. Compliance with such current and potential regulation and scrutiny will significantly increase our costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, may require us to increase our regulatory capital and may limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. In response, we may be required to or choose to raise additional capital, which could have a dilutive effect on the existing holders of our common stock and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
17
Table of Contents
Our Series B Preferred Stock diminishes the net income available to our common shareholders and earnings per common share.
On September 28, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury 20,000 shares of its Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, for aggregate proceeds net of issuance costs of $19.9 million. The issuance was pursuant to the Treasury’s SBLF program, a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, which encourages lending to small businesses by providing capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion.
The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1. The dividend rate, which is calculated on the aggregate Liquidation Amount, was initially set at 5% per annum based upon the initial level of Qualified Small Business Lending (QSBL) by the Bank. The dividend rate for future dividend periods will be set based upon the percentage change in qualified lending between each dividend period and the baseline QSBL level established at the commencement of the Agreement. Such dividend rate may vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, and from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the first half of the nineteenth dividend periods. If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%. Prior to that time, in general, the dividend rate decreases as the level of the Bank’s QSBL increases.
If we are unable to increase our qualified lending above the baseline QSBL the cost of capital to us will increase substantially. Depending on our financial condition at the time, this increase in the Series B Preferred Stock annual dividend rate could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and could also adversely affect our ability to pay dividends on our common shares.
We rely heavily on our management team and the loss of key officers may adversely affect operations.
The Company is dependent on the successful recruitment and retention of highly qualified personnel. Our ability to implement our business strategies is closely tied to the strengths of our chief executive officer and other key officers. Our key officers have extensive experience in the banking industry which is not easily replaced. Business banking, one of the Company’s principal lines of business, is dependent on relationship banking, in which Company personnel develop professional relationships with small business owners and officers of larger business customers who are responsible for the financial management of the companies they represent. If these employees were to leave the Company and become employed by a competing bank, the Company could potentially lose business customers. In addition, the Company relies on its customer service staff to effectively serve the needs of its customers. The loss of key employees to competitors or otherwise could have an adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.
Internal control systems could fail to detect certain events.
We are subject to many operating risks, including, without limitation, data processing system failures and errors, and customer or employee fraud. There can be no assurance that such an event will not occur, and if such an event is not prevented or detected by our other internal controls and does occur, and it is uninsured or is in excess of applicable insurance limits, it could have a significant adverse impact on our reputation in the business community and our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our operations could be interrupted if third party service providers experience difficulty, terminate their services or fail to comply with banking regulations.
We depend, and will continue to depend to a significant extent, on a number of relationships with third party service providers. Specifically, we utilize software and hardware systems for processing, essential web hosting, debit and credit card processing, merchant processing, Internet banking systems and other processing services from third party service providers. If these third party service providers experience difficulties or terminate their services, and we are unable to replace them with other qualified service providers, our operations could be interrupted. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
Confidential customer information transmitted through the Bank’s online banking service is vulnerable to security breaches and computer viruses, which could expose the Bank to litigation and adversely affect its reputation and ability to generate deposits.
The Bank provides its customers the ability to bank online. We rely heavily on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information on our computer systems and networks. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is a critical element of online banking. The Bank’s network could be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer hacking, cyber-attacks, electronic fraudulent activity, attempted theft of financial assets, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security problems. We cannot guarantee that any such failures, interruption or security breaches will not occur, or if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. While we have certain protective policies and procedures in place, the nature and sophistication of the threats continue to evolve. The Bank may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses or to modify and enhance the Bank’s protective measures. To the extent that the Bank’s activities or the activities of its customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us and the Bank to claims, litigation and other possible liabilities. Any inability to prevent cyber-attacks, security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in the Bank’s systems and could adversely affect its reputation and our ability to generate deposits.
18
Table of Contents
We are subject to extensive regulation which could adversely affect our business.
Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to us are subject to modification and change. There are currently proposed laws, rules and regulations that, if adopted, would impact our operations.
In that regard, sweeping financial regulatory reform legislation was enacted in July 2010. Among other provisions, the legislation (i) created a new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection with broad powers to regulate consumer financial products such as credit cards and mortgages, (ii) created a Financial Stability Oversight Council comprised of the heads of other regulatory agencies, (iii) will lead to new capital requirements from federal banking agencies, (iv) places new limits on electronic debit card interchange fees, and (v) requires the SEC and national stock exchanges to adopt significant new corporate governance and executive compensation reforms.
The third installment of the Basel Accords (the “Basel III”) for U.S. financial institutions is expected to be phased in between 2013 and 2019. Basel III sets forth more robust global regulatory standards on capital adequacy, qualifying capital instruments, leverage ratios, market liquidity risk, and stress testing, which may be stricter than standards currently in place. The implementation of these new standards could have an adverse impact on our financial position and future earnings due to, among other things, the increased minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirements that will be implemented.
These proposed laws, rules and regulations, or any other laws, rules or regulations, may be adopted in the future, which could (1) make compliance much more difficult or expensive, (2) restrict our ability to originate, broker or sell loans or accept certain deposits, (3) further limit or restrict the amount of commissions, interest or other charges earned on loans originated or sold by us, or (4) otherwise adversely affect our business or prospects for business. Moreover, banking regulators have significant discretion and authority to address what regulators perceive to be unsafe or unsound practices or violations of laws or regulations by financial institutions and holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. The exercise of regulatory authority by banking regulators over us may have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, in order to conduct certain activities, including acquisitions, we are required to obtain regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that any required approvals can be obtained, or obtained without conditions or on a timeframe acceptable to us.
The FDIC has implemented a plan to increase insurance premiums and imposed special assessments to rebuild and maintain the federal deposit insurance fund, and any additional future premium increases or special assessments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We expect volatility in the amount of deposit assessments and corresponding FDIC premiums in the future. As the large number of bank failures depleted the Deposit Insurance Fund during the prior three years, the FDIC continues to revise risk-based deposit insurance assessments as necessary. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments and assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act established 1.35% as the minimum deposit insurance fund reserve ratio. The FDIC has determined that the fund reserve ratio should be 2.0% and has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum fund reserve ratio of 1.35% by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum fund reserve ratio to 1.35% from the former statutory minimum of 1.15%. As a result, the deposit insurance assessments to be paid by the Company could increase as a result.
On February 7, 2011, the FDIC Board of Directors issued final rules, effective April 1, 2011, implementing changes to the assessment rules resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act. The adopted regulations: (1) modify the definition of an institution’s deposit insurance assessment base; (2) alter certain adjustments to the assessment rates; (3) revise the assessment rate schedules in light of the new assessment base and altered adjustments; and (4) provide for the automatic adjustment of the assessment rates in the future when the reserve ratio reaches certain milestones.
Despite the FDIC’s actions to restore the deposit insurance fund, the fund will suffer additional losses in the future due to failures of insured institutions. There may be additional significant deposit insurance premium increases, special assessments or prepayments in order to restore the insurance fund’s reserve ratio. Any significant premium increases or special assessments could have a material adverse effect our financial condition and results of operations.
The expiration of unlimited FDIC insurance on certain noninterest-bearing transaction accounts may increase our interest expense and reduce our liquidity.
On December 31, 2012, unlimited FDIC insurance on certain noninterest-bearing transaction accounts under the Transaction Account Guarantee (“TAG”) program expired. Prior to its expiration, all funds under TAG in a noninterest-bearing transaction account were
19
Table of Contents
insured in full by the FDIC from December 31, 2010, through December 31, 2012. This temporary unlimited coverage was in addition to, and separate from, the coverage of at least $250,000 available to depositors under the FDIC’s general deposit insurance rules. The reduction in FDIC insurance on these noninterest-bearing transaction accounts to the standard $250,000 maximum may cause depositors to move funds previously held in such noninterest-bearing accounts to interest-bearing accounts, which could increase our costs of funds and negatively impact our results of operations, or may cause depositors to withdraw their deposits and invest funds in investments perceived as being more secure. This could reduce the Company’s liquidity, or require us to pay higher interest rates to retain deposits and could adversely affect the Company’s earnings.
Changes in accounting standards may impact how we report our consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of operations.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board changes the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in a restatement of prior period financial statements.
A natural disaster or recurring energy shortage, especially in California, could harm our business.
Historically, California has been vulnerable to natural disasters. Therefore, we are susceptible to the risks of natural disasters, such as earthquakes, wildfires, floods and mudslides. Natural disasters could harm our operations directly through interference with communications, including the interruption or loss of our websites, which would prevent us from gathering deposits, originating loans and processing and controlling our flow of business, as well as through the destruction of facilities and our operational, financial and management information systems. California has also historically experienced energy shortages, which, if they recur, could impair the value of the real estate in those areas affected.
Although we have implemented several back-up systems and protections and maintain business interruption insurance, these measures may not protect us fully from the effects of a natural disaster. The occurrence of natural disasters or energy shortages in California could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to resell shares of common stock owned by you at times or at prices you find attractive.
Stock price volatility may make it difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:
| • | Actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations; |
| • | Recommendations by securities analysts; |
| • | Operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us; |
| • | News reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry, including the failures of other financial institutions in the current economic downturn; |
| • | Perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors; |
| • | Public sentiments toward the financial services and banking industry generally; |
| • | New technology used, or services offered, by competitors; |
| • | Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving us or our competitors; |
| • | Failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions; |
| • | Changes in government regulations; and |
| • | Geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts. |
General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of operating results as evidenced by the recent volatility and disruption of capital and credit markets.
In addition, our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “BOCH,” but there have historically been low trading volumes in our common stock. The limited trading market for our common stock may cause fluctuations in the market value of our common stock to be exaggerated, leading to price volatility in excess of that which would occur in a more active trading market of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the common stock. In addition, even if a more active market in our common stock develops, we cannot assure you that such a market will continue.
20
Table of Contents
Our profitability measures could be adversely affected if we are unable to effectively deploy the capital raised in our latest offering.
On February 11, 2010, we filed a Form S-1 Registration Statement (the “Registration Statement”) with the SEC to offer $30.0 million of shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering (“Offering”). Additionally, we granted the underwriters in the Offering an option to purchase up to an additional $4.5 million of common stock to cover over-allotment, if any.
On March 23, 2010, we filed a Form S-1/A Registration Statement (the “registration statement”) with the SEC to offer 7,200,000 shares of our common stock in the Offering. In the Registration Statement, we set out our intent to use the net proceeds of the Offering for general corporate purposes, including contributing additional capital to the Bank, supporting our ongoing and future anticipated growth, which may include opportunistic acquisitions of all or parts of other financial institutions, including FDIC-assisted transactions, and positioning us for eventual redemption of our Series A Preferred Stock issued to the Treasury. Although we are periodically engaged in discussions with potential acquisition candidates, we are not currently party to any purchase or merger agreement.
On April 14, 2010 the Company announced that the underwriters of the Offering of common shares fully exercised their over-allotment option, which resulted in the issuance of an additional 1,080,000 shares of common stock, and approximately $4.4 million in additional net proceeds. The option was granted in connection with the Company’s public offering of 7,200,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $4.25 per share. With the additional proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option, the Company realized total net proceeds from the offering of approximately $33.0 million, after deducting the underwriting discount and offering expenses. The exercise of the over-allotment option brings the total number of shares of common stock sold by the Company in the offering to 8,280,000.
Anti-takeover provisions in our articles of incorporation could make a third party acquisition of us difficult.
In order to approve a merger or similar business combination with the owner of 20% or more of our common stock (an “Interested Shareholder”), our Articles of Incorporation contain provisions that would require a supermajority vote of 66.7% of the outstanding shares of the common stock (excluding the shares held by the Interested Shareholder or its affiliates). These provisions further require that the per share consideration to be paid in such a transaction would have to equal or exceed the greater of (1) the highest per share price paid by the Interested Shareholder (a) within two years of the transaction proposal announcement date, or (b) the date the Interested Shareholder acquired a 20% -plus ownership interest (if the acquisition occurred less than two years before the transaction announcement) and (2) the fair market value of the Common Stock on (a) the transaction proposal announcement date, or (b) the date the Interested Shareholder acquired a 20% -plus ownership interest (if the acquisition occurred less than two years before the transaction announcement).
The operation of these provisions could result in the Company becoming a less attractive target for a would-be acquirer. As a consequence, it is possible that shareholder would lose an opportunity to be paid a premium for their shares in an acquisition transaction.
There may be future sales or other dilutions of our equity which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock, including securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive our common stock. In addition, we are not prohibited from issuing additional securities which are senior to our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend in part on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any future offerings.
Shares of our common stock eligible for future sale, including those that may be issued in connection with our various stock option and equity compensation plans, in possible acquisitions, and any other offering of our common stock for cash, could have a dilutive effect on the market for our common stock and could adversely affect its market price. Our Articles of Incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of which 15,972,005 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2012. There are 342,437 shares subject to common stock options outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $6.09 per share. Any future issuances of shares of our common stock will be dilutive to existing shareholders.
The holders of our preferred stock and trust preferred securities have rights that are senior to those of our holders of common stock and that may impact our ability to pay dividends on our common stock to our common shareholders and reduce net income available to our common shareholders.
At December 31, 2012, our subsidiary trusts had outstanding $15.5 million of trust preferred securities. These securities are effectively senior to shares of common stock due to the priority of the underlying junior subordinated debt. As a result, we must make payments on our trust preferred securities before any dividends can be paid on our common stock; moreover, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution, or liquidation, the obligations outstanding with respect to our trust preferred securities must be satisfied before any distributions can be made to our shareholders. While we have the right to defer dividends on the trust preferred securities for a period of up to five years, if any such election is made, no dividends may be paid to our common or preferred shareholders during that time.
21
Table of Contents
On September 28, 2011, the Company issued and sold 20,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to the Treasury pursuant to the Treasury’s SBLF program.
Accordingly, we are required to pay non-cumulative dividends on the $20.0 million in Series B Preferred Stock. Such dividend rates may vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through the tenth dividend periods, and from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the first half of the nineteenth dividend periods. If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%.
Such dividends are not cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if it has declared and paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and will be subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities. In addition, if (1) the Company has not timely declared and paid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for six dividend periods or more, whether or not consecutive, and (2) shares of Series B Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation preference of at least $20 million are still outstanding, the Treasury (or any successor holder of Series B Preferred Stock) may designate two additional directors to be elected to the Company’s Board of Directors.
Our future ability to pay dividends and repurchase stock is subject to restrictions.
Since we are a holding company with no significant assets other than the Bank, we have no material source of income other than dividends received from the Bank. Therefore, our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders will depend on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us.
Moreover, banks and financial holding companies are both subject to certain federal and state regulatory restrictions on cash dividends. We are also restricted from paying dividends if we have deferred payments of the interest on, or an event of default has occurred with respect to, our trust preferred securities or Series B Preferred Stock. Additionally, terms and conditions of our Series B Preferred Stock place certain restrictions and limitations on our common stock dividends and repurchases of our common stock.
Potential Volatility of Deposits
The Bank’s depositors could choose to withdraw their deposits from the Bank and then put it into alternative investments, causing an increase in our funding costs and reducing net interest income. Checking, savings and money market account balances can decrease when customers perceive that alternative investments, such as the stock market, as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. When customers move funds out of bank deposits into other investments, the Bank will lose a relatively low cost source of funds, thereby increasing our funding costs.
At December 31, 2012, time certificates of deposit in excess of $250,000 represented approximately 9% of the dollar value of the total deposits of the Company. As such, these deposits are considered volatile and could be subject to withdrawal. Withdrawal of a material amount of such deposits could adversely affect the liquidity of our profitability, business prospects, results of operations and cash flows. The Company regularly monitors activity of volatile liability deposits.
| ITEM 1B. | UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS |
None to report.
| ITEM 2. | PROPERTIES |
The Company’s principal administrative offices and technology center consists of approximately 12,000 square feet of space on property adjacent to the main office at 1901 Churn Creek Road, Redding, California. The Bank’s main office is housed in a two-story building with approximately 21,000 square feet of space located at 1951 Churn Creek Road, Redding, California. The Bank owns the buildings and the 1.25 acres of land on which the buildings are situated. The Bank also owns the land and building located at 1177 Placer Street, Redding, California, 96001, in which the Bank uses approximately 11,650 square feet of space for its banking operations. The Company also leases approximately 3,787 square feet for the location of an additional branch which provides commercial and retail services. This branch is located at 3455 Placer Street, Redding, California. The lease agreement expires on August 21, 2017.
The Company’s Roseville Bank of Commerce is located on the first floor of a three-story building with approximately 12,901 square feet of space located at 1504 Eureka Road, Roseville, California. The Company leases the space pursuant to two triple net leases, 10,488 square feet expiring on January 31, 2023 and 2,413 square feet expiring on January 31, 2013, and month to month thereafter.
22
Table of Contents
| ITEM 3. | LEGAL PROCEEDINGS |
The Company is subject to various pending and threatened legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company maintains reserves for losses from legal actions that are both probable and estimable. In the opinion of management the disposition of claims currently pending will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
| ITEM 4. | MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES |
Not applicable.
23
Table of Contents
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
The principal market on which the Company’s common stock is traded is the NASDAQ Global Market. The Company’s common stock is listed under the trading symbol “BOCH.” The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales prices of the Company’s common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market for the periods indicated:
| Sales Price Per Share | ||||||||||||
| Quarter Ended: | High | Low | Volume | |||||||||
| March 31, 2012 |
$ | 4.59 | $ | 3.40 | 1,895,876 | |||||||
| June 30, 2012 |
$ | 4.50 | $ | 3.78 | 829,622 | |||||||
| September 30, 2012 |
$ | 4.60 | $ | 4.00 | 898,302 | |||||||
| December 31, 2012 |
$ | 5.24 | $ | 4.25 | 951,109 | |||||||
| March 31, 2011 |
$ | 4.46 | $ | 3.80 | 964,077 | |||||||
| June 30, 2011 |
$ | 4.62 | $ | 4.03 | 1,042,396 | |||||||
| September 30, 2011 |
$ | 4.20 | $ | 2.90 | 1,129,632 | |||||||
| December 31, 2011 |
$ | 3.58 | $ | 2.90 | 1,127,475 | |||||||
There were approximately 2,215 shareholders of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2012, including those held in street name, and the market price on that date was $4.60 per share.
Dividends
Cash dividends of $0.03 were paid on January 12, 2012, April 12, 2012, July 13, 2012, and October 12, 2012, to shareholders of record as of December 31, 2011, March 31, 2012, June 29, 2012, and September 28, 2012, respectively. Cash dividends of $0.03 were also paid on January 14, 2011, April 8, 2011, July 8, 2011, and October 7, 2011, to shareholders of record as of December 31, 2010, March 31, 2011, July 2, 2011, and September 30, 2011, respectively.
On September 28, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury 20,000 shares of its Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, for aggregate proceeds net of issuance costs of $19.9 million. The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, beginning October 1, 2011. Such dividends are not cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if it has declared and paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and will be subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities. Please see Sales of Unregistered Securities below for a more detailed description of the dividends payable on the Series B Preferred Stock and the potential impact of such dividends on the Company’s common stock.
The Company’s ability to pay dividends is subject to certain regulatory requirements. The Federal Reserve Board generally prohibits a bank holding company from declaring or paying a cash dividend which would impose undue pressure on the capital of subsidiary banks or would be funded only through borrowing or other arrangements that might adversely affect a financial services holding company’s financial position. The FRB’s policy is that a bank holding company should not continue its existing rate of cash dividends on its common stock unless its net income is sufficient to fully fund each dividend and its prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with its capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The power of the board of directors of an insured depository institution to declare a cash dividend or other distribution with respect to capital is subject to statutory and regulatory restrictions which limit the amount available for such distribution depending upon the earnings, financial condition and cash needs of the institution, as well as general business conditions.
In addition to the restrictions imposed under federal law, banks chartered under California law generally may only pay cash dividends to the extent such payments do not exceed the lesser of retained earnings of the bank or the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years (less any distributions to shareholders during such period). In the event a bank desires to pay cash dividends in excess of such amount, the bank may pay a cash dividend with the prior approval of the Commissioner of the CDFI in an amount not exceeding the greatest of the bank’s retained earnings, the bank’s net income for its last fiscal year, or the bank’s net income for its current fiscal year.
24
Table of Contents
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
We currently maintain one equity-based compensation plan which was approved by the shareholders in 2008 and amended in 2010. The following table sets forth the Company’s equity-based compensation plan, the number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and rights, the weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, and the number of shares available for future award grants as of December 31, 2012:
| Plan Category |
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options |
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) |
|||||||||
| Equity compensation plans approved by security holders |
342,437 | $ | 6.09 | 438,343 | ||||||||
| Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders |
None | None | None | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
342,437 | $ | 6.09 | 438,343 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
25
Table of Contents
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph compares the Company’s cumulative total return to shareholders during the past five years with that of the NASDAQ Composite Stock Index and the SNL Securities $500-$1 billion Bank Asset-Size Index (the “SNL Securities Index”). The stock price performance shown on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future performance of the Company’s Common Stock.
Bank of Commerce Holdings
Five – Year Performance Graph
| (1) | Assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2007, in the Company’s Common Stock, the NASDAQ, and the SNL Securities Index. The model assumes reinvestment of dividends. Source: SNL Securities (share prices for the Company’s Common Stock was furnished to SNL Securities through the NASDAQ). |
26
Table of Contents
Sales of Unregistered Securities
On September 28, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury 20,000 shares of its Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, for aggregate proceeds net of issuance costs of $19.9 million. The Series B Preferred Stock was issued in a private placement exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act (transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering).
The issuance was pursuant to the Treasury’s SBLF program, a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, which encourages lending to small businesses by providing capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion.
The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, beginning October 1, 2011. The dividend rate, which is calculated on the aggregate Liquidation Amount, has been initially set at 5% per annum based upon the current level of QSBL by the Bank. The dividend rate for future dividend periods will be set based upon the percentage change in qualified lending between each dividend period and the baseline QSBL level established at the time the Agreement was consummated. Such dividend rate may vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, and from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the first half of the nineteenth dividend periods. If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%. Prior to that time, in general, the dividend rate decreases as the level of the Bank’s QSBL increases. Such dividends are not cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if it has declared and paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and will be subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities. In addition, if (1) the Company has not timely declared and paid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for six dividend periods or more, whether or not consecutive, and (2) shares of Series B Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation preference of at least $20 million are still outstanding, the Treasury (or any successor holder of Series B Preferred Stock) may designate two additional directors to be elected to the Company’s Board of Directors.
As more completely described in the Certificate of Designation, holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have the right to vote as a separate class on certain matters relating to the rights of holders of Series B Preferred Stock and on certain corporate transactions. Except with respect to such matters and, if applicable, the election of the additional directors described above, the Series B Preferred Stock does not have voting rights.
The Company may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the Liquidation Amount per share and the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then-current period, subject to any required prior approval by the Company’s primary federal banking regulator.
Purchase of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
On February 7, 2012, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the purchase of up to 1,019,490 or 6% of its outstanding shares over a twelve-month period. The stock repurchase plan authorizes the Company to conduct open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions from time to time when, at management’s discretion, it is determined that market conditions and other factors warrant such purchases. Common shares repurchased by the Company during the fourth quarter consisted of 148,741 shares repurchased pursuant to such corporate stock repurchase plan. The table below sets forth additional information regarding those repurchases.
| Period | (a) Total Number of Common Shares Purchased |
(b) Average Price Paid per Common Share |
(c) Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs |
(d) Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs |
||||||||||||
| 10/1/12 – 10/31/12 |
76,554 | $ | 4.59 | 76,554 | 72,187 | |||||||||||
| 11/1/12 – 11/30/12 |
24,189 | $ | 4.47 | 24,189 | 47,998 | |||||||||||
| 12/1/12 – 12/31/12 |
47,998 | $ | 4.51 | 47,998 | 0 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
148,741 | $ | 4.55 | 148,741 | ||||||||||||
On January 16, 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the purchase of up to 1,000,000 or 6% of its outstanding shares over a twelve-month period. The stock repurchase plan authorizes the Company to conduct open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions from time to time when, at management’s discretion, it was determined that market conditions and other factors warrant such purchases. The shares will be retired subsequent to purchases.
27
Table of Contents
| ITEM 6. | SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA |
The selected consolidated financial data set forth below for the five years ended December 31, 2012, have been derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this report. Income statement data reflects results derived from continuing operations. Balance sheet data has been adjusted for discontinued operations.
| In Thousands (Except Ratios and Per Share Data) |
||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||
| Statements of Income |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest Income |
$ | 40,337 | $ | 41,631 | $ | 42,478 | $ | 41,465 | $ | 37,690 | ||||||||||
| Net Interest Income |
35,108 | 34,155 | 33,081 | 28,950 | 21,348 | |||||||||||||||
| Provision for Loan Losses |
9,400 | 8,991 | 12,850 | 9,475 | 6,520 | |||||||||||||||
| Noninterest Income |
6,593 | 3,891 | 5,986 | 4,758 | 2,623 | |||||||||||||||
| Noninterest Expense |
21,632 | 19,927 | 18,689 | 16,138 | 15,296 | |||||||||||||||
| Total Revenues |
46,930 | 45,522 | 48,464 | 46,223 | 40,313 | |||||||||||||||
| Net Income Attributable to Bank of Commerce Holdings |
$ | 7,416 | $ | 7,255 | $ | 6,220 | $ | 6,005 | $ | 2,194 | ||||||||||
| Balance Sheets |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Total Assets |
$ | 979,424 | $ | 940,691 | $ | 939,133 | $ | 813,406 | $ | 774,214 | ||||||||||
| Total Gross Portfolio Loans |
664,051 | 594,372 | 608,936 | 609,151 | 527,463 | |||||||||||||||
| Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses |
11,103 | 10,622 | 12,841 | 11,207 | 8,429 | |||||||||||||||
| Total Deposits |
701,052 | 668,304 | 648,702 | 640,464 | 555,282 | |||||||||||||||
| Total Stockholders’ Equity |
$ | 110,321 | $ | 113,590 | $ | 103,727 | $ | 68,807 | $ | 62,578 | ||||||||||
| Performance Ratios 1 |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Return on Average Assets 2 |
0.78 | % | 0.79 | % | 0.69 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.33 | % | ||||||||||
| Return on Average Shareholders’ Equity 3 |
6.66 | % | 6.71 | % | 6.50 | % | 9.01 | % | 4.99 | % | ||||||||||
| Average Equity to Average Assets |
11.69 | % | 11.76 | % | 10.55 | % | 8.28 | % | 8.91 | % | ||||||||||
| Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital – Holding Company 4 |
14.52 | % | 15.28 | % | 13.74 | % | 12.06 | % | 11.58 | % | ||||||||||
| Total Risk-Based Capital – Holding Company |
15.77 | % | 16.53 | % | 15.00 | % | 13.31 | % | 12.84 | % | ||||||||||
| Net Interest Margin 5 |
3.99 | % | 4.02 | % | 4.03 | % | 3.90 | % | 3.56 | % | ||||||||||
| Average Earning Assets to Total Average Assets |
95.39 | % | 95.99 | % | 93.41 | % | 91.42 | % | 92.86 | % | ||||||||||
| Nonperforming Assets to Total Assets 6 |
4.25 | % | 2.68 | % | 2.43 | % | 1.92 | % | 2.98 | % | ||||||||||
| Net Charge Offs to Average Loans |
1.48 | % | 1.85 | % | 1.84 | % | 1.14 | % | 1.22 | % | ||||||||||
| Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Total Portfolio Loans |
1.67 | % | 1.82 | % | 2.14 | % | 1.86 | % | 1.60 | % | ||||||||||
| Nonperforming Loans to Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses |
347.40 | % | 202.53 | % | 159.73 | % | 113.50 | % | 239.10 | % | ||||||||||
| Efficiency Ratio 7 |
51.87 | % | 52.38 | % | 47.83 | % | 47.88 | % | 63.81 | % | ||||||||||
| Share Data |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Average Common Shares Outstanding – basic |
16,344 | 16,991 | 14,951 | 8,711 | 8,713 | |||||||||||||||
| Average Common Shares Outstanding – diluted |
16,344 | 16,991 | 14,951 | 8,711 | 8,724 | |||||||||||||||
| Book Value Per Common Share |
$ | 5.65 | $ | 5.33 | $ | 4.97 | $ | 5.72 | $ | 5.23 | ||||||||||
| Basic earnings per share attributable to continuing operations |
$ | 0.41 | $ | 0.34 | $ | 0.30 | $ | 0.55 | $ | 0.25 | ||||||||||
| Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to discontinued operations |
$ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.00 | |||||||||
| Diluted earnings per share attributable to continuing operations |
$ | 0.41 | $ | 0.34 | $ | 0.30 | $ | 0.55 | $ | 0.25 | ||||||||||
| Diluted earnings (loss) per share attributable to discontinued operations |
$ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.05 | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.00 | |||||||||
| Cash Dividends Per Common Share |
$ | 0.12 | $ | 0.12 | $ | 0.18 | $ | 0.24 | $ | 0.32 | ||||||||||
| 1 | Regulatory Capital Ratios and Asset Quality Ratios are end of period ratios. With the exception of end of period ratios, all ratios are based on average daily balances during the indicated period. |
| 2 | Return on average assets is net income divided by average total assets. |
| 3 | Return on average equity is net income divided by average shareholders’ equity. |
| 4 | Regulatory capital ratios are defined in detail under the caption Capital Resources, in ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, in this document. |
| 5 | Net interest margin equals net interest income on a tax equivalent basis, divided by average interest earning assets. Net interest margins for prior years have been adjusted to reflect certain reclassifications resulting from the reporting of discontinued operations. |
| 6 | Nonperforming assets include all nonperforming loans (nonaccrual loans, loans 90 days past due and still accruing interest and restructured loans that are nonperforming) and real estate acquired by foreclosure. |
| 7 | The efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing non-interest expense by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income. The efficiency ratio measures how the Company spends in order to generate each dollar of net revenue. The ratio is presented based on results from continuing operations. |
28
Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of financial condition as of December 31, 2012, and 2011, and results of operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012 should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, included in Part II Item 8 of this report. Average balances, including balances used in calculating certain financial ratios, are generally comprised of average daily balances. The Company’s results discussed in this section reflect continued operations unless otherwise noted.
The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by important factors detailed in Part I captioned Forward-Looking Statements and Item 1A captioned Risk Factors of this report and other cautionary statements set forth elsewhere in the report.
Executive Overview
Significant items for the year ended December 31, 2012 were as follows:
Operations
| • | On August 31, 2012 with an effective date of June 30, 2012, the Holding Company sold its 51% ownership interest (capital stock) in Bank of Commerce Mortgage for consideration of $5.2 million. The transaction was cash flow neutral, with $5.2 million resulting in a return of capital. The Mortgage Company will continue its operation under a different assumed name. |
| • | Total consolidated assets were $979.4 million as of December 31, 2012, compared to $940.7 million as of December 31, 2011. Increases in interest bearing demand deposits and FHLB borrowings funded purchases of securities, originations of 1-4 family mortgage loans held-for-sale, and organic loan growth. |
Capital
| • | Repurchased 1,019,490 common shares at a weighted average cost of $4.22 per share, pursuant to the Company’s publicly announced stock repurchase plan. |
| • | Paid preferred stock dividends of $880 thousand compared to $998 thousand during the same period in 2011. |
| • | Declared cash dividends of $0.03 per share for 4th quarter in 2012. In determining the amount of dividends to be paid, we consider capital preservation, expected asset growth, projected earnings and our overall dividend pay-out ratio. |
Financial Performance
| • | Net earnings (loss) per diluted common share attributable to continuing and discontinued operations were $0.41 and $(0.01) for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $0.34 and $0.03 for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. The increase in net earnings per diluted common share from continuing operations was mainly attributed to increases in net interest income and other noninterest income, principally driven by decreased interest expense and gains on sale of investment securities, respectively. |
| • | Net interest margins have decreased slightly over the reporting period. Net interest margin, on a tax equivalent basis, was 3.99% at December 31, 2012 compared to 4.02% at December 31, 2011. Decreased yields on earning assets were partially offset by decreased interest expense associated with deposits and borrowings. |
| • | We recorded gains of $3.8 million on the sale of investment securities during the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to gains of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. |
Credit Quality
| • | Nonperforming assets increased to $41.6 million, or 4.25% of total assets, as of December 31, 2012, compared to $25.2 million, or 2.68% of total assets as of December 31, 2011. Nonperforming loans increased $17.1 million to $38.6 million, or 5.81% of total loans, as of December 31, 2012, compared to $21.5 million, or 3.62% of total loans as of December 31, 2011. Nonaccrual loans have been written-down to their estimated net realizable values. |
| • | Net charge offs were $8.9 million or 1.48% of average loans during 2012, as compared to net charge offs of $11.2 million or 1.85% of average loans during 2011. |
| • | Provision for loan and lease losses during 2012 were $9.4 million, an increase of $409 thousand compared to 2011. During 2012 provision expense to net charge offs was 105.39% compared to 80.20% during 2011. |
29
Table of Contents
Our Company was established to make a profitable return while serving the financial needs of the business and professional communities which make up our markets. We are in the financial services business, and no line of financial services is beyond our charter so long as it serves the needs of our customers. Our mission is to provide our shareholders with a safe and profitable return on investment over the long term. Management will attempt to minimize risk to our shareholders by making prudent business decisions, maintaining adequate levels of capital and reserves, and communicating effectively with shareholders.
It is our vision of the Company to remain independent, expanding our presence through internal growth and the addition of strategically important full service and focused service locations. We will pursue attractive opportunities to enter related lines of business and to acquire financial institutions with complementary lines of business. We will distinguish ourselves from the competition by a commitment to efficient delivery of products and services in our target markets – to businesses and professionals, while maintaining personal relationships with mutual loyalty.
Our long term success rests on the shoulders of the leadership team and its ability to effectively enhance the performance of the Company. As a financial services company, we are in the business of taking and managing risks. Whether we are successful depends largely upon whether we take the right risks and get paid appropriately for those risks. Our governance structure enables us to manage all major aspects of the Company’s business effectively through an integrated process that includes financial, strategic, risk and leadership planning.
We define risks to include not only credit, market and liquidity risk, the traditional concerns for financial institutions, but also operational risks, including risks related to systems, processes or external events, as well as legal, regulatory and reputation risks. Our management processes, structures, and policies help to ensure compliance with laws and regulations and provide clear lines for decision-making and accountability. Results are important, but equally important is how we achieve those results. Our core values and commitment to high ethical standards is material to sustaining public trust and confidence in our Company.
RISK MANAGEMENT
Overview
Through our corporate governance structure, risk and return is evaluated to produce sustainable revenues, reduce risks of earnings volatility and increase shareholder value. The financial services industry is exposed to four major risks; liquidity, credit, market and operational. Liquidity risk is the inability to meet liability maturities and withdrawals, fund asset growth and otherwise meet contractual obligations at reasonable market rates. Credit risk is the inability of a customer to meet its repayment obligations. Market risk is the fluctuation in asset and liability values caused by changes in market prices and yields, and operational risk is the potential for losses resulting from events involving people, processes, technology, legal issues, external events, regulation, or reputation.
Board Committees
Our corporate governance structure begins with our Board of Directors. The Board of Directors evaluates risk through the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and four Board Committees:
| • | Loan Committee reviews credit risks and the adequacy of the ALLL. |
| • | ALCO reviews liquidity and market risks. |
| • | Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee reviews the scope and coverage of internal and external audit activities; and |
| • | Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee evaluates corporate governance structure, charters, committee performance and acts in best interests of the corporation and its shareholders with regard to the appointment of director nominees. |
These committees review reports from management, the Company’s auditors, and other outside sources. On the basis of materials that are available to them and on which they rely, the committees review the performance of the Company’s management and personnel, and establish policies, but neither the committees nor their individual members (in their capacities as members of the Board of Directors) are responsible for daily operations of the Company. In particular, risk management activities relating to individual loans are undertaken by Company personnel in accordance with the policies established by the committees of the Board of Directors.
30
Table of Contents
Senior Leadership Committees
To ensure that our risk management goals and objectives are accomplished, oversight of our risk taking and risk management activities are conducted through five Senior Leadership committees comprised of members of management:
| • | The Senior Leadership Committee establishes short and long-term strategies and operating plans. The committee establishes performance measures and reviews performance to plan on a monthly basis: |
| • | The Technology Steering Committee establishes technological strategies, makes technology investment decisions, and manages the implementation process: |
| • | The ALCO Round Table Committee establishes and monitors liquidity ranges, pricing, maturities, investment goals, and interest spread on balance sheet accounts: and |
| • | The SOX 404 Compliance Committee has established the master plan for full documentation of the Company’s internal controls and compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
Risk Management Controls
We use various controls to manage risk exposure within the Company. Budgeting and planning processes provide for early indication of unplanned results or risk levels. Models are used to estimate market risk and net interest income sensitivity. Segmentation analysis is used to estimate expected and unexpected credit losses. Compliance with regulatory guidelines plays a significant role in risk management as well as corporate culture and the actions of management. Our code of ethics provides the guidelines for all employees to conduct themselves with the highest integrity in the delivery of service to our clients.
Liquidity Risk Management
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the inability to meet liability maturities and withdrawals, fund asset growth and otherwise meet contractual obligations at reasonable market rates. Liquidity management involves maintaining ample and diverse funding capacity, liquid assets and other sources of cash to accommodate fluctuations in asset and liability levels due to business shocks or unanticipated events. ALCO is responsible for establishing our liquidity policy and the accounting department is responsible for planning and executing the funding activities and strategies.
Sources of liquid assets consist of the repayments and maturities of loans, selling of loans, short-term money market investments, and cash flows from maturities and sales of available-for-sale securities. Increased liquidity from net loan repayments and increased deposits, were completely offset by pay downs of FHLB advances. Increases in available-for-sale security balances were responsible for the major use of liquidity. The weighted-average life of the available-for-sale security portfolio is 6.0 years.
Liquidity is generated from liabilities through deposit growth and FHLB borrowings. We emphasize preserving and maximizing customer deposits and other customer-based funding sources. Deposit marketing strategies are reviewed for consistency with liquidity policy objectives.
We have available correspondent banking lines of credit through correspondent relationships totaling approximately $30.0 million and available secured borrowing lines of approximately $73.2 million with the FHLB. In addition, we have a secured borrowing line with the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), and had $28.4 million in available credit at the FRB. While these sources are expected to continue to provide significant amounts of liquidity in the future, their mix, as well as the possible use of other sources, will depend on future economic and market conditions. Liquidity is also provided through cash flows generated through our operations.
Our liquid assets (cash, amounts due from banks, interest bearing deposits held at other banks, and available-for-sale securities) totaled $242.0 million or 25% of total assets at December 31, 2012 and $250.8 million or 27% of total assets at December 31, 2011, and $251.5 million or 27% of total assets at December 31, 2010.
The Holding Company received $6.3 million in dividends from the Bank in 2012. Although the Holding Company expects to receive dividends from the Bank in the foreseeable future, there are restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends. See Item 5 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities and Note 22 Regulatory Capital in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this document for a discussion of the restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends.
To accommodate future growth and business needs, we develop an annual capital expenditure budget during strategic planning sessions. We expect that our earnings, acquisition of core deposits and wholesale borrowing arrangements will be sufficient to support liquidity needs in 2013.
31
Table of Contents
Other Borrowings
We actively use FHLB advances as a source of wholesale funding to provide liquidity and to implement leverage strategies. At December 31, 2012, the Company had one variable rate overnight advance, two adjustable rate advances maturing in less than one year that floated to three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus or minus an applicable spread, and one fixed rate advance maturing within three years. The advances did not contain call or put features. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $125.0 million in FHLB advances outstanding compared to $109.0 million at December 31, 2011 and $141.0 million at December 31, 2010.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
| Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with weighted average interest rates of 0.15%, 0.19% and 0.34% at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively |
$ | 13,095 | $ | 13,779 | $ | 13,548 | ||||||
| Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings with weighted average interest rates of 0.39%, 0.39% and 0.29% at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively |
125,000 | 109,000 | 141,000 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total Other Borrowings |
$ | 138,095 | $ | 122,779 | $ | 154,548 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
| Securities sold under agreements to repurchase: |
||||||||||||
| Maximum outstanding at any month end |
$ | 16,295 | $ | 16,688 | $ | 18,820 | ||||||
| Average balance during the year |
14,246 | 14,805 | 12,274 | |||||||||
| Weighted average interest rate during year |
0.17 | % | 0.29 | % | 0.42 | % | ||||||
| Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings: |
||||||||||||
| Maximum outstanding at any month end |
$ | 125,000 | $ | 141,000 | $ | 147,000 | ||||||
| Average Balance during the year |
110,372 | 115,468 | 112,784 | |||||||||
| Weighted average interest rate during year |
0.08 | % | 0.50 | % | 0.56 | % | ||||||
Credit Risk Management
Credit risk arises from the inability of a customer to meet its repayment obligations. Credit risk exists in our outstanding loans, letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments. We manage credit risk based on the risk profile of the borrower, repayment sources and the nature of underlying collateral given current events and conditions.
Commercial portfolio credit risk management
Commercial credit risk management begins with an assessment of the credit risk profile of the individual borrower based on an analysis of the borrower’s financial position in light of current industry, economic or geopolitical trends. As part of the overall credit risk assessment of a borrower, each commercial credit is assigned a risk grade and is subject to approval based on existing credit approval standards. Risk grading is a substantial factor in determining the adequacy of the ALLL.
Credit decisions are determined by Credit Administration to certain limitations and approvals from the Loan Committee above those limitations. Credit risk is continuously monitored by Credit Administration for possible adjustment if there has been a change in the borrower’s ability to perform under its obligations. Additionally, we manage the size of our credit exposure through loan sales and loan participation agreements. The primary sources of repayment of our commercial loans are from the borrowers’ operating cash flows and the borrowers’ conversion of short-term assets to cash. The net assets of the borrower or guarantor are usually identified as a secondary source of repayment. The principal factors affecting our risk of loss from commercial lending include each borrower’s ability to manage its business affairs and cash flows, local and general economic conditions and real estate values in our service area. We manage our commercial loan portfolio by monitoring our borrowers’ payment performance and their respective financial condition and make periodic adjustments, if necessary, to the risk grade assigned to each loan in the portfolio. Our evaluations of our borrowers’ are facilitated by management’s knowledge of local market conditions and periodic reviews by a consultant of our credit administration policies.
Real estate portfolio credit risk management
The principal source of repayment of our real estate construction loans is the sale of the underlying collateral or the availability of permanent financing from the Company or other lending source. The principal risks associated with real estate construction lending include project cost overruns that absorb the borrower’s equity in the project and deterioration of real estate values as a result of various factors, including competitive pressures and economic downturns.
32
Table of Contents
We manage our credit risk associated with real estate construction lending by establishing a loan-to-value ratio on projects on an as-completed basis, inspecting project status in advance of disbursements, and matching maturities with expected completion dates. Generally, we require a loan-to-value ratio of not more than 80% on single family residential construction loans. Our specific underwriting standards and methods for each principal line of lending include industry-accepted analysis and modeling and certain proprietary techniques. Our underwriting criteria are designed to comply with applicable regulatory guidelines, including required loan-to-value ratios. Our credit administration policies contain mandatory lien position and debt service coverage requirements, and the Bank generally requires a guarantee from individuals owning 20% or more of the borrowing entity.
Concentrations of credit risk
The Company purchases from its former mortgage subsidiary, undivided participation ownership interests, subject to take out commitments to third party investors, in real estate mortgage loans to customers throughout California, Oregon, Washington, and Colorado. In addition, the Company grants real estate construction, commercial, and installment loans to customers throughout northern California. In management’s judgment, a concentration exists in real estate-related loans, which represented approximately 65% and 72% of the Company’s gross loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Commercial real estate concentrations are managed to assure wide geographic and business diversity. Although management believes such concentrations have no more than the normal risk of collectability, a substantial decline in the economy in general, material increases in interest rates, changes in tax policies, tightening credit or refinancing markets, or a decline in real estate values in the Company’s primary market areas in particular, as we witnessed with the deterioration in the residential development market since 2007, could have an adverse impact on the repayment of these loans. Personal and business incomes, proceeds from the sale of real property, or proceeds from refinancing, represent the primary sources of repayment for a majority of these loans.
The Bank recognizes the credit risks inherent in dealing with other depository institutions. Accordingly, to prevent excessive exposure to any single correspondent, the Bank has established general standards for selecting correspondent banks as well as internal limits for allowable exposure to any single correspondent. In addition, the Bank has an investment policy that sets forth limitations that apply to all investments with respect to credit rating and concentrations with an issuer.
Allowance for loan and lease losses
The ALLL represents management’s best estimate of probable losses in the loans and leases portfolio. Within the allowance, reserves are allocated to segments of the portfolio based on specific formula components. Changes to the allowance for credit losses are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the provision for loan and lease losses.
We perform periodic and systematic detailed evaluations of our lending portfolio to identify and estimate the inherent risks and assess the overall collectability. We evaluate general conditions such as the portfolio composition, size and maturities of various segmented portions of the portfolio such as secured, unsecured, construction, and Small Business Administration (SBA). We also evaluate concentrations of borrowers, industries, geographical sectors, loan product, loan classes and collateral types, volume and trends of loan delinquencies and nonaccrual; criticized and classified assets and trends in the aggregate in significant credits identified as watch list items.
Our ALLL is the accumulation of various components that are calculated based upon independent methodologies. All components of the ALLL represent an estimation based on certain observable data that management believes most reflects the underlying credit losses being estimated. Changes in the amount of each component of the ALLL are directionally consistent with changes in the observable data, taking into account the interaction of the components over time.
An essential element of the methodology for determining the ALLL is our credit risk evaluation process, which includes credit risk grading of individual, commercial, construction, commercial real estate, and consumer loans. Loans are assigned credit risk grades based on our assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet its contractual obligations under the loan agreement. That process includes reviewing borrower’s current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and other information specific to each individual borrower. Loans are reviewed on an annual or rotational basis or as management become aware of information affecting the borrower’s ability to fulfill its obligations. Credit risk grades carry a dollar weighted risk percentage.
For individually impaired loans, we measure impairment based on the present value of expected future principal and interest cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that as a practical expedient, a creditor may measure impairment based on a loan’s observable market price or the fair value of collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. When developing the estimate of future cash flows for a loan, we consider all available information reflecting past events and current conditions, including the effect of existing environmental factors. In addition to the ALLL, an allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is determined using estimates of the probability of funding and the associated inherent credit risk. This reserve is carried as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
33
Table of Contents
We make provisions to the ALLL on a regular basis through charges to operations that are reflected in our Consolidated Statements of Operations as provision expense for loan losses. When a loan is deemed uncollectible, it is charged against the allowance. Any recoveries of previously charged off loans are credited back to the allowance. There is no precise method of predicting specific losses or amounts that ultimately may be charged off on particular categories of the loan portfolio.
Various regulatory agencies periodically review our ALLL as an integral part of their examination process. Such agencies may require us to provide additions to the allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination. There is uncertainty concerning future economic trends. Accordingly, it is not possible to predict the effect future economic trends may have on the level of the provisions for possible loan losses in future periods. The ALLL should not be interpreted as an indication that charge offs in future periods will occur in the stated amounts or proportions.
Market Risk Management
General
Market risk is the potential loss due to adverse changes in market prices and interest rates. Market risk is inherent in our operating positions and activities including customers’ loans, deposit accounts, securities and long-term debt. Loans and deposits generate income and expense, respectively, and the value of cash flows changes based on general economic levels, and most importantly, the level of interest rates.
The goal for managing our assets and liabilities is to maximize shareholder value and earnings while maintaining a high quality balance sheet without exposing the Company to undue interest rate risk. The absolute level and volatility of interest rates can have a significant impact on our profitability. Market risk arises from exposure to changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, and other relevant market rate or price risk. We do not operate a trading account, and do not hold a position with exposure to foreign currency exchange.
We face market risk through interest rate volatility. Net interest income or margin risk is measured based on rate shocks over different time horizons versus a current stable interest rate environment. Assumptions used in these calculations are similar to those used in the planning and budgeting model. The overall interest rate risk position and strategies are reviewed on an ongoing basis with ALCO.
Securities Portfolio
The securities portfolio is central to our asset liability management strategies. The decision to purchase or sell securities is based upon the current assessment of economic and financial conditions, including the interest rate environment, liquidity, and regulatory requirements. We classify our securities as “available-for-sale” or “held-to-maturity” at the time of purchase. We do not engage in trading activities. Securities held-to-maturity are carried at cost adjusted for the accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums. Securities available-for-sale may be sold to implement our asset liability management strategies and in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment rates, and similar factors. Securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value and unrealized gains or losses, net of income taxes, are reported as a component of accumulated OCI, in a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Gain or loss on sale of securities is based on the specific identification method.
Operational Risk Management
Operational risk is the potential for loss resulting from events involving people, processes, technology, legal or regulatory issues, external events, and reputation. In keeping with the corporate governance structure, the Senior Leadership committee is responsible for operational risk controls. Operational risks are managed through specific policies and procedures, controls and monitoring tools. Examples of these include reconciliation processes, transaction monitoring and analysis and system audits. Operational risks fall into two major categories, business specific and Company-wide. The Senior Leadership committee works to ensure consistency in policies, processes and assessments. With respect to Company-wide risks, the Senior Leadership committee works directly with members of our Board of Directors to develop policies and procedures for information security, business resumption plans, compliance and legal issues.
Summary of Critical Accounting Policies
Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this document. Not all of those significant accounting policies require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments or estimates. Management believes that the following policies would be considered critical under the SEC’s definition.
34
Table of Contents
Valuation of Investments and Impairment of Securities
At the time of purchase, the Company designates the security as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale, based on its investment objectives, operational needs and intent to hold. The Company does not engage in trading activity. Securities designated as held-to-maturity are carried at cost adjusted for the accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums. The Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities to maturity. Securities designated as available-for-sale may be sold to implement the Company’s asset/liability management strategies and in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment rates, and similar factors. Securities designated as available-for-sale are recorded at fair value and unrealized gains or losses, net of income taxes, are reported as part of accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) (loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Gains or losses on sale of securities are based on the specific identification method. The market value and underlying rating of the security is monitored for quality. Securities may be adjusted to reflect changes in valuation as a result of other-than-temporary declines in value. Investments with fair values that are less than amortized cost are considered impaired. Impairment may result from either a decline in the financial condition of the issuing entity or, in the case of fixed rate investments, from changes in interest rates. At each financial statement date, management assesses each investment to determine if impaired investments are temporarily impaired or if the impairment is other-than-temporary based upon the positive and negative evidence available. Evidence evaluated includes, but is not limited to, industry analyst reports, credit market conditions, and interest rate trends.
When an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company assesses whether it intends to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit losses.
If the Company intends to sell the security or if it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell security before recovery of the amortized cost basis, the entire amount of other than temporary impairment (OTTI) is recognized in earnings.
For debt securities that are considered other-than-temporarily impaired and that we do not intend to sell and will not be required to sell prior to recovery of our amortized cost basis, we separate the amount of the impairment into the amount that is credit related (credit loss component) and the amount due to all other factors. The credit loss component is recognized in earnings and is calculated as the difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows.
The remaining differences between the investment’s fair value and the present value of future expected cash flows is deemed to be due to factors that are not credit related and is recognized in OCI. Significant judgment is required in the determination of whether OTTI has occurred for an investment. The Company follows a consistent and systematic process for determining OTTI loss. The Company has designated the ALCO Committee responsible for the other-than-temporary evaluation process.
The ALCO Committee’s assessment of whether OTTI loss should be recognized incorporates both quantitative and qualitative information including, but not limited to: (1) the length of time and the extent of which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in value, (4) whether the debtor is current on interest and principal payments, and (5) general market conditions and industry or sector specific outlook.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
ALLL is based upon estimates of loan losses and is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in the outstanding loan portfolio. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and reduced by net charge offs. In periodic evaluations of the adequacy of the allowance balance, management considers our past loan loss experience by type of credit, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, current economic conditions and other factors. We formally assess the adequacy of the ALLL on a monthly basis. These assessments include the periodic re-grading of classified loans based on changes in their individual credit characteristics including delinquency, seasoning, recent financial performance of the borrower, economic factors, changes in the interest rate environment and other factors as warranted. Loans are initially graded when originated. They are reviewed as they are renewed, when there is a new loan to the same borrower and/or when identified facts demonstrate heightened risk of default. Confirmation of the quality of our grading process is obtained by independent reviews conducted by outside consultants specifically hired for this purpose and by periodic examination by various bank regulatory agencies. Management monitors delinquent loans continuously and identifies problem loans to be evaluated individually for impairment testing. For loans that are determined impaired, formal impairment measurement is performed at least quarterly on a loan-by-loan basis.
Our method for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance includes specific allowances for identified problem loans, an allowance factor for categories of credits and allowances for changing environmental factors (e.g., portfolio trends, concentration of credit, growth, economic factors). Allowances for identified problem loans are based on specific analysis of individual credits. Loss estimation factors for loan categories are based on analysis of local economic factors applicable to each loan category. Allowances for changing environmental factors are management’s best estimate of the probable impact these changes have had on the loan portfolio as a whole.
35
Table of Contents
Income Taxes
Income taxes reported in the financial statements are computed based on an asset and liability approach. We recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences that have been recognized in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent it is more likely than not that they will be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover the deferred tax assets, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations.
In projecting future taxable income, management develops assumptions including the amount of future state and federal pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates being used to manage the underlying business. The Company files consolidated federal and combined state income tax returns.
We recognize the financial statement effect of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. For tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold, we may recognize only the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority.
Management believes that all of our tax positions taken meet the more likely than not recognition threshold. To the extent tax authorities disagree with these tax positions, our effective tax rates could be materially affected in the period of settlement with the taxing authorities.
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
In the normal course of business the Company is subject to risk from adverse fluctuations in interest rates. The Company manages these risks through a program that includes the use of derivative financial instruments, primarily swaps and forwards. Counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by these counterparties. The Company does not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
The Company’s objective in managing exposure to market risk is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flow. The extent to which the Company uses such instruments is dependent on its access to these contracts in the financial markets and its success using other methods, such as netting exposures in the same currencies to mitigate foreign exchange risk and using sales agreements that permit the pass-through of commodity price and foreign exchange rate risk to customers.
All of the Company’s outstanding derivative financial instruments are recognized in the balance sheet at their fair values. The effect on earnings from recognizing the fair values of these derivative financial instruments depends on their intended use, their hedge designation, and their effectiveness in offsetting changes in the fair values of the exposures they are hedging. Changes in the fair values of instruments designated to reduce or eliminate adverse fluctuations in the fair values of recognized assets and liabilities and unrecognized firm commitments are reported in earnings along with changes in the fair values of the hedged items. Changes in the effective portions of the fair values of instruments used to reduce or eliminate adverse fluctuations in cash flows of anticipated or forecasted transactions are reported in equity as a component of accumulated OCI. Amounts in accumulated OCI are reclassified to earnings when the related hedged items affect earnings or the anticipated transactions are no longer probable. Changes in the fair values of derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are reported currently in earnings. Amounts reported in earnings are classified consistent with the item being hedged.
For derivative financial instruments accounted for as hedging instruments, the Company formally designates and documents, at inception, the financial instrument as a hedge of a specific underlying exposure, the risk management objective, and the manner in which effectiveness of the hedge will be assessed. The Company formally assesses both at inception and at each reporting period thereafter, whether the derivative financial instruments used in hedging transactions are effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the related underlying exposures. Any ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the instruments is recognized immediately into earnings.
The Company discontinues the use of hedge accounting prospectively when (1) the derivative instrument is no longer effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the underlying hedged item; (2) the derivative instrument expires, is sold, terminated, or exercised; or (3) designating the derivative instrument as a hedge is no longer appropriate.
Types of derivative transactions currently recorded by the Company as of December 31, 2012:
| • | Interest Rate Swap Agreements – As part of the Company’s risk management strategy, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements or other derivatives to mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in certain assets and liabilities. These derivative instruments are accounted for as cash flow hedges, with the changes in fair value reflected in OCI and subsequently reclassified to earnings when gains or losses are realized on the hedged item. At December 31, 2012, the Company maintained a notional amount of $75 million in interest rate swap agreements which were in an aggregate unrealized loss position of $4.1 million. |
36
Table of Contents
Fair Value Measurements
We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities, and to determine fair value disclosures. We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Securities available-for-sale, derivatives, and loans held-for-sale, if any, are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, such as certain impaired loans held for investment, and OREO. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve write-downs of individual assets due to application of lower of cost or market accounting.
We have established and documented a process for determining fair value. We maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. Whenever there is no readily available market data, management uses its best estimate and assumptions in determining fair value, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if other assumptions had been used, our recorded earnings or disclosures could have been materially different from those reflected in these financial statements. Additional information on our use of fair value measurements and our related valuation methodologies is provided in Note 23 Fair Values in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this document.
Sources of Income
We derive our income from two principal sources: (1) net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income we receive on interest earning assets and the interest expense we pay on interest bearing liabilities, and (2) fee income, which includes fees earned on deposit services, income from payroll processing, electronic-based cash management services, mortgage banking income, and merchant credit card processing services.
Our income depends to a great extent on net interest income, which correlates strongly with certain interest rate characteristics. These interest rate characteristics are highly sensitive to many factors, which are beyond our control, including general economic conditions, inflation, recession, and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, the Federal Reserve Board in particular. Because of our predisposition to variable rate pricing on our assets and level of time deposits, we are frequently considered asset sensitive, and generally we are affected adversely by declining interest rates. In the current interest rate environment, many of our variable rate loans are priced at their floors. As a result, we would not experience an immediate benefit in a rising rate environment. As such, we are moderately liability sensitive until these loans reach their respective floors.
Net interest income reflects both our net interest margin, which is the difference between the yield we earn on our assets and the interest rate we pay for deposits and other sources of funding, and the amount of earning assets we hold. As a result, changes in either our net interest margin or the amount of earning assets we hold could affect our net interest income and earnings.
Increases or decreases in interest rates could adversely affect our net interest margin. Although the yield we earn on our assets and funding costs tend to move in the same direction in response to changes in interest rates, one can rise or fall faster than the other, and cause our net interest margin to expand or contract. Many of our assets are tied to prime rate, so they may adjust faster in response to changes in interest rates. As a result, when interest rates fall, the yield we earn on our assets may fall faster than our ability to reprice a large portion of our liabilities, causing our net interest margin to contract.
Changes in the slope of the “yield curve,” the spread between short term and long term interest rates, could also reduce our net interest margin. Normally, the yield curve is upward sloping, which means that short term rates are lower than long term rates. Because our liabilities tend to be shorter in duration than our assets, when the yield curve flattens or even inverts, we could experience pressure on our net interest margin as our cost of funds increases relative to the yield we can earn on our assets.
We assess our interest rate risk by estimating the effect on our earnings under various simulated scenarios that differ based on assumptions including the direction, magnitude and speed of interest rate changes, and the slope of the yield curve.
There is always the risk that changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest income and earnings in material amounts, especially if actual conditions turn out to be materially different than simulated scenarios. For example, if interest rates rise or fall faster than we assumed or the slope of the yield curve changes, we may incur significant losses on debt securities we hold as investments. To reduce our interest rate risk, we may rebalance our investment and loan portfolios, refinance our debt and take other strategic actions which may result in losses or expenses.
37
Table of Contents
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis provides a comparison of the results of operations for the five years ended December 31, 2012. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes.
Key Financial Ratios
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||
| Profitability |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Return on average assets |
0.78 | % | 0.79 | % | 0.69 | % | 0.75 | % | 0.33 | % | ||||||||||
| Return on average equity |
6.66 | % | 6.71 | % | 6.50 | % | 9.01 | % | 4.99 | % | ||||||||||
| Average earning assets to total average assets |
95.39 | % | 95.99 | % | 93.41 | % | 91.42 | % | 92.86 | % | ||||||||||
| Interest Margin |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Net interest margin |
3.99 | % | 4.02 | % | 4.03 | % | 3.90 | % | 3.56 | % | ||||||||||
| Asset Quality |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans |
1.67 | % | 1.82 | % | 2.14 | % | 1.86 | % | 1.60 | % | ||||||||||
| Nonperforming assets to total assets |
4.25 | % | 2.68 | % | 2.43 | % | 1.92 | % | 2.98 | % | ||||||||||
| Net charge offs to average loans |
1.48 | % | 1.85 | % | 1.84 | % | 1.14 | % | 1.22 | % | ||||||||||
| Liquidity |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Loans to deposits |
93.17 | % | 95.68 | % | 92.60 | % | 96.38 | % | 93.28 | % | ||||||||||
| Liquidity ratio |
47.51 | % | 51.85 | % | 41.86 | % | 38.84 | % | 22.56 | % | ||||||||||
| Capital |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 risk-based capital - Bank |
14.06 | % | 14.46 | % | 13.34 | % | 11.57 | % | 11.58 | % | ||||||||||
| Total risk-based capital - Bank |
15.31 | % | 15.71 | % | 14.59 | % | 12.83 | % | 12.84 | % | ||||||||||
| Efficiency |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Efficiency ratio |
51.87 | % | 52.38 | % | 47.83 | % | 47.88 | % | 63.81 | % | ||||||||||
The above table represents key financial performance ratios that our Senior Leadership Team monitors on a monthly basis in comparison with Uniform Bank Performance Report peer data. Uniform Bank Performance Reports are available on all FDIC insured financial institutions and are used to measure quality performance to peer groupings and may be obtained online at www.fdic.gov. Management monitors the high-performing sector of the peer group and uses this data to examine strategies of other high-performing financial institutions and to establish the financial performance goals of the Company on an annual basis. These goals are then communicated through budgets, strategies, planning and projections to the Senior Leadership Team for implementation. Results are monitored both to plan and to peer group at the Board of Directors level on a monthly basis.
Balance Sheet
As of December 31, 2012, the Company had total consolidated assets of $979.4 million, total net portfolio loans of $653.3 million, an ALLL of $11.1 million, deposits outstanding of $701.1 million, and stockholders’ equity of $110.3 million.
The Company continued to maintain a solid liquidity position during the reporting period. As of December 31, 2012, the Company maintained cash positions at the FRB and correspondent banks in the amount of $21.8 million. The Company also held certificates of deposits with other financial institutions in the amount of $23.3 million, which the Company considers liquid.
During August of 2012, the Company transferred available-for-sale securities to the held-to-maturity category. Management determined that it had the positive intent to hold these securities for an indefinite period of time, due to their relatively acceptable yields, but relatively lower coupons, and longer maturities. The securities transferred had a total amortized cost of $18.0 million, fair value of $18.8 million and unrealized gross gains of $874 thousand and unrealized gross losses of $40 thousand at the time of transfer. The net unrealized gain of $839 thousand which was recorded in OCI net of tax will be amortized over the life of the securities as an adjustment to yield.
The Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio is primarily utilized as a source of liquidity to fund other higher yielding asset opportunities, such as commercial and mortgage loan originations when required. Available-for-sale investment securities totaled $197.4 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $203.5 million at December 31, 2011. During 2012, the Company focused on investing excess cash, and interest and principal from mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations into bank qualified municipal bonds, corporate bonds, and mortgage backed securities.
Purchases of corporate bonds focused on relatively moderate term (maturities ranging between four to six years), high quality debt instruments issued by large cap financial institutions. Management believes the risk adjusted yield spreads of these securities compared to what is currently offered in the treasury markets, or mortgage backed securities markets provides some mitigation of ongoing net interest margin compression without extending too long on the yield curve.
38
Table of Contents
Purchases of municipal bonds focused on bank qualified general obligation and revenue bonds where the debt proceeds generally are used to fund operations and essential services. The municipal bonds purchased generally had maturities ranging from five to twenty years, with maturities more heavily weighted towards the shorter end of this range. In addition, many of these bonds have relatively short call dates and relatively high coupons. Management monitors the financial performance of the municipal bond portfolio on an ongoing basis. Should the outcome of these reviews indicate declining credit quality, inadequate debt service coverage, or if the bonds have fallen outside of our accepted risk tolerance, the bonds are sold in the open market.
During the period, the Company purchased one hundred and sixty-five securities with a weighted average yield of 2.95%, and sold ninety-nine securities with a weighted average yield of 2.93%. Pursuant to the securities sales activity, the Company recorded $3.8 million in net realized gains.
At December 31, 2012, the Company’s net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities were $2.9 million, compared with $1.5 million net unrealized gains at December 31, 2011. The favorable change in net unrealized gains was primarily due to increases in the fair values of the Company’s corporate bond portfolios, partially offset by decreases in the fair values of the remaining sectors of the portfolio. The increase in the fair values of the Company’s corporate bond portfolio was primarily driven by the contraction of market spreads and changes in market interest rates.
Overall, the net portfolio loan balance increased substantially during 2012. The Company recorded net portfolio loans of $653.3 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $583.8 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of $69.5 million, or 12%. The increase in net portfolio loans was primarily attributable to the $65.1 million reclassification of loans held-for-sale to a commercial secured borrowing. Absent of this reclassification, net portfolio loans increased $4.4 million or 0.74%. The increases in net portfolio loans were primarily driven by $19.1 million in net originations of commercial loans, partially offset by $9.2 million in net payoffs of construction loans. Originations in the commercial loans were diversified in amounts and geographic location, and not due to any particularly large originations or concentrations in either of our markets. Pay offs in construction loans were principally concentrated with one borrower in our local market.
The Company continued to conservatively monitor credit quality during the period, and adjust the ALLL accordingly. As such, the Company provided $9.4 million in provisions for loan losses during 2012, compared with $9.0 million during 2011. The Company’s ALLL as a percentage of gross portfolio loans was 1.67% and 1.82% as of December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. Pursuant to the reclassification of loans held-for-sale, management determined that no additional allowance reserves were necessary due to the short term nature agreement, and insignificant loss histories of mortgage loans held-for-sale. Consequently, the ALLL to total loans ratio reported at December 31, 2012, decreased significantly compared to the reported ratio at December 31, 2011. Absent the reclassification, the ALLL to total portfolio loans would have been 1.85% at December 31, 2012.
Net charge offs were $8.9 million during 2012, compared with net charge offs of $11.2 million during 2011. During 2012 the charge offs were centered in owner occupied and non owner occupied commercial real estate, 1-4 family residential, and home equity term loans and lines of credit. Overall, the loan portfolio showed some signs of stabilization during 2012, however there continue to be lingering weaknesses where the borrower’s business revenue is tied to real estate. Accordingly, during December of 2012, the Company reclassified loans in the amount of $7.3 million to nonaccrual status. The majority of the amounts reclassified during December were associated with two large commercial real estate borrowers whose loans were rated as substandard prior to reclassification. At December 31, 2012, the loan portfolio reflects a modest increase in total past due loans and net migrations to greater than 90 days past due, compared to December 31, 2011. Consequently, as of December 31, 2012 loans classified as substandard increased by $3.9 million to $51.3 million compared to the same period a year ago. The commercial real estate and commercial loan portfolio’s continue to be influenced by depressed real estate values, the effects of relatively high unemployment levels, and overall sluggish economic conditions. As such, management will continue to aggressively identify and dispose of problematic assets which could lead to continuing elevated level of charge offs. Despite the current level of charge offs, management believes the Company’s ALLL is adequately funded given the current level of credit risk.
On August 31, 2012 with an effective date of June 30, 2012, the Holding Company sold its 51% ownership interest (capital stock) in the Mortgage Company, a residential mortgage banking company headquartered in San Ramon, California. The Mortgage Company operates twenty-one offices in the states of California and Colorado, and is licensed to do business in California, Colorado, Oregon, Nevada and Texas. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the former mortgage subsidiary have been deconsolidated for the reporting period ended December 31, 2012, and are reported in assets and liabilities attributable to discontinued operations for the reporting period ended December 31, 2011. See Note 9 Discontinued Operations in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this document, for further details relating to the sale of the mortgage subsidiary.
Loans held-for-sale, consisting of residential mortgages to be sold in the secondary market, were $0 at December 31, 2012, compared to $44.5 million at December 31, 2011. The decrease in loans held-for-sale directly resulted from the $65.1 million reclassification of mortgage loans held-for-sale into a commercial secured borrowing pursuant to ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing. Absent the reclassification, mortgage loans held-for-sale reported as of December 31, 2012 would have been $65.1 million.
39
Table of Contents
Mortgage loans are purchased by the Bank under the early purchase program with the former mortgage subsidiary. Under this program, the former mortgage subsidiary sells the Bank undivided participation ownership interests in mortgage loans without recourse. Loans held-for-sale balances will fluctuate based on origination and sale volume at the former mortgage subsidiary, primarily driven by demand in the mortgage markets.
The Company’s OREO balance at December 31, 2012 was $3.1 million compared to $3.7 million at December 31, 2011. The net decrease in OREO was primarily driven by the sale of one large commercial real estate property with a carrying value of $1.7 million, and a $425 thousand write down of the carrying value of an improved commercial lot, partially offset by the transfer in of a commercial real estate property with a carrying value of $1.3 million. See Note 8 Other Real Estate Owned in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this document, for further details relating to the Company’s OREO portfolio. The Company remains committed to working with customers who are experiencing financial difficulties to find potential solutions. However, the Company generally expects additional foreclosure activity for the foreseeable future, mainly centered in the ITIN portfolio, and additional write downs of existing OREO as warranted.
Total deposits as of December 31, 2012 were $701.1 million compared to $668.3 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of $32.7 million or 5%. The increase in deposits was primarily driven by a $60.0 million increase in interest bearing demand accounts, $5.1 million increase in brokered certificates of deposits, $20.3 million increase in the Insured Cash Sweeps (ICS) brokered deposit accounts, partially offset by a $33.3 million decrease in retail certificates of deposits.
Brokered certificates of deposits totaled $29.5 million at December 31, 2012, and were structured with both fixed rate terms and adjustable rate terms and had remaining maturities ranging from less than one month to 7.5 years. Furthermore, brokered certificates of deposits with adjustable rate terms were structured with call features allowing the Company to call the certificate should interest rates move in a favorable direction. These call features are generally exercisable within six to twelve months of issuance date and quarterly thereafter.
On February 7, 2012, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the purchase of up to 1,019,490 or 6% of its outstanding common stock over a twelve-month period. The stock repurchase plan authorized the Company to conduct open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions from time to time when, at management’s discretion, it was determined that market conditions and other factors warranted such purchases. During 2012, the Company repurchased the full amount of shares authorized under the stock repurchase plan. The common shares were repurchased at a weighted average cost of $4.22 per share. As such, the weighted average number of basic and dilutive common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2012 decreased by 647,481 to 16,344,014 compared with 16,991,495 at December 31, 2011. The decrease in weighted average shares positively contributed to increases in earnings per common share, and return on common equity. All shares were retired subsequent to purchase.
On January 16, 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the purchase of up to 1,000,000 or 6% of its outstanding common stock over a twelve-month period. The stock repurchase plan authorizes the Company to conduct open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions from time to time when, at management’s discretion, it was determined that market conditions and other factors warrant such purchases. The shares will be retired subsequent to purchase.
Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011
Net income attributable to Bank of Commerce Holdings was $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared with $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net income available to common shareholders was $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared with $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net earnings (loss) per diluted common share attributable to continuing and discontinued operations were $0.41 and $(0.01) for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $0.34 and $0.03 for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. The increase in net earnings per diluted common share from continuing operations was mainly attributed to increased net interest income and other noninterest income, principally driven by decreased interest expense and gains on sale of investment securities, respectively.
The Company continued to pay cash dividends of $0.12 per share during 2012. In determining the amount of dividends to be paid, consideration is given to strategic opportunities and capital preservation objectives, expected asset growth, projected earnings, and our overall dividend pay-out ratio.
Return on average assets (ROA) and return on average equity (ROE) during 2012 was 0.78% and 6.66%, respectively, compared with 0.79% and 6.71%, respectively, for 2011. ROA and ROE remained consistent for 2012 compared to 2011 as decreases in interest income were more than offset by decreased interest expense on deposits, and increased noninterest income, primarily attributable to the realization of additional gains on sales of investment securities. See discussion on noninterest income under the respective caption in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for additional narrative on the sale of investment securities.
40
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010
Net income attributable to Bank of Commerce Holdings was $7.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Net income available to common shareholders was $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared with $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Diluted earnings per share (EPS) from continuing operations and discontinued operations were $0.34 and $0.03 respectively for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared with $0.30 and $0.05 for the year ended December 31, 2010, respectively. The increase in EPS from continuing operations was principally attributed to reduced provision for loan and lease losses, and decreased basic and dilutive weighted average shares.
The Company paid an annual dividend amount per share of $0.12 during 2011 compared with $0.18 during 2010. In determining the amount of dividends to be paid, consideration is given to strategic opportunities and capital preservation objectives, expected asset growth, projected earnings, and our overall dividend pay-out ratio.
Return on average assets (ROA) and return on average equity (ROE) for the year ended December 31, 2011, was 0.79% and 6.71%, respectively, compared with 0.69% and 6.50%, respectively, for year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in ROA and ROE during 2011 compared with 2010 was primarily driven by lower loan loss provision expense and decreased interest expense on deposits and borrowings, partially offset by decreased yields in the loan portfolio.
Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin
Net interest income is the largest source of our operating income. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $35.1 million compared to $34.2 million during the same period a year ago.
Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $40.3 million, a decrease of $1.3 million or 3% compared to the same period a year ago. The decrease in interest income was primarily driven by decreased yields in the loan portfolio, partially offset by increased loan volume and investment securities volume. The decrease in loan interest income was primarily driven by the re-pricing of variable rate 1-4 family ITIN mortgage loans, and net maturities of commercial real estate loans at relatively higher yields than the current market rates. During 2012 the ITIN portfolio with an average balance of $62.4 million, yielded 3.47% compared to a yield of 4.55% during 2011. As a result, interest income recognized from the ITIN portfolio in 2012 decreased by $920 thousand compared to 2011.
Interest income recognized from the investment securities portfolio increased $822 thousand during 2012, primarily due to increased volume, partially offset by decreased yields. During the final six months of 2011, the entire pool of U.S Agencies with yields averaging 2%, were either sold or called away, with the majority of the cash flows reinvested into higher yielding corporate bonds, municipal bonds, and asset backed securities. Accordingly, at the onset of 2012 the portfolio composition was more heavily weighted with securities with credit risk, compared to 2011. During 2012, the Company realized net purchases of municipal bonds and corporate bonds at marginally lower rates compared to like kind bonds in the existing portfolio. As a result, the overall portfolio yield decreased modestly compared with the same period a year ago. The tax equivalent yield on the investment securities portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 3.55% compared to 3.66% during the same period a year ago.
Interest expense during 2012 was $5.2 million a decrease of $2.2 million or 30% compared to 2011. The decrease in interest expense was primarily driven by decreased costs associated with interest bearing demand deposits, savings deposits, certificates of deposits, and FHLB advances, partially offset by increased volume of interest bearing demand deposits. During 2012 the Company continued to benefit from the re-pricing of deposits, and significantly lower FHLB borrowings expense. The decrease in FHLB borrowing expense was primarily driven by $500 thousand in gains re-classed from OCI and netted with FHLB interest expense. The re-class was associated with the termination of a forward starting interest rate swap agreement. The net result was a 45 basis point decrease in FHLB interest expense yields compared to the same period a year ago. See Note 20 Derivatives in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this document for further detail on the OCI re-class.
The net interest margin (net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets) on a fully tax-equivalent basis was 3.99% for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of 3 basis points as compared to the same period a year ago. The decrease in net interest margin compared to the same period a year ago primarily resulted from a 30 basis point decline in yield on earning assets, partially offset by a 27 basis point decrease in interest expense to average earning assets. With decreasing elasticity in managing our funding costs and historically low interest rates, maintaining net interest margins in the foreseeable future will present significant challenges. Accordingly, management will continue to pursue organic loan growth, wholesale loan purchases, and actively manage the investment securities portfolio within our accepted risk tolerance to maximize yield on earning assets.
Net interest income for 2011 was $34.1 million, an increase of $1.1 million or 3% over 2010. The increase in net interest income in 2011 compared to 2010 is attributable to growth in outstanding earning assets, primarily investment securities, and declining funding
41
Table of Contents
costs associated with deposits and borrowings. At December 31, 2011 average investment securities were $183.4 million, an increase of $48.7 million or 36.2% over 2010. During 2011, funding costs decreased 29 basis points, while average interest bearing liabilities remained consistent with 2010. The lower funding costs were primarily related to the re-pricing of certificates of deposits and junior subordinated debentures.
The net interest margin (net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets) on a fully tax-equivalent basis was 4.02% for 2011, a decrease of 1 basis point compared 2010. The year-over-year modest decrease in net interest margin primarily resulted from decreased yield on the loan portfolio as a result of payoffs of higher yielding loans, downward rate adjustments on variable rate loans, and transfers of loans to nonaccrual status, substantially offset by a decrease in interest expense to average earning assets. Interest expense as a percent of average earning assets decreased from 1.12% to 0.86% for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.
Our net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, as well as changes in the yields earned on interest earning assets and rates paid on deposits and borrowed funds. The following tables present condensed average balance sheet information, together with interest income and yields on average interest earning assets, and interest expense and rates paid on average interest bearing liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:
Average Balances, Interest Income/Expense and Yields/Rates Paid
Years Ended December 31,
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Average Balance |
Interest | Yield/Rate | Average Balance |
Interest | Yield/Rate | Average Balance |
Interest | Yield/Rate | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest Earning Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Portfolio loans1 |
$ | 642,200 | $ | 33,148 | 5.16 | % | $ | 626,275 | $ | 35,084 | 5.60 | % | $ | 635,074 | 37,087 | 5.84 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
| Tax-exempt securities2 |
81,714 | 3,528 | 4.32 | % | 52,467 | 2,962 | 5.65 | % | 42,172 | 2,488 | 5.90 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| US government securities |
209 | 5 | 2.39 | % | 19,182 | 431 | 2.25 | % | 27,423 | 617 | 2.25 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Mortgage backed securities |
61,434 | 1,610 | 2.62 | % | 67,052 | 1,692 | 2.52 | % | 48,972 | 1,466 | 2.99 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other securities |
73,972 | 2,580 | 3.49 | % | 44,664 | 1,635 | 3.66 | % | 15,702 | 668 | 4.25 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest bearing due from banks |
48,712 | 595 | 1.22 | % | 64,399 | 775 | 1.20 | % | 70,911 | 946 | 1.33 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal funds sold |
0 | 0 | 0.00 | % | 0 | 0 | 0.00 | % | 995 | 2 | 0.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| Average Earning Assets |
$ | 908,241 | $ | 41,466 | 4.57 | % | $ | 874,039 | $ | 42,579 | 4.87 | % | $ | 841,249 | $ | 43,274 | 5.14 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Cash & due from banks |
10,125 | 2,251 | 1,781 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Bank premises |
9,567 | 9,489 | 9,814 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other assets |
24,249 | 21,421 | 48,116 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Average Total Assets |
$ | 952,182 | $ | 907,200 | $ | 900,960 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest Bearing Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest bearing demand |
$ | 203,342 | $ | 610 | 0.30 | % | $ | 157,696 | $ | 787 | 0.50 | % | $ | 141,983 | 968 | 0.68 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
| Savings deposits |
89,789 | 394 | 0.44 | % | 91,876 | 792 | 0.86 | % | 76,718 | 921 | 1.20 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Certificates of deposit |
285,574 | 3,697 | 1.29 | % | 296,381 | 4,912 | 1.66 | % | 321,051 | 6,151 | 1.92 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Repurchase agreements |
14,246 | 24 | 0.17 | % | 14,805 | 43 | 0.29 | % | 12,274 | 52 | 0.42 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other borrowings |
125,839 | 504 | 0.40 | % | 130,933 | 942 | 0.72 | % | 128,249 | 1,305 | 1.02 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| Average Interest Liabilities |
$ | 718,790 | $ | 5,229 | 0.73 | % | $ | 691,691 | $ | 7,476 | 1.08 | % | $ | 680,275 | $ | 9,397 | 1.38 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
| Noninterest bearing demand |
115,091 | 100,722 | 92,433 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other liabilities |
7,033 | 6,679 | 32,615 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shareholders’ equity |
111,268 | 108,108 | 95,637 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Average Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity |
$ | 952,182 | $ | 907,200 | $ | 900,960 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin |
$ | 36,237 | 3.99 | % | $ | 35,103 | 4.02 | % | $ | 33,877 | 4.03 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income on loans includes fee income (expense) of approximately $(155) thousand, $(136) thousand, and $252 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 respectively.
| 1 | Average nonaccrual loans of $26.2 million, $18.7 million and $16.9 million, and average loans held-for-sale of $41.1 million, $19.1 million and $16.9 million for the years ended 2012, 2011, and 2010 are included respectively. |
| 2 | Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to tax equivalent basis at a 32% tax rate. The amount of such adjustments was an addition to recorded income of approximately $1,129, $948 and $796 for the years ended 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. |
42
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in tax equivalent net interest income due to changes in average asset and liability balances (volume) and changes in average rates (rate) for 2012 compared to 2011 and 2011 compared to 2010. Changes in tax equivalent interest income and expense, which are not attributable specifically to either volume or rate, are allocated proportionately between both variances.
Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income
Years ended December 31,
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2012 over 2011 | 2011 over 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Variance due to Average Volume |
Variance due to Average Rate |
Total | Variance due to Average Volume |
Variance due to Average Rate |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Increase (Decrease) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| In Interest Income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Portfolio loans |
$ | 1,096 | $ | (3,032 | ) | $ | (1,936 | ) | $ | (493 | ) | $ | (1,510 | ) | $ | (2,003 | ) | |||||||
| Tax-exempt securities1 |
1,684 | (1,118 | ) | 566 | 581 | (107 | ) | 474 | ||||||||||||||||
| US government securities |
(399 | ) | (27 | ) | (426 | ) | (185 | ) | (1 | ) | (186 | ) | ||||||||||||
| Mortgage backed securities |
(196 | ) | 114 | (82 | ) | 456 | (230 | ) | 226 | |||||||||||||||
| Other securities |
1,362 | (417 | ) | 945 | 1,060 | (93 | ) | 967 | ||||||||||||||||
| Interest bearing due from banks |
(255 | ) | 75 | (180 | ) | (78 | ) | (93 | ) | (171 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Federal funds sold |
0 | 0 | 0 | — | (2 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total Increase (Decrease) |
3,292 | (4,405 | ) | (1,113 | ) | 1,341 | (2,036 | ) | (695 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| (Decrease) Increase |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| In Interest Expense: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest bearing demand |
183 | (360 | ) | (177 | ) | 78 | (259 | ) | (181 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| Savings accounts |
(12 | ) | (386 | ) | (398 | ) | 131 | (260 | ) | (129 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Certificates of deposit |
(187 | ) | (1,028 | ) | (1,215 | ) | (409 | ) | (830 | ) | (1,239 | ) | ||||||||||||
| Repurchase agreements |
(1 | ) | (18 | ) | (19 | ) | 7 | (16 | ) | (9 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Other borrowings |
(27 | ) | (411 | ) | (438 | ) | 19 | (382 | ) | (363 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total Increase (Decrease) |
(44 | ) | (2,203 | ) | (2,247 | ) | (174 | ) | (1,747 | ) | (1,921 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Net Increase (Decrease) |
$ | 3,336 | $ | (2,202 | ) | $ | 1,134 | $ | 1,515 | $ | (289 | ) | $ | 1,226 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| 1 | Tax-exempt income has been adjusted to tax equivalent basis at a 32% tax rate. |
43
Table of Contents
Noninterest Income
Noninterest income in 2012 was $6.6 million, an increase of $2.7 million or 69% compared to 2011. Noninterest income in 2011 was $3.9 million, a decrease of $2.1 million, or 35%, compared to 2010. The following table presents the key components of noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 Compared to 2011 | 2011 Compared to 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | Change Amount |
Change Percent |
2011 | 2010 | Change Amount |
Change Percent |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Noninterest income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Service charges on deposit accounts |
$ | 188 | $ | 192 | $ | (4 | ) | -2 | % | $ | 192 | $ | 260 | $ | (68 | ) | -26 | % | ||||||||||||||
| Payroll and benefit processing fees |
538 | 458 | 80 | 17 | % | 458 | 448 | 10 | 2 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Earnings on cash surrender value – Bank owned life insurance |
470 | 465 | 5 | 1 | % | 465 | 438 | 27 | 6 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gain (loss) on investment securities, net |
3,822 | 1,550 | 2,272 | 147 | % | 1,550 | 1,981 | (431 | ) | -22 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Gain on settlement of put reserve |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | % | 0 | 1,750 | (1,750 | ) | -100 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Merchant credit card service income, net |
144 | 376 | (232 | ) | -62 | % | 376 | 235 | 141 | 60 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Other income |
1,431 | 850 | 581 | 68 | % | 850 | 874 | (24 | ) | -3 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
| Total noninterest income |
$ | 6,593 | $ | 3,891 | $ | 2,702 | 69 | % | $ | 3,891 | $ | 5,986 | $ | (2,095 | ) | -35 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
For the years ended 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Bank recorded service charges on deposit accounts of $188 thousand, $192 thousand and $260 thousand, respectively. The decrease in service charges from 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily attributable to the discontinuance of the Overdraft Privilege product, and decreased analysis fees charged to our customers.
The Bank recorded payroll and benefit processing fees of $538 thousand and $458 thousand for the years ended 2012 and 2011, respectively. In September 2011, the Bank acquired eighty payroll processing customer relationships from a local payroll processing sole proprietorship. As a result of the transaction, the Company has recognized increased payroll and benefit processing fees during the current period.
The Bank recorded earnings on cash surrender value – Bank owned life insurance of $470 thousand, $465 thousand and $438 thousand for the years ended 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increased income from 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily attributable to one time accrual adjustments, and the purchase of an additional policy.
Gains on the sale of investment securities increased by $2.3 million to $3.8 million for the year ended 2012, compared to $1.6 million for the year ended 2011. During 2012, the Company sold ninety-nine securities compared to sixty-five during the same period a year ago. The sales activity during 2012 resulted in gross gains of $4.0 million, and gross losses of $184 thousand. See Note 4 Securities in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this document for further detail on gross realized gains and losses associated with the selling of securities.
Gains on the sale of investment securities decreased $431 thousand to $1.6 million for the year ended 2011, compared to $2.0 million for the year ended 2010. Due to market conditions and the positions held in the portfolio, the Company did not recognize the amount of gains recorded in 2010 despite the higher sales volume.
In August of 2010, the Company settled and terminated the put reserve provided on the ITIN loan pool purchase. Prior to the release, the put reserve carried a balance of $2.1 million; at termination the Company received $1.8 million in cash which was recognized as a gain on settlement, and returned $300 thousand in cash to the seller from the deposit account.
The put reserve was part of the April 17, 2009 loan swap transaction in which the Company purchased a pool of ITIN residential mortgages in exchange for a combination of certain nonperforming loans and cash. The put reserve was an irrevocable first loss guarantee from the seller that provided us the right to put back delinquent ITIN loans to the seller that were 90 days or more delinquent up to an aggregate amount of $3.5 million. This guarantee was backed by a seller cash deposit with the Company that was restricted for this sole purpose. The seller’s cash deposit was classified as a deposit liability in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. At the end of the term of this loss guarantee, the Company was required to return the cash deposit to the seller to the extent not used to fund losses in the ITIN portfolio. During the period from March 2010 to September 2010, thirteen ITIN loans with an aggregate principal amount of $1.4 million were returned to the seller under the loss guarantee, reducing the deposit liability to approximately $2.1 million prior to reaching the settlement with the seller to eliminate the loss guarantee arrangement.
The Bank recorded merchant credit card service income of $144 thousand and $376 thousand for the years ended 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $235 thousand for the year ended 2010. During the first quarter of 2011, approximately 50% of the merchant credit card portfolio was sold to an independent third party, resulting in additional revenues of $225 thousand. Accordingly, for the year ended 2012, merchant credit card income decreased by $232 thousand or 62% compared to 2011, and for the year ended 2011 merchant credit card income increased $141 thousand or 60% compared to 2010.
44
Table of Contents
The major components of other income are fees earned on ATM transactions, mortgage fee income, gains on litigation, and FHLB dividends. The increase in other income for the year ended 2012 was primarily driven by a $240 thousand litigation settlement with the servicer on a purchased pool of loans. Changes in the other components of other income are a result of normal operating activities.
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense for 2012 was $21.6 million, an increase of $1.7 million or 9% compared to 2011. Noninterest expense for 2011 was $19.9 million, an increase of $1.2 million or 7% compared to 2010. The following table presents the key elements of noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 Compared to 2011 | 2011 Compared to 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | Change Amount |
Change Percent |
2011 | 2010 | Change Amount |
Change Percent |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Noninterest expense: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Salaries & related benefits |
$ | 11,030 | $ | 9,957 | $ | 1,073 | 11 | % | $ | 9,957 | $ | 8,865 | $ | 1,092 | 12 | % | ||||||||||||||||
| Occupancy & equipment expense |
2,058 | 2,009 | 49 | 2 | % | 2,009 | 2,273 | (264 | ) | -12 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Write down of other real estate owned |
425 | 557 | (132 | ) | -24 | % | 557 | 1,571 | (1,014 | ) | -65 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premium |
820 | 1,319 | (499 | ) | -38 | % | 1,319 | 1,016 | 303 | 30 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Data processing fees |
421 | 389 | 32 | 8 | % | 389 | 270 | 119 | 44 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Professional service fees |
1,078 | 1,016 | 62 | 6 | % | 1,016 | 1,289 | (273 | ) | -21 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred compensation expense |
594 | 533 | 61 | 11 | % | 533 | 493 | 40 | 8 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other expenses |
5,206 | 4,147 | 1,059 | 26 | % | 4,147 | 2,912 | 1,235 | 42 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
| Total noninterest expense |
$ | 21,632 | $ | 19,927 | $ | 1,705 | 9 | % | $ | 19,927 | $ | 18,689 | $ | 1,238 | 7 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Salaries and related benefits expense for 2012 was $11.0 million, an increase of $1.1 million or 11% compared to 2011. The increase was primarily driven by a $226 thousand payout in early retirement benefits at the Bank level, and a $113 thousand increase in the employee cash incentive program accrued at the Bank. Salaries and related benefits expense for 2011 was $10.0 million, an increase of $1.1 million or 12% compared to 2010. The Bank increased accrued employee cash rewards during 2011, based on the Company meeting various strategic and operating objectives.
Occupancy and equipment expense for 2011 was $2.0 million, a decrease of $264 thousand or 12% compared to 2010. Decreases in maintenance expense and rent expense were partially offset by increased rental income as a result of additional rental income. During November 2010 the Bank had one lease expire which was associated with a closed branch, resulting in decreased rent expense. In addition, the Bank foreclosed on an income producing commercial property resulting in additional rental income.
Although real estate values have generally stabilized in our markets, the lagging effects from depressed values continue to affect our loan and OREO portfolios. Particularly impacted by the depressed real estate market are our ITIN loans, which consist of 1-4 family mortgages. At December 31, 2012, twelve ITIN 1-4 family residential properties consisting of an aggregate principal balance of $947 thousand were held in OREO. These properties are generally sold within four months from foreclosure, and typically have not had further impairment subsequent to transferring into OREO. Furthermore, at December 31, 2012, three commercial real estate properties consisting of an aggregate principal balance of $2.1 million, and a 1-4 family construction property with a principal balance of $24 thousand were held in OREO. The commercial real estate properties carry significantly higher book balances than 1-4 family residential properties, and have much longer disposition times. Accordingly, the entire write down of OREO is related to the commercial properties. As a result, during 2012 further impairment was deemed necessary for one commercial property in the amount of $425 thousand. During the same period a year ago, impairment was deemed necessary for three commercial real estate properties in the amount of $557 thousand.
During 2010, significant impairment charges primarily related to a specific commercial lot were deemed necessary, resulting in a substantial write down of the property’s carrying value. During the fourth quarter of 2010, the lot was sold to an independent third party, resulting in an $11 thousand gain on sale. The impairment charges in 2011 occurred from the write down of three commercial real estate properties, whose carrying values were written down to appraised values less selling costs.
The decrease in FDIC assessments during 2012 compared to 2011 resulted from improvements in the Bank’s overall deposit assessment risk profile. The increase in FDIC assessment expense in 2011 compared to 2010 resulted from the industry-wide increase in assessment rates and changes to the FDIC’s deposit insurance assessments methodology for determining premiums, and prepayment true-up adjustments. Additional discussion on FDIC insurance assessments is provided in Item 1 of this document, under the heading Federal Deposit Insurance Premiums.
Professional service fees encompass audit, legal and consulting fees. Professional service fees for 2012 were $1.1 million, an increase of $62 thousand or 6% compared to 2011. Increases in professional service fees for 2012 compared to 2011 were primarily driven by
45
Table of Contents
increased legal costs associated with the sale of Bank of Commerce Mortgage, transaction costs pursuant to the Company’s stock repurchase plan, and the recruitment of certain banking professionals. Professional service fees for 2011 were $1.0 million, a decrease of $273 thousand or 21% compared to 2010. This decrease was a result of fewer consulting fees recognized as a result of decreased specialized credit quality reviews.
Other expenses for 2012 were $5.2 million, an increase of $1.1 million or 26% compared to 2011. During 2012, the Company sold twenty-four properties for a loss of $1.1 million, an increase of $434 thousand compared to 2011. In addition, the Bank recognized a $207 thousand increase in the amortization of the California Affordable Housing tax credits in 2012. During 2012, the Bank was required to perform on a stand by letter of credit. As such, subsequent to the transaction, the Bank provided additional provisions to the reserve for unfunded commitments in the amount of $150 thousand which are recorded in other expenses. See Note 19 Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, incorporated in this document for further information on the reserve for unfunded commitments.
Other expenses for 2011 were $4.1 million, an increase of $1.2 million or 42% compared to 2010. The increase in other expenses is primarily related to increased losses on the sale of OREO. During 2011, the Bank sold twenty-five OREO properties for a net loss of $662 thousand, compared to the sale of nine OREO properties for a net loss of $126 thousand during 2010.
Income Taxes
Our provision for income taxes includes both federal and state income taxes and reflects the application of federal and state statutory rates to our income before taxes. The principal difference between statutory tax rates and our effective tax rate is the benefit derived from investing in tax-exempt securities and preferential state tax treatment for qualified enterprise zone loans. We continue to participate in a California Affordable Housing project which affords federal and state tax credits. Increases and decreases in the provision for taxes reflect changes in our income before taxes.
The following table reflects the Company’s tax provision and the related effective tax rate for the periods indicated.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| Income tax provision - continuing operations |
$ | 3,109 | $ | 2,444 | $ | 2,043 | ||||||
| Effective tax rate – continuing operations |
29.14 | % | 26.77 | % | 27.14 | % | ||||||
The Company’s effective income tax rate for continuing operations was 29.14%, 26.77%, and 27.14% for the years ended 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The effective tax rates differed from the federal statutory rate of 34% and the state rate of 8.91% (net of the federal tax benefit) principally because of non-taxable income arising from bank-owned life insurance, income on tax-exempt investment securities, and tax credits arising from low income housing investments.
The Company’s effective tax rate for continuing operations is derived from income tax expense for continuing operations divided by income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes.
46
Table of Contents
FINANCIAL CONDITION
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The composition of our investment securities portfolio reflects management’s investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of interest income. The investment securities portfolio also mitigates interest rate risk and a portion of credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio, while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, a source of liquidity (by pledging as collateral or through repurchase agreements) and collateral for certain public funds deposits.
The Company’s available-for-sale investment portfolio is generally utilized as a source of liquidity to fund other higher yielding asset opportunities, such as commercial and mortgage loan originations. Available-for-sale investment securities totaled $197.4 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $203.5 million at December 31, 2011. Purchases of available-for-sale securities of $144.0 million and an increase in fair value of available-for-sale securities of $1.4 million were offset by sales, maturities, and calls of $114.7 million, pay downs of $18.5 million, and amortization of net purchase price premiums of $354 thousand. During 2012, the Company purchased one hundred and sixty-five securities, sold ninety-nine, and had six securities that matured or were called.
During August of 2012, the Company transferred available-for-sale securities to the held-to-maturity category. Management determined that it had the positive intent to hold these securities for an indefinite period of time, due to their relatively higher yields, relatively lower coupons, longer maturities, and in some instances their community reinvestment act qualifications. The securities transferred had a total amortized cost of $18.0 million, fair value of $18.8 million and unrealized gross gains of $874 thousand and unrealized gross losses of $40 thousand at the time of transfer. The net unrealized gain of $839 thousand which was recorded in OCI net of tax will be amortized over the life of the securities as an adjustment to yield. Subsequently, the Company has purchased an additional $12.7 million in securities classified as held-to-maturity.
The following table presents the investment securities portfolio by classification and major type as of December 31, for each of the last three years:
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
| Available-for-sale securities (1) |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
| U.S. government & agencies |
$ | 2,946 | $ | 0 | $ | 26,331 | ||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions |
58,484 | 77,326 | 64,151 | |||||||||
| Mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
51,530 | 60,610 | 65,247 | |||||||||
| Corporate securities |
61,556 | 40,820 | 28,957 | |||||||||
| Other asset backed securities |
22,838 | 24,768 | 4,549 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
$ | 197,354 | $ | 203,524 | $ | 189,235 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Held-to-maturity securities (1) |
||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions |
$ | 31,483 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
| (1) | Available-for-sale securities are reported at estimated fair value, and held-to-maturity securities are reported at amortized cost. |
47
Table of Contents
The following table presents information regarding the amortized cost, and maturity structure of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2012:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Within One Year | Over One through Five Years |
Over Five through Ten Years |
Over Ten Years | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Available-for-sale securities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. government & agencies |
$ | 0 | 0.00 | % | $ | 0 | 0.00 | % | $ | 0 | 0.00 | % | $ | 2,970 | 2.58 | % | $ | 2,970 | 2.58 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions |
0 | 0.00 | % | 6,665 | 2.46 | % | 26,498 | 2.47 | % | 23,639 | 3.14 | % | 56,802 | 2.75 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
62 | 4.39 | % | 31,562 | 2.38 | % | 14,539 | 2.01 | % | 5,014 | 2.35 | % | 51,177 | 2.28 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate securities |
0 | 0.00 | % | 44,200 | 2.66 | % | 11,334 | 2.54 | % | 4,982 | 5.45 | % | 60,516 | 2.87 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other asset backed securities |
0 | 0.00 | % | 0 | 0.00 | % | 0 | 0.00 | % | 22,958 | 3.38 | % | 22,958 | 3.38 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 62 | 4.39 | % | $ | 82,427 | 2.54 | % | $ | 52,371 | 2.36 | % | $ | 59,563 | 3.33 | % | $ | 194,423 | 2.73 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Held-to-maturity securities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions |
$ | 0 | 0.00 | % | $ | 370 | 1.45 | % | $ | 9,787 | 3.22 | % | $ | 21,326 | 2.68 | % | $ | 31,483 | 2.83 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
The maturities for the collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage backed securities are presented by expected average life, rather than contractual maturity. The yield on tax-exempt securities has not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent yield basis.
Loans and Portfolio Concentration
We concentrate our portfolio lending activities primarily within El Dorado, Placer, Sacramento, and Shasta counties in California, and the location of the Bank’s four full service branches, specifically identified as Northern California. We manage our credit risk through diversification of our loan portfolio and the application of underwriting policies and procedures and credit monitoring practices. Generally, the loans are secured by real estate or other assets located in California; repayment is expected from the borrower’s business cash flows or cash flows from real estate investments.
Overall, the net portfolio loan balance increased substantially during 2012. The Company recorded net portfolio loans of $653.3 million at December 31, 2012, compared with $583.8 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of $69.5 million, or 12%. The increase in net portfolio loans was primarily attributable to the $65.1 million reclassification of loans held-for-sale to secured borrowings. Absent of this reclassification, net portfolio loans increased $4.3 million or 0.74%. The increases in net portfolio loans were primarily driven by $19.1 million in net originations of commercial loans, partially offset by $9.2 million in net payoffs of construction loans. Originations in the commercial loans were diversified in amounts and geographic location, and not due to any particularly large originations or concentrations in either of our markets. Pay offs in construction loans were principally concentrated with one borrower in our local market.
The following table presents the composition of the loan portfolio as of December 31 for each of the last five years.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
As of December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 | % | 2011 | % | 2010 | % | 2009 | % | 2008 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 232,276 | 34 | % | $ | 148,095 | 25 | % | $ | 136,727 | 22 | % | $ | 137,988 | 23 | % | $ | 140,927 | 27 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Real estate – construction loans |
16,863 | 3 | % | 26,064 | 4 | % | 43,319 | 7 | % | 61,519 | 10 | % | 100,676 | 19 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Real estate – commercial (investor) |
211,318 | 32 | % | 219,864 | 38 | % | 216,030 | 36 | % | 209,226 | 34 | % | 165,444 | 31 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Real estate – commercial (owner occupied) |
75,085 | 11 | % | 65,885 | 11 | % | 68,055 | 11 | % | 72,870 | 12 | % | 71,953 | 14 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Real estate – ITIN loans |
60,105 | 9 | % | 64,833 | 11 | % | 70,585 | 12 | % | 78,439 | 13 | % | 0 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Real estate – mortgage |
18,452 | 3 | % | 19,679 | 3 | % | 19,299 | 3 | % | 20,337 | 3 | % | 21,332 | 4 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Real estate – equity lines |
45,181 | 7 | % | 44,445 | 7 | % | 47,845 | 8 | % | 23,530 | 4 | % | 20,975 | 4 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
4,422 | 1 | % | 5,283 | 1 | % | 6,775 | 1 | % | 4,991 | 1 | % | 6,064 | 1 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
349 | 0 | % | 224 | 0 | % | 301 | 0 | % | 251 | 0 | % | 92 | 0 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross portfolio loans |
$ | 664,051 | 100 | % | $ | 594,372 | 100 | % | $ | 608,936 | 100 | % | $ | 609,151 | 100 | % | $ | 527,463 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Deferred loan fees, net |
(312 | ) | (37 | ) | 90 | 209 | 87 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses |
11,103 | 10,622 | 12,841 | 11,207 | 8,429 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Net portfolio loans |
$ | 653,260 | $ | 583,787 | $ | 596,005 | $ | 597,735 | $ | 518,947 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
48
Table of Contents
The following table provides a breakdown of our real estate construction portfolio as of December 31, 2012:
| (Dollars in thousands) Loan Type |
Balance | % of gross loan portfolio | ||||||
| Commercial lots |
$ | 10,078 | 3 | % | ||||
| Commercial real estate – construction |
2,795 | 0 | % | |||||
| 1-4 family subdivision loans |
1,788 | 0 | % | |||||
| 1-4 family individual residential lots |
1,099 | 0 | % | |||||
| 1-4 family construction speculative |
1,103 | 0 | % | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total real estate-construction |
$ | 16,863 | 3 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The following table sets forth the maturity and re-pricing distribution of our loans outstanding as of December 31, 2012, which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, were due within the periods indicated.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Within One Year |
After One Through Five Years |
After Five Years |
Total | ||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 132,096 | $ | 66,398 | $ | 33,782 | $ | 232,276 | ||||||||
| Real estate - construction loans |
8,614 | 5,965 | 2,284 | 16,863 | ||||||||||||
| Real estate - commercial (investor) |
27,707 | 73,779 | 109,832 | 211,318 | ||||||||||||
| Real estate - commercial (owner occupied) |
5,374 | 12,917 | 56,794 | 75,085 | ||||||||||||
| Real estate - ITIN loans |
0 | 0 | 60,105 | 60,105 | ||||||||||||
| Real estate - mortgage |
2,895 | 1,604 | 13,953 | 18,452 | ||||||||||||
| Real estate - equity lines |
2,331 | 4,300 | 38,550 | 45,181 | ||||||||||||
| Consumer |
1,863 | 2,071 | 488 | 4,422 | ||||||||||||
| Other |
0 | 349 | 0 | 349 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Gross portfolio loans |
$ | 180,880 | $ | 167,383 | $ | 315,788 | $ | 664,051 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Loans due after one year with: |
||||||||||||||||
| Fixed rates |
$ | 73,052 | $ | 106,367 | $ | 179,419 | ||||||||||
| Variable rates |
94,331 | 209,421 | 303,752 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 167,383 | $ | 315,788 | $ | 483,171 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Mortgage Loans
Mortgage loans are generated through the Bank’s mortgage loan early purchase program (the “program”) with its former mortgage subsidiary. Under the program, the former mortgage subsidiary sells the Bank undivided participation ownership interests in mortgage loans, without recourse, subject to a forward sale commitment. The former mortgage subsidiary then transfers the mortgage loans, including the Bank’s interest, to the counterparty to the forward sale commitment in the secondary mortgage market. The maximum amount the Bank will own a participation interest in at any time may not exceed 80% of the Bank’s total risk based capital. At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the former mortgage subsidiary had sold the Bank a participation interest in loans amounting to $65.1 million and $44.6 million, respectively; these loans were in pending sale status as of their respective reporting dates.
All mortgage loans originated through the program represent loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate and are made to borrowers in good credit standing. These loans, including their respective servicing rights, are typically sold to primary mortgage market aggregators (Fannie Mae (FNMA), Freddie Mac (FHLMC), and Ginnie Mae (GNMA)) and to third party investors. Accordingly, there are no separately recognized servicing assets or liabilities resulting from the sale of mortgage loans.
Under the program, the Bank receives a purchase fee from the originator which is paid on a loan by loan basis. These fees are recorded under the caption of other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, the Bank recognizes interest income on the undivided ownership interest for the period encompassing origination to sale. Gains or losses on sales of mortgage loans are recognized by the former mortgage subsidiary when the loans are sold. The loans and the servicing rights are generally sold in the secondary mortgage market within seven to twenty days.
Mortgage loans purchased through the program were recorded as loans held-for-sale for all years ended prior to December 31, 2012. During 2012, pursuant to ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, the Company reclassified mortgage loans held-for-sale to a commercial secured borrowing. Accordingly, $65.1 million in mortgage loans held-for-sale which were not included in portfolio loans as of December 31, 2011, were reclassified as a secured commercial loan, and is included in portfolio loans as of December 31, 2012.
49
Table of Contents
ASSET QUALITY
Nonperforming Assets
The Company’s loan portfolio is heavily concentrated in real estate, and a significant portion of the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans is dependent upon the professional services, commercial real estate market and the residential real estate development industry sectors. The loans are secured by real estate or other assets primarily located in California and are expected to be repaid from cash flows of the borrower or proceeds from the sale of collateral. As such, the Company’s dependence on real estate increases the risk of loss in the loan portfolio of the Company. Furthermore, declining real estate values negatively impact holdings of OREO as well.
Deterioration of the California real estate market has had an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. The continued slowdown in residential development and construction markets has led to an elevated level of nonperforming loans resulting in elevated provisions to the ALLL. Management has taken cautious yet decisive steps to ensure the proper funding of loan reserves. Given our current business environment, management’s top focus is on credit quality, expense control, and bottom line net income. All of these are affected either directly or indirectly by the Company’s management of its asset quality.
We manage asset quality and control credit risk through diversification of the loan portfolio and the application of policies designed to promote sound underwriting and loan monitoring practices. The Bank’s Loan Committee is charged with monitoring asset quality, establishing credit policies and procedures and enforcing the consistent application of these policies and procedures across the Bank. The provision for loan and lease losses charged to earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level adequate to absorb probable incurred losses. The amount of provision charge is dependent upon many factors, including loan growth, net charge offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies, management’s assessment of loan portfolio quality, general economic conditions that can impact the value of collateral, and other trends. The evaluation of these factors is performed through an analysis of the adequacy of the ALLL. Reviews of nonperforming, past due loans and larger credits, designed to identify potential charges to the ALLL, and to determine the adequacy of the allowance, are conducted on a monthly basis. These reviews consider such factors as the financial strength of borrowers, the value of the applicable collateral, loan loss experience, estimated loan losses, growth in the loan portfolio, prevailing economic conditions and other factors.
Our loan portfolio continues to be impacted by an anemic economic recovery, and continued weakness in our local real estate markets. Nonperforming loans, which include nonaccrual loans and accruing loans past due over 90 days, totaled $38.6 million or 5.81% of total portfolio loans as of December 31, 2012, as compared to $21.5 million, or 3.62% of total loans, at December 31, 2011. Nonperforming assets, which include nonperforming loans and foreclosed real estate (“OREO”), totaled $41.6 million, or 4.25% of total assets as of December 31, 2012 compared with $25.2 million, or 2.68% of total assets as of December 31, 2011.
A loan is considered impaired when based on current information and events; we determine it is probable that we will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. Generally, when we identify a loan as impaired, we measure the loan for potential impairment using discount cash flows, except when the sole remaining source of the repayment for the loan is the liquidation of the collateral. In these cases, we use the current fair value of collateral, less selling costs. The starting point for determining the fair value of collateral is through obtaining external appraisals. Generally, external appraisals are updated every six to twelve months. We obtain appraisals from a pre-approved list of independent, third party, local appraisal firms. Approval and addition to the list is based on experience, reputation, character, consistency and knowledge of the respective real estate market. At a minimum, it is ascertained that the appraiser is: (1) currently licensed in the state in which the property is located, (2) is experienced in the appraisal of properties similar to the property being appraised, (3) is actively engaged in the appraisal work, (4) has knowledge of current real estate market conditions and financing trends, (5) is reputable, and (6) is not on Freddie Mac’s nor the Bank’s Exclusionary List of appraisers and brokers. In certain cases appraisals will be reviewed by another independent third party to ensure the quality of the appraisal and the expertise and independence of the appraiser. Upon receipt and review, an external appraisal is utilized to measure a loan for potential impairment.
Our impairment analysis documents the date of the appraisal used in the analysis, whether the officer preparing the report deems it current, and, if not, allows for internal valuation adjustments with justification. Typical justified adjustments might include discounts for continued market deterioration subsequent to appraisal date, adjustments for the release of collateral contemplated in the appraisal, or the value of other collateral or consideration not contemplated in the appraisal. An appraisal over one year old in most cases will be considered stale dated and an updated or new appraisal will be required. Any adjustments from appraised value to net realizable value are detailed and justified in the impairment analysis, which is reviewed and approved by senior credit quality officers and the Company’s Credit Roundtable Committee. Although an external appraisal is the primary source to value collateral dependent loans, we may also utilize values obtained through purchase and sale agreements, negotiated short sales, broker price opinions, or the sales price of the note. These alternative sources of value are used only if deemed to be more representative of value based on updated information regarding collateral resolution. Impairment analyses are updated, reviewed and approved on a quarterly basis at or near the end of each reporting period. Based on these processes, we do not believe there are significant time lapses for the recognition of additional loan loss provisions or charge offs from the date they become known.
50
Table of Contents
Loans are classified as nonaccrual when collection of principal or interest is doubtful; generally these are loans that are past due as to maturity or payment of principal or interest by 90 days or more, unless such loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. Additionally, all loans that are impaired are considered for nonaccrual status. Loans placed on nonaccrual will typically remain on nonaccrual status until all principal and interest payments are brought current and the prospects for future payments in accordance with the loan agreement appear relatively certain.
The Company practices one exception to the 90 days past due policy for nonaccruals when assessing credit quality relating to the pool of home equity loans and lines purchased from a private equity firm, the Arrow loans. Loans in this pool are charged off when they become 90 days past due. These loans are considered unsecured, and management believes at the point of 90 days past due, they become uncollectable for all principal and interest.
Upon acquisition of real estate collateral, typically through the foreclosure process, we promptly begin to market the property for sale. If we do not begin to receive offers or indications of interest we will analyze the price and review market conditions to assess the pricing level that would enable us to sell the property. In addition, we obtain updated appraisals on OREO property every six to twelve months. Increases in valuation adjustments recorded in a period are primarily based on (1) updated appraisals received during the period, or (2) management’s authorization to reduce the selling price of the property during the period. Unless a current appraisal is available, an appraisal will be ordered prior to a loan migrating to OREO. Foreclosed properties held as OREO are recorded at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or market value of the property less expected selling costs. OREO at December 31, 2012 totaled $3.1 million and consisted of sixteen properties.
The following table summarizes our nonperforming assets as of December 31 for each of the last five years:
| (Dollars in thousands) | As of December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
| Nonperforming assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 2,935 | $ | 49 | $ | 2,302 | $ | 237 | $ | 2,279 | ||||||||||
| Real estate construction |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate construction |
0 | 0 | 100 | 0 | 9,489 | |||||||||||||||
| Residential real estate construction |
0 | 106 | 242 | 849 | 6,989 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total real estate construction |
0 | 106 | 342 | 849 | 16,478 | |||||||||||||||
| Real estate mortgage |
||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family, closed end 1st lien |
1,805 | 4,474 | 1,166 | 623 | 1,047 | |||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family revolving |
0 | 353 | 97 | 199 | 350 | |||||||||||||||
| ITIN 1-4 family loan pool |
9,825 | 10,332 | 9,538 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total real estate mortgage |
11,630 | 15,159 | 10,801 | 822 | 1,397 | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate |
24,008 | 6,104 | 7,066 | 5,759 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total nonaccrual loans |
38,573 | 21,418 | 20,511 | 7,667 | 20,154 | |||||||||||||||
| 90 days past due and still accruing |
0 | 95 | 0 | 5,052 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total nonperforming loans |
38,573 | 21,513 | 20,511 | 12,719 | 20,154 | |||||||||||||||
| Other real estate owned |
3,061 | 3,731 | 2,288 | 2,880 | 2,934 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total nonperforming assets |
$ | 41,634 | $ | 25,244 | $ | 22,799 | $ | 15,599 | $ | 23,088 | ||||||||||
| Nonperforming loans to total loans |
5.81 | % | 3.62 | % | 3.37 | % | 2.09 | % | 3.82 | % | ||||||||||
| Nonperforming assets to total assets |
4.25 | % | 2.68 | % | 2.43 | % | 1.92 | % | 2.98 | % | ||||||||||
As of December 31, 2012, nonperforming assets of $41.6 million have been written down by 22%, or $9.1 million from their original balance of $55.6 million.
The Company is continually performing extensive reviews of the commercial real estate portfolio, including stress testing. These reviews are being performed on both our non owner and owner occupied credits. These reviews are being completed to verify leasing status, to ensure the accuracy of risk ratings, and to develop proactive action plans with borrowers on projects. Stress testing has been performed to determine the effect of rising cap rates, interest rates, and vacancy rates on the portfolio. Based on our analysis, the Company believes our lending teams are effectively managing the risks in this portfolio. There can be no assurance that any further declines in economic conditions, such as potential increases in retail or office vacancy rates, will not exceed the projected assumptions utilized in stress testing resulting in additional nonperforming loans in the future.
51
Table of Contents
On March 12, 2010, the Company completed a loan swap transaction which included the purchase of a pool of residential mortgage home equity loans with a par value of $22.0 million. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $722 thousand in ALLL allocations against this pool or 5.83% of the outstanding principal balance. An accompanying $1.5 million put reserve was also part of the loan swap transaction and represented a credit enhancement. The put reserve was depleted in 2011.
The put reserve was considered an irrevocable first loss guarantee from the seller that provided the Company the right to put back delinquent home equity loans to the seller that were 90 days or more delinquent, up to an aggregate amount of $1.5 million. The guarantee was backed by a seller cash deposit with the Company that was restricted for this sole purpose. The seller’s cash deposit was classified as a deposit liability in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. At the end of the term of the loss guarantee, on March 11, 2013, the Company would have been required to return the unused cash deposit to the seller.
The ITIN loans represent a purchased pool of residential mortgage loans made to legal United States residents without a social security number, and are geographically dispersed throughout the United States. The ITIN loan portfolio is serviced through a third party. Worsening economic conditions in the United States may cause us to suffer higher default rates on our ITIN loans and reduce the value of the assets that we hold as collateral. In addition, if we are forced to foreclose and service these ITIN properties ourselves, we may realize additional monitoring, servicing and appraisal costs due to the geographic disbursement of the portfolio which will adversely affect our noninterest expense.
As part of the original ITIN loan transaction, we obtained an irrevocable first loss guarantee from the seller that provided us the right to put back delinquent ITIN loans to the seller that were 90 days or more delinquent up to an aggregate amount of $3.5 million. This guarantee was backed by a seller cash deposit with the Company that was restricted for this sole purpose. The seller’s cash deposit was classified as a deposit liability in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. At the end of the term of this loss guarantee, the Company was required to return the cash deposit to the seller to the extent not used to fund losses in the ITIN portfolio.
The Company accounted for the loans returned to the seller under the loss guarantee by derecognizing the loan, debiting cash and derecognizing the deposit liability. During the period from March 2010 to August 2010, thirteen ITIN loans with an aggregate principal amount of $1.4 million were returned to the seller under the loss guarantee, reducing the deposit liability to approximately $2.1 million prior to reaching a settlement with the seller to eliminate the loss guarantee arrangement. At the date of settlement, August 2010, the Company received $1.8 million in cash and returned $300 thousand in cash to the seller from the deposit account. Accordingly, the Company recognized a gain upon settlement. As such, no portion of the remaining outstanding principal balance of the ITIN loan portfolio has an accompanying loss guarantee.
During 2010, in conjunction with settlement of the loss guarantee, $1.8 million was expensed in provisions for loan losses, and specifically allocated in the ALLL against the ITIN portfolio. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2010, the ITIN ALLL allocation represented approximately 4.05% of total outstanding principal. The gain on settlement and the increase in loan loss provisions were two separate and distinct events. However, the two events were linked because upon eliminating the irrevocable loss guarantee from the seller, an increase in the ALLL related to the ITIN loans was necessary. Immediately subsequent to the termination of the irrevocable loss guarantee, the following factors were considered in determining the specific ALLL allocation to the ITIN portfolio:
| • | Increasing delinquencies – 20% of the portfolio was delinquent 30 days or more as of December 31, 2010. |
| • | Servicer modification efforts were generally extending beyond a typical timeframe. |
| • | Mortgage insurance – A small number of mortgage insurance claims were denied and management was not able to identify a trend regarding any potential future denials. |
| • | Sale of OREO – An emerging trend in the lengthening disposition of ITIN OREO had developed, including the potential for decreased recoveries and consequently increased net charge offs. |
| • | Lack of loss guaranty due to settlement. |
As of December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, the specific ITIN ALLL allocation represented approximately 2.52% and 2.65% of the total outstanding principal, respectively. During the Company’s regulatory examination concluded in September 2012, bank examiners concurred with management’s assessment regarding the required level of the general valuation allowance on the ITIN portfolio. A number of quantitative and qualitative factors were evaluated and considered in determining the current level of the general valuation allowances, including:
| • | Net Losses – Net charge offs are relatively low with a current historical run rate of 3%. |
| • | Mortgage Insurance Claims – Mortgage insurance claims have generally been settled within a 100 day timeframe after submission. In addition, the Company has experienced a 4% rescission rate which compares favorably to the mortgage insurance company’s published rate in excess of 20%. |
| • | Delinquency rate of 20% over the life of the portfolio. |
| • | Modified Mortgages – The re-default rate on modified ITIN loans approximates 27%, which is below the national re-default rate of 33% as reported by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, September 2012. |
52
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2012, impaired loans totaled $47.7 million, of which $38.6 million were in nonaccrual status. Of the total impaired loans, $12.8 million or one hundred and forty-three were ITIN loans with an average balance of approximately $89 thousand. The remaining impaired loans consist of eight commercial loans, eighteen commercial real estate loans, seven residential mortgages and eight home equity loans.
Loans are reported as troubled debt restructurings (TDR) when the Bank grants a concession(s) to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties that it would not otherwise consider. Examples of such concessions include a reduction in the loan rate, forgiveness of principal or accrued interest, extending the maturity date(s) significantly, or providing a lower interest rate than would be normally available for a transaction of similar risk. As a result of these concessions, restructured loans are impaired as the Bank will not collect all amounts due, both principal and interest, in accordance with the terms of the original loan agreement. Impairment reserves on non-collateral dependent restructured loans are measured by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows of the restructured loans, discounted at the effective interest rate of the original loan agreement. These impairment reserves are recognized as a specific component to be provided for in the ALLL.
At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, impaired loans of $8.6 million and $17.9 million were classified as performing restructured loans, respectively. The restructurings were granted in response to borrower financial difficulty, and generally provide for a temporary modification of loan repayment terms. The performing restructured loans on accrual status represent the majority of impaired loans accruing interest at each respective date. In order for a restructured loan to be considered performing and on accrual status, the loan’s collateral coverage generally will be greater than or equal to 100% of the loan balance, the loan is current on payments, and the borrower must either prefund an interest reserve or demonstrate the ability to make payments from a verified source of cash flow. The Company had no obligations to lend additional funds on the restructured loans as of December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, there were $8.0 million of ITINs which were classified as TDRs, of which $5.0 million were on nonaccrual status.
As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $24.7 million in TDRs compared to $31.3 million as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had one hundred and six restructured loans that qualified as TDRs, of which eighty-six were performing according to their restructured terms. TDRs represented 3.71% of gross portfolio loans as of December 31, 2012, compared with 5.27% at December 31, 2011.
The following table sets forth a summary of the Company’s restructured loans that qualify as TDRs for each of the last five years:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
As of December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||
| Troubled debt restructurings |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||
| Accruing troubled debt restructurings |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 523 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction |
0 | 0 | 2,804 | 2,219 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Other |
4,598 | 14,590 | 3,621 | 3,511 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
2,934 | 2,870 | 6,029 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
561 | 423 | 214 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total accruing troubled debt restructurings |
$ | 8,616 | $ | 17,883 | $ | 12,668 | $ | 5,730 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
| Nonaccruing troubled debt restructurings |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 50 | $ | 49 | $ | 1,618 | $ | 0 | $ | 1,122 | ||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction |
0 | 80 | 225 | 561 | 9,913 | |||||||||||||||
| Other |
10,658 | 6,105 | 7,066 | 4,376 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
5,342 | 7,184 | 3,068 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total nonaccruing troubled debt restructurings |
$ | 16,050 | $ | 13,418 | $ | 11,977 | $ | 4,937 | $ | 11,035 | ||||||||||
| Total troubled debt restructurings |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 573 | $ | 49 | $ | 1,618 | $ | 0 | $ | 1,122 | ||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction |
0 | 80 | 3,029 | 2,780 | 9,913 | |||||||||||||||
| Other |
15,256 | 20,695 | 10,687 | 7,887 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
8,276 | 10,054 | 9,097 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
561 | 423 | 214 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total troubled debt restructurings |
$ | 24,666 | $ | 31,301 | $ | 24,645 | $ | 10,667 | $ | 11,035 | ||||||||||
| Percentage of gross portfolio loans |
3.71 | % | 5.27 | % | 4.05 | % | 1.75 | % | 2.09 | % | ||||||||||
53
Table of Contents
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Reserve for Unfunded Commitments
The ALLL totaled $11.1 million and $10.6 million at December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. The ALLL allocation remained consistent with amounts reported as of December 31, 2011. During 2012, the provisions for loan and lease losses were $9.4 million which approximated net charge-offs for the year. Net charge-offs of $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, decreased by $2.3 million compared to the same period a year ago. There were a number of factors that contributed to the decrease in net charge offs, including less impairment charges on both existing impaired loans and newly classified impaired loans, and some stabilization in the local real estate markets.
The following table provides a summary of activity in the ALLL by major loan type for each of the five years ended December 31:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||
| Beginning balance |
$ | 10,622 | $ | 12,841 | $ | 11,207 | $ | 8,429 | $ | 8,233 | ||||||||||
| Provision for loan loss charged to expense |
9,400 | 8,991 | 12,850 | 9,475 | 6,520 | |||||||||||||||
| Loans charged off |
(9,862 | ) | (12,483 | ) | (12,089 | ) | (6,871 | ) | (6,329 | ) | ||||||||||
| Loan loss recoveries |
943 | 1,273 | 873 | 174 | 5 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Ending balance |
$ | 11,103 | $ | 10,622 | $ | 12,841 | $ | 11,207 | $ | 8,429 | ||||||||||
| Gross portfolio loans outstanding at period end |
$ | 664,051 | $ | 594,372 | $ | 608,936 | $ | 609,151 | $ | 527,463 | ||||||||||
| Ratio of allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans |
1.67 | % | 1.79 | % | 2.11 | % | 1.84 | % | 1.60 | % | ||||||||||
| Nonaccrual loans at period end: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 2,935 | $ | 49 | $ | 2,302 | $ | 237 | $ | 2,279 | ||||||||||
| Construction |
0 | 106 | 342 | 849 | 16,478 | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate |
24,008 | 6,104 | 7,066 | 5,759 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Residential real estate |
11,630 | 14,806 | 10,704 | 623 | 1,047 | |||||||||||||||
| Home equity |
0 | 353 | 97 | 199 | 350 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total nonaccrual loans |
$ | 38,573 | $ | 21,418 | $ | 20,511 | $ | 7,667 | $ | 20,154 | ||||||||||
| Accruing troubled-debt restructured loans |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 523 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
| Construction |
0 | 0 | 2,804 | 2,219 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate |
4,598 | 14,590 | 3,621 | 3,511 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Residential real estate |
2,934 | 2,870 | 6,243 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
| Home equity |
561 | 423 | 0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total accruing restructured loans |
$ | 8,616 | $ | 17,883 | $ | 12,668 | $ | 5,730 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||
| All other accruing impaired loans |
471 | 472 | 737 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total impaired loans |
$ | 47,660 | $ | 39,773 | $ | 33,916 | $ | 13,397 | $ | 20,154 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonaccrual loans at period end |
28.78 | % | 49.59 | % | 62.61 | % | 146.17 | % | 41.82 | % | ||||||||||
| Nonaccrual loans to total loans |
5.81 | % | 3.60 | % | 3.37 | % | 1.26 | % | 3.82 | % | ||||||||||
All impaired loans are individually evaluated for impairment. If the measurement of each impaired loan’s value is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we recognize this impairment and adjust the carrying value of the loan to fair value through the ALLL. This can be accomplished by charging off the impaired portion of the loan or establishing a specific component within the ALLL. If in management’s assessment the sources of repayment will not result in a reasonable probability that the carrying value of a loan can be recovered, the amount of a loan’s specific impairment is charged off against the ALLL. Prior to the downturn in our local real estate markets, the Company established specific reserves within the ALLL for loan impairments and recognized the charge off of the impairment reserve when the loan was resolved, sold, or foreclosed and transferred to OREO. Due to declining real estate values in our markets and the deterioration of the U.S. economy in general, it became increasingly likely that impairment reserves on collateral dependent loans, particularly those relating to real estate, would not be recoverable and represented a confirmed loss. As a result, within the preceding three years, the Company began recognizing the charge off of impairment reserves on impaired loans in the period they arise for collateral dependent loans. This process has effectively accelerated the recognition of charge offs recognized since 2009. The change in our assessment of the possible recoverability of our collateral dependent impaired loans’ carrying values has ultimately had no impact on our impairment valuation procedures or the amount of provision for loan and leases losses included within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Impairment reserves on non-collateral dependent restructured loans are measured by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows on the restructured loans discounted at the interest rate of the original loan agreement to the loan’s carrying value. These impairment reserves are recognized as a specific component to be provided for in the ALLL.
54
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2012, the recorded investment in loans classified as impaired totaled $47.7 million, with a corresponding valuation allowance (included in the ALLL) of $2.3 million. The valuation allowance on impaired loans represents the impairment reserves on performing restructured loans, other accruing loans, and nonaccrual loans. At December 31, 2011, the total recorded investment in impaired loans was $39.8 million, with a corresponding valuation allowance (included in the ALLL) of $2.4 million.
During 2012, charge offs were centered in owner occupied and non owner occupied commercial real estate, 1-4 family residential, and home equity loans and lines of credit. Overall, the loan portfolio showed some signs of stabilization during 2012, however there continue to be lingering weaknesses where the borrower’s business revenue is tied to real estate. Accordingly, during December of 2012, the Company reclassified loans in the amount of $7.3 million to nonaccrual status. The majority of the amounts reclassified during December were associated with two large commercial real estate borrowers whose loans were rated as substandard prior to the reclassification.
At December 31, 2012, the loan portfolio reflects a modest increase in total past due loans and net migrations to greater than 90 days past due, compared to December 31, 2011. Consequently, as of December 31, 2012 loans classified as substandard increased by $3.9 million to $51.3 million compared to the same period a year ago. Substandard loans are recorded at net realizable value based on recent appraisals. As a result, significant increases in the Company’s ALLL resulted from continued weakness in our real estate market. The commercial real estate and commercial loan portfolio’s continue to be influenced by depressed real estate values, the effects of relatively high unemployment levels, and sluggish economic conditions. As such, management will continue to aggressively identify and dispose of problematic assets which could lead to an elevated level of charge offs. Despite the current level of charge offs, management believes the Company’s ALLL is adequately funded given the current level of credit risk.
The following table sets forth the allocation of the ALLL and percent of loans in each category to total loans (excluding deferred loan fees) for each of the five years ended December 31:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount | % Loan Category |
Amount | % Loan Category |
Amount | % Loan Category |
Amount | % Loan Category |
Amount | % Loan Category |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at end of period applicable to: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 4,168 | 38 | % | $ | 2,773 | 26 | % | $ | 4,185 | 33 | % | $ | 5,306 | 47 | % | $ | 3,249 | 39 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction |
184 | 2 | % | 617 | 6 | % | $ | 1,271 | 10 | % | 1,188 | 11 | % | 1,913 | 23 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
2,599 | 23 | % | 3,179 | 30 | % | $ | 2,629 | 20 | % | 2,347 | 21 | % | 2,225 | 26 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
2,126 | 19 | % | 2,040 | 19 | % | 2,930 | 23 | % | 1,206 | 11 | % | — | — | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
1,209 | 11 | % | 1,650 | 16 | % | 1,631 | 13 | % | 853 | 8 | % | 692 | 8 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
28 | 0 | % | 33 | — | % | 46 | — | % | 35 | — | % | 42 | — | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Unallocated |
789 | 7 | % | 330 | 3 | % | 149 | 1 | % | 272 | 2 | % | 308 | 4 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
| Total allowance for loan and lease losses |
$ | 11,103 | 100 | % | $ | 10,622 | 100 | % | $ | 12,841 | 100 | % | $ | 11,207 | 100 | % | $ | 8,429 | 100 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
The unallocated portion of ALLL provides for coverage of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio but not captured in the credit loss factors that are utilized in the risk rating-based component, or in the specific impairment reserve component of the ALLL, and acknowledges the inherent imprecision of all loss prediction models. As of December 31, 2012, the unallocated allowance amount represented 7% of the ALLL, compared to 3% at December 31, 2011. The level in unallocated ALLL in the current year reflects management’s evaluation of sluggish business and economic conditions, credit risk, and depressed collateral values of real estate in our markets. The ALLL composition should not be interpreted as an indication of specific amounts or loan categories in which future charge offs may occur.
DEPOSITS
Total deposits as of December 31, 2012 were $701.1 million compared to $668.3 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of $32.7 million or 5%. The increase in deposits was primarily driven by a $60.0 million increase in interest bearing demand accounts, $5.1 million increase in brokered certificates of deposits, a $20.3 million increase in the ICS brokered deposit accounts, partially offset by a $33.3 million decrease in retail certificates of deposits.
Brokered certificates of deposits totaled $29.5 million at December 31, 2012, and were structured with both fixed rate terms and adjustable rate terms, and had remaining maturities ranging from less than one month to 7.5 years. Furthermore, brokered certificates of deposits with adjustable rate terms were structured with call features allowing the Company to call the certificate should interest rates move in a favorable direction. These call features are generally exercisable within six to twelve months of issuance date and quarterly thereafter.
55
Table of Contents
Despite the increased competitive pressures to build deposits in light of the current economic climate, management attributes the ability to maintain our overall deposit base and grow certain lines of business to ongoing business development and marketing efforts in our service markets. Additional information regarding interest bearing deposits is included in Note 12 Deposits in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in this document.
The following table presents the deposit balances by major category as of December 31:
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||
| Amount | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | |||||||||||||
| Noninterest bearing |
$ | 117,474 | 17 | % | $ | 116,877 | 17 | % | ||||||||
| Interest bearing demand |
239,592 | 34 | % | 179,597 | 27 | % | ||||||||||
| Savings |
89,364 | 13 | % | 89,012 | 13 | % | ||||||||||
| Time, $100,000 or greater |
199,388 | 28 | % | 214,184 | 32 | % | ||||||||||
| Time, less than $100,000 |
55,234 | 8 | % | 68,634 | 11 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
$ | 701,052 | 100 | % | $ | 668,304 | 100 | % | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The following table sets forth the distribution of our average daily balances and their respective yields for the periods indicated.
| (Dollars in thousands) | Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | Amount | Yield | |||||||||||||||||||
| NOW accounts |
$ | 80,337 | 0.30 | % | $ | 39,882 | 0.46 | % | $ | 38,843 | 0.58 | % | ||||||||||||
| Savings |
89,789 | 0.44 | % | 91,876 | 0.86 | % | 76,718 | 1.20 | % | |||||||||||||||
| Money market accounts |
123,005 | 0.30 | % | 117,814 | 0.51 | % | 103,140 | 0.72 | % | |||||||||||||||
| Certificates of deposit |
285,574 | 1.29 | % | 296,381 | 1.66 | % | 321,051 | 1.92 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Interest bearing deposits |
578,705 | 0.81 | % | 545,953 | 1.19 | % | 539,752 | 1.49 | % | |||||||||||||||
| Noninterest bearing deposits |
115,091 | 100,722 | 92,433 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Average total deposits |
$ | 693,796 | $ | 646,675 | $ | 632,185 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Average other borrowings |
$ | 140,085 | 0.38 | % | $ | 145,738 | 0.68 | % | $ | 140,523 | 0.97 | % | ||||||||||||
The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2012:
Deposit Maturity Schedule
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||
| 2012 | ||||
| Maturing in: |
||||
| Three months or less |
$ | 47,895 | ||
| Three through six months |
28,696 | |||
| Six through twelve months |
37,041 | |||
| Over twelve months |
85,756 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 199,388 | ||
|
|
|
|||
The Company has an agreement with Promontory Interfinancial Network LLC (“Promontory”) allowing our bank to provide FDIC deposit insurance to balances in excess of current FDIC deposit insurance limits. Promontory’s Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) and Insured Cash Sweep (ICS) use a deposit-matching program to exchange Bank deposits in excess of the current deposit insurance limits for excess balances at other participating banks, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, that would be fully insured at the Bank. These products are designed to enhance our ability to attract and retain customers and increase deposits, by providing additional FDIC coverage to customers. CDARS deposits can be reciprocal or one-way, and ICS deposits can only be reciprocal. All of the Bank’s CDARS and ICS deposits are reciprocal. At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company’s CDARS and ICS balances totaled $43.4 million and $27.7 million, respectively. Of these totals, at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, $11.7 million and $15.4 million, respectively, represented time deposits equal to or greater than $100,000 but were fully insured under current deposit insurance limits.
56
Table of Contents
The Dodd-Frank Act provided for unlimited deposit insurance for noninterest bearing transactions accounts (excluding NOW) through December 31, 2012. Subsequently, this provision of the Dodd-Frank Act has expired, however the maximum federal deposit insurance amount for all deposit accounts was permanently raised from the previous standard maximum amount of $100,000 to $250,000 per qualified account.
BORROWINGS
At December 31, 2012, the Bank had $13.1 million in outstanding securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and $0 outstanding federal funds purchased balances. The Bank had outstanding term debt with a carrying value of $125.0 million at December 31, 2012. Term debt outstanding as of December 31, 2012 increased by $16.0 million compared to December 31, 2011, as a result of net FHLB advances. Advances from the FHLB amounted to 100% of the total term debt and are secured by investment securities, commercial real estate loans, and residential mortgage loans. The FHLB advances have fixed and floating contractual interest rates ranging from 0.28% to 1.46% with maturities in 2013 and 2015.
Junior Subordinate Debentures
During the first quarter 2003, Bank of Commerce Holdings formed a wholly-owned Delaware statutory business trust, Bank of Commerce Holdings Trust (the “grantor trust”), which issued $5.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Bank of Commerce Holdings’ junior subordinated debentures (the “trust notes”) to the public and $155 thousand common securities to the Company. These debentures qualify as Tier 1 capital under Federal Reserve Board guidelines. The proceeds from the issuance of the trust notes were transferred from the grantor trust to the Holding Company and from the Holding Company to the Bank as surplus capital.
The trust notes accrue and pay distributions on a quarterly basis at three month LIBOR plus 3.30%. The effective interest rate at December 31, 2012 was 3.64%. The rate increase is capped at 2.75% annually and the lifetime cap is 12.5%. The final maturity on the trust notes is April 7, 2033, and the debt allows for prepayment after five years on the quarterly payment date.
On July 29, 2005, Bank of Commerce Holdings (the “Company”) participated in a private placement to an institutional investor of $10 million of fixed rate trust preferred securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”); through a newly formed Delaware trust affiliate, Bank of Commerce Holdings Trust II (the “Trust”). The Trust simultaneously issued $310 thousand common securities to the Company. The fixed rate terms expired in September 2010, and have transitioned to floating rate for the remainder of the term.
The proceeds from the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities were used by the Trust to purchase from the Company the aggregate principal amount of $10.3 million of the Company’s floating rate junior subordinate notes (the “Notes”). The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Notes to the Trust were used by the Company for general corporate purposes, including funding the growth of the Company’s various financial services. During September 2008, an additional $1.2 million in proceeds from the issuance of the trust notes was transferred from the Holding Company to the Bank as surplus capital.
The Trust Preferred Securities mature on September 15, 2035, and are redeemable at the Company’s option on any March 15, June 15, or September 15 until maturity. The Trust Preferred Securities require quarterly distributions by the Trust to the holder of the Trust Preferred Securities at a rate that resets quarterly to equal three month LIBOR plus 1.58%. The effective interest rate at December 31, 2012 was 1.88%. The interest payments by the Company will be used to pay the quarterly distributions payable by the Trust to the holder of the Trust Preferred Securities.
The Notes were issued pursuant to a Junior Subordinated Indenture (the “Indenture”), dated July 29, 2005, by and between the Company and J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, National Association, as trustee. Like the Trust Preferred Securities, the Notes bear interest at a floating rate which resets on a quarterly basis to three month LIBOR plus 1.58%. The interest payments by the Company will be used to pay the quarterly distributions payable by the Trust to the holder of the Trust Preferred Securities. However, so long as no event of default, as described below, has occurred under the Notes, the Company may, from time to time, defer interest payments on the Notes (in which case the Trust will be entitled to defer distributions otherwise due on the Trust Preferred Securities) for up to twenty (20) consecutive quarters. The Notes are subordinated to the prior payment of other indebtedness of the Company that, by its terms, is not similarly subordinated. The Notes mature on September 15, 2035, and may be redeemed at the Company’s option at any. The Company may redeem the Notes for their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued interest, if any.
Although the Notes will be recorded as a liability on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, for regulatory purposes, the Notes are presently treated as Tier 1 under rulings of the Federal Reserve Board, the Company’s primary federal regulatory agency.
LIQUIDITY AND CASH FLOW
The principal objective of our liquidity management program is to maintain the Bank’s ability to meet the day-to-day cash flow requirements of our customers who either wish to withdraw funds or to draw upon credit facilities to meet their cash needs.
57
Table of Contents
We monitor the sources and uses of funds on a daily basis to maintain an acceptable liquidity position. One source of funds includes public deposits. Individual state laws require banks to collateralize public deposits, typically as a percentage of their public deposit balance in excess of FDIC insurance. Public deposits represent 3.0% of total deposits at December 31, 2012 and 2% at December 31, 2011. The amount of collateral required varies by state and may also vary by institution within each state, depending on the individual state’s risk assessment of depository institutions. Changes in the pledging requirements for uninsured public deposits may require pledging additional collateral to secure these deposits, drawing on other sources of funds to finance the purchase of assets that would be available to be pledged to satisfy a pledging requirement, or could lead to the withdrawal of certain public deposits from the Bank. In addition to liquidity from core deposits and the repayments and maturities of loans and investment securities, the Bank can utilize established uncommitted federal funds lines of credit, sell securities under agreements to repurchase, borrow on a secured basis from the FHLB or issue brokered certificates of deposit.
The Bank had available lines of credit with the FHLB totaling $73.2 million as of December 31, 2012; credit availability is subject to certain collateral requirements, namely the amount of pledged loans and investment securities. The Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve totaling $28.4 million subject to certain collateral requirements, namely the amount of certain pledged loans. The Bank had uncommitted federal funds line of credit agreements with additional financial institutions totaling $30.0 million at December 31, 2012. Availability of lines is subject to federal funds balances available for loan and continued borrower eligibility. These lines are intended to support short-term liquidity needs, and the agreements may restrict consecutive day usage.
The Holding Company is a separate entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. Substantially all of the Holding Company’s revenues are obtained from dividends declared and paid by the Bank. The Bank paid $6.3 million in dividends to the Holding Company during the year ended December 31, 2012. There are statutory and regulatory provisions that could limit the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Holding Company. We believe that such restrictions will not have an adverse impact on the ability of the Holding Company to fund its quarterly cash dividend distributions to common shareholders and meet its ongoing cash obligations, which consist principally of debt service on the $15.5 million (issued amount) of outstanding junior subordinated debentures. As of December 31, 2012, the Holding Company did not have any borrowing arrangements of its own.
As disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, net cash provided by operating activities was $39.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The material differences between cash provided by operating activities and net income consisted of $5.4 million in cash payments for Bank Owned Life Insurance, $410.7 million in originations of 1-4 family mortgage loans held-for-sale, and $437.9 million in cash proceeds from the sale of 1-4 family mortgage loans held-for-sale. In addition, there were non-cash items including a $9.4 million provision for loan and lease losses and $874 thousand in depreciation.
Net cash of $82.8 million used in investing activities consisted principally of $112.1 million in proceeds from sale of investment securities, $24.9 million in proceeds from maturities and payments from available-for-sale investment securities, more than offset by $144.0 million in purchases of available-for-sale securities, $67.6 million in net loan originations, and $12.7 million in purchases of held-to-maturity securities.
CAPITAL RESOURCES
We use capital to fund organic growth, pay dividends and repurchase our shares. The objective of effective capital management is to produce above market long term returns by using capital when returns are perceived to be high and issuing capital when costs are perceived to be low. Our potential sources of capital include retained earnings, common and preferred stock issuance, and issuance of subordinated debt and trust notes.
Overall capital adequacy is monitored on a day-to-day basis by management and reported to our Board of Directors on a monthly basis. The regulators of the Bank measure capital adequacy by using a risk-based capital framework and by monitoring compliance with minimum leverage ratio guidelines. Under the risk-based capital standard, assets reported on our balance sheet and certain off-balance sheet items are assigned to risk categories, each of which is assigned a risk weight.
This standard characterizes an institution’s capital as being “Tier 1” capital (defined as principally comprising shareholders’ equity) and “Tier 2” capital (defined as principally comprising the qualifying portion of the ALLL). The minimum ratio of total risk-based capital to risk-adjusted assets, including certain off-balance sheet items, is 8%. At least one-half (4%) of the total risk-based capital is to be comprised of common equity; the remaining balance may consist of debt securities and a limited portion of the ALLL.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject to, as of December 31, 2012.
58
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2012, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum Total Risk-Based, Tier 1 Risk-Based and Tier 1 Leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The Company and the Bank’s capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2012, are presented in the table.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
| Capital | Actual Ratio |
Well Capitalized Requirement |
Minimum Capital Requirement |
|||||||||||||
| The Holding Company |
||||||||||||||||
| Leverage |
$ | 125,935 | 13.13 | % | n/a | 4.00 | % | |||||||||
| Tier 1 Risk-Based |
125,935 | 14.53 | % | n/a | 4.00 | % | ||||||||||
| Total Risk-Based |
136,777 | 15.78 | % | n/a | 8.00 | % | ||||||||||
| The Bank |
||||||||||||||||
| Leverage |
$ | 121,325 | 12.65 | % | 5.00 | % | 4.00 | % | ||||||||
| Tier 1 Risk-Based |
121,325 | 14.06 | % | 6.00 | % | 4.00 | % | |||||||||
| Total Risk-Based |
132,122 | 15.31 | % | 10.00 | % | 8.00 | % | |||||||||
Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2012 was $110.3 million, compared to shareholder’s equity of $113.6 million reported at December 31, 2011. During the year ended December 31, 2012, decreases in shareholders’ equity from the disposal of the mortgage subsidiary, common stock repurchases and unrealized losses on derivatives were partially offset by earnings.
On September 28, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury 20,000 shares of its Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, for aggregate proceeds net of issuance costs of $19.9 million. The issuance was pursuant to the Treasury’s SBLF program, a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, which encourages lending to small businesses by providing capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion. Simultaneously with the SBLF funds, the Company redeemed the $16.7 million of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, issued to the Treasury in November 2008 under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (CPP), a part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP). The remainder of the net proceeds was invested by the Company in the Bank as Tier 1 Capital.
The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1. The dividend rate, which is calculated on the aggregate Liquidation Amount, was initially set at 5% per annum based upon the current level of QSBL by the Bank. The dividend rate for subsequent dividend periods is based upon the percentage change in qualified lending between each dividend period and the baseline QSBL level established at the time the Agreement was entered into. Such dividend rates vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, and from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the first half of the nineteenth dividend periods. If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%. Prior to that time, in general, the dividend rate decreases as the level of the Bank’s QSBL increases. Such dividends are not cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if it has declared and paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and will be subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities. In addition, if (1) the Company has not timely declared and paid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for six dividend periods or more, whether or not consecutive, and (2) shares of Series B Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation preference of at least $20 million are still outstanding, the Treasury (or any successor holder of Series B Preferred Stock) may designate two additional directors to be elected to the Company’s Board of Directors. The weighted average effective dividend rate as of December 31, 2012 was 1%.
As more completely described in the Certificate of Designation, holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have the right to vote as a separate class on certain matters relating to the rights of holders of Series B Preferred Stock and on certain corporate transactions. Except with respect to such matters and, if applicable, the election of the additional directors described above, the Series B Preferred Stock does not have voting rights.
The Company may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the Liquidation Amount per share and the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then-current period, subject to any required prior approval by the Company’s primary federal banking regulator.
On October 21, 2011, the Company repurchased and retired the common stock warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the TARP CPP, for $125 thousand. This transaction, together with the Company’s redemption of the entire amount of Series A Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury, represents full repayment of all TARP obligations.
59
Table of Contents
Although we are periodically engaged in discussions with potential acquisition candidates, we are not currently party to any purchase or merger agreement. With our strong capital position, we are constantly seeking new opportunities to increase franchise value through loan growth, investment portfolio purchases, and core deposits.
Periodically, the Board of Directors authorizes the Company to repurchase shares. Share repurchase announcements are published in press releases and SEC 8-K filings. Typically we do not give any public notice before repurchasing shares. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, market conditions and legal considerations. These factors can change at any time and there can be no assurance as to the number of shares repurchased or the timing of the repurchases.
Our policy has been to repurchase shares under the safe harbor conditions of Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act including a limitation on the daily volume of repurchases. The Company’s potential sources of capital include retained earnings, common and preferred stock issuance and issuance of subordinated debt and trust notes.
On February 7, 2012, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the purchase of up to 1,019,490 or 6% of its outstanding shares over a twelve-month period. The stock repurchase plan authorized the Company to conduct open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions from time to time when, at management’s discretion, it was determined that market conditions and other factors warrant such purchases. During 2012, the Company purchased the full amount of shares authorized under the stock repurchase plan. All shares were retired subsequent to purchase. See Note 24, Earnings Per Common Share, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this document for detailed disclosure regarding shares repurchased.
On January 16, 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the purchase of up to 1,000,000 or 6% of its outstanding shares over a twelve-month period. The stock repurchase plan authorizes the Company to conduct open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions from time to time when, at management’s discretion, it was determined that market conditions and other factors warrant such purchases. The shares will be retired subsequent to purchase.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.03 per common share per quarter. These dividends were made pursuant to our existing dividend policy and in consideration of, among other things, earnings, regulatory capital levels, capital preservation, expected growth, and the overall payout ratio. We expect that the dividend rate will be reassessed on a quarterly basis by the Board of Directors in accordance with the dividend policy.
There is no assurance that future cash dividends on common shares will be declared or increased. The following table presents cash dividends declared and dividend payout ratios (dividends declared per common share divided by basic earnings per common share) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:
Cash dividends and Payout Ratios per Common Share
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| Dividends declared per common share |
$ | 0.12 | $ | 0.12 | $ | 0.18 | ||||||
| Dividend payout ratio |
30 | % | 32 | % | 51 | % | ||||||
Lending Transactions with Related Parties
The business we conduct with directors, officers, significant shareholders and other related parties (collectively, “Related Parties”) is restricted and governed by various laws and regulations, including Regulation O as promulgated and enforced by the Federal Reserve. Furthermore, it is our policy to conduct business with Related Parties on an arm’s length basis at current market prices with terms and conditions no more favorable than we provide in the normal course of business.
Some of our directors, officers and principal shareholders of the Company and their associates were customers of and had banking transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business during 2012 and the Bank expects to have such transactions in the future. All loans and commitments to loans included in such transactions were made in compliance with the applicable laws on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons of similar creditworthiness, and in our opinion did not involve more than a normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.
60
Table of Contents
The following table presents a summary of aggregate activity involving related party borrowers for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | |||||||
| Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 9,419 | $ | 9,228 | ||||
| New loan additions |
5,643 | 2,309 | ||||||
| Advances on existing lines of credit |
19,074 | 27,145 | ||||||
| Principal repayments |
(19,848 | ) | (29,263 | ) | ||||
| Reclassification |
(49 | ) | 0 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance at end of year |
$ | 14,239 | $ | 9,419 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Impact of Inflation
Inflation affects our financial position as well as operating results. It is our opinion that the effects of inflation for the three years ended December 31, 2012 on the financial statements have not been material.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Those instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk similar to the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of the Bank’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.
The Bank holds cash, marketable securities, or real estate as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The Bank was not required to perform on any financial guarantees for years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. However, the Bank recognized a loss in connection with a standby letter of credit during the year ended December 31, 2012, which resulted in a $73 thousand charge to the reserve for unfunded commitments. The Bank did not recognize any losses on standby letters of credits for the year ended December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2012, approximately $2.7 million of standby letters of credit expire within one year, and $348 thousand expire thereafter.
The reserve for unfunded commitments, which is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, was $499 thousand and $499 thousand at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The adequacy of the reserve for unfunded commitments is reviewed on a monthly basis, based upon changes in the amount of commitments, loss experience, and economic conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company provided additional provisions of $150 thousand to the reserve for unfunded commitments. The provision expense was recorded in other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Additional information regarding Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements is included in Note 19, Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this document.
Future Contractual Obligations
As of December 31, 2012:
The following table presents a summary of significant contractual obligations extending beyond one year as of December 31, 2012, and maturing as indicated:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Less than One Year |
1 - 3 Years | 3 – 5 Years | More than 5 Years |
Indeterminate Maturity (1) |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||
| Deposits (1) |
$ | 146,378 | $ | 91,218 | $ | 3,271 | $ | 13,755 | $ | 446,430 | $ | 701,052 | ||||||||||||
| Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings |
115,000 | 0 | 10,000 | 0 | 0 | 125,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred stock – Series B |
0 | 0 | 20,000 | 0 | 0 | 20,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Junior subordinated debentures (2) |
0 | 0 | 0 | 15,465 | 0 | 15,465 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Repurchase agreements |
13,095 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 13,095 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Operating lease obligations |
344 | 812 | 803 | 1,470 | 0 | 3,429 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 274,817 | $ | 92,030 | $ | 34,074 | $ | 30,690 | $ | 446,430 | $ | 878,041 | ||||||||||||
| (1) | Represents interest bearing and noninterest bearing checking, money market, savings and time accounts. |
| (2) | Represents the issued amount of all junior subordinated debentures. |
61
Table of Contents
| ITEM 7A. | QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK |
Market risk is the risk that values of assets and liabilities or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions such as interest rates. The risk is inherent in the financial instruments associated with our operations and activities including loans, deposits, securities, short-term borrowings, long-term debt and derivatives. Market-sensitive assets and liabilities are generated through loans and deposits associated with our banking business, our Asset Liability Management (“ALM”) process, and credit risk mitigation activities. Traditional loan and deposit products are reported at amortized cost for assets or the amount owed for liabilities. These positions are subject to changes in economic value based on varying market conditions. Interest rate risk is the effect of changes in economic value of our loans and deposits, as well as our other interest rate sensitive instruments and is reflected in the levels of future income and expense produced by these positions versus levels that would be generated by current levels of interest rates. We seek to mitigate interest rate risk as part of the ALM process.
Interest rate risk represents the most significant market risk exposure to our financial instruments. Our overall goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity so that movements in interest rates do not adversely affect net interest income. Interest rates risk is measured as the potential volatility in our net interest income caused by changes in market interest rates. Lending and deposit gathering creates interest rate sensitive positions on our balance sheet. Interest rate risk from these activities as well as the impact of ever changing market conditions is mitigated using the ALM process. We do not operate a trading account and do not hold a position with exposure to foreign currency exchange or commodities. We face market risk through interest rate volatility.
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for our interest rate risk management policies. We have an ALCO which establishes and monitors guidelines to control the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates. The internal ALCO Roundtable group maintains a net interest income forecast using different rate scenarios via a simulation model. This group updates the net interest income forecast for changing assumptions and differing outlooks based on economic and market conditions.
The simulation model used includes measures of the expected re-pricing characteristics of administered rate (NOW, savings and money market accounts) and non-related products (demand deposit accounts, other assets and other liabilities). These measures recognize the relative sensitivity of these accounts to changes in market interest rates, as demonstrated through current and historical experience, recognizing the timing differences of rate changes. In the simulation of net interest margin and net income the forecast balance sheet is processed against five rate scenarios. These five rate scenarios include a flat rate environment, which assumes interest rates are unchanged in the future and four additional rate ramp scenarios ranging for + 400 to - 400 basis points in 100 basis point increments, unless the rate environment cannot move in these basis point increments before reaching zero.
The formal policies and practices we adopted to monitor and manage interest rate risk exposure measure risk in two ways: (1) re-pricing opportunities for earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and (2) changes in net interest income for declining interest rate shocks of 100 to 400 basis points. Because of our predisposition to variable rate pricing and noninterest bearing demand deposit accounts, we are normally considered asset sensitive. However, with the current historically low interest rate environment, the market rates on many of our variable-rate loans are below their respective floors. Consequently, we would not immediately benefit in a rising rate environment. Additionally, the bank uses short-term FHLB borrowings to fund the short term financing needs of our mortgage loan division. As such, we are currently considered liability sensitive in the 100bp to 400bp upward rate shock. As a result, management anticipates that, in a rising interest rate environment, our net interest income and margin would generally be expected to decline, as well as in a declining interest rate environment. However, given that the model assumes a static balance sheet, no assurance can be given that under such circumstances we would experience the described relationships to declining or increasing interest rates.
To estimate the effect of interest rate shocks on our net interest income, management uses a model to prepare an analysis of interest rate risk exposure. Such analysis calculates the change in net interest income given a change in the federal funds rate of 100, 200, 300 or 400 basis points up or down. All changes are measured in dollars and are compared to projected net interest income. The most recent model results, at December 31, 2012, indicate the estimated annualized reduction in net interest income attributable to a 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis point declines in the federal funds rate was $657,963, $979,498, $1,179,484 and $1,224,164 respectively. At December 31, 2011, the estimated annualized reduction in net interest income attributable to a 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis point decline in the federal funds rate was $448,324, $780,998, $1,024,692 and $1,063,394 respectively.
The Federal Reserve currently has the federal funds rate targeted between zero to twenty five basis points. Accordingly, the Company is focused on the affects of interest rate shocks on our net interest income during a rising rate environment. The most recent model results, as December 31, 2012, indicate the estimated annualized decrease in net interest income attributable to a 100, 200, 300, and 400 basis point increases in the federal funds rate was $216,398, $571,823, $1,274,764 and $3,054,883 respectively.
The model utilized by management to create the analysis described in the preceding paragraphs uses balance sheet simulation to estimate the impact of changing rates on our projected annual net interest income Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.
62
Table of Contents
The ALCO has established a policy limitation to interest rate risk of -28% of the net interest margin and -30% of the present value of equity. The securities portfolio is integral to our asset liability management process. The decision to purchase or sell securities is based upon the current assessment of economic and financial conditions, including the interest rate environment, liquidity, regulatory requirements and the relative mix of our cash positions.
The following table sets forth the most recent model results relating to the distribution of re-pricing opportunities for the Bank’s earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. It also reports the GAP (different volumes of rate sensitive assets and liabilities) re-pricing interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at different time intervals, the cumulative GAP, the ratio of rate sensitive assets to rate sensitive liabilities for each re-pricing interval, and the cumulative GAP to total assets.
| (Dollars in thousands) | Gap Analysis | |||||||||||||||||||
| Within 3 Months |
3 Months to One Year |
One Year to Five Years |
Over Five Years |
Total | ||||||||||||||||
| Interest Earning Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Available-for-sale securities |
$ | 48,068 | $ | 30,827 | $ | 48,814 | $ | 69,645 | $ | 197,354 | ||||||||||
| Other investments |
34,284 | 0 | 7,100 | 24,382 | 65,766 | |||||||||||||||
| Loans, gross |
223,416 | 126,324 | 253,591 | 61,032 | 664,363 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total interest earning assets |
$ | 305,768 | $ | 157,151 | $ | 309,505 | $ | 155,059 | $ | 927,483 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Interest Bearing Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Demand – interest bearing |
$ | 239,592 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 239,592 | ||||||||||
| Savings accounts |
89,364 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 89,364 | |||||||||||||||
| Certificates of deposit |
60,200 | 92,217 | 102,105 | 100 | 254,622 | |||||||||||||||
| Other borrowings |
143,560 | 0 | 10,000 | 0 | 153,560 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total interest bearing liabilities |
$ | 532,716 | $ | 92,217 | $ | 112,105 | $ | 100 | $ | 737,138 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Gap in dollars |
$ | (226,948 | ) | $ | 64,934 | $ | 197,400 | $ | 154,959 | $ | 190,345 | |||||||||
| Cumulative gap in dollars |
$ | (226,948 | ) | $ | (162,014 | ) | $ | 35,386 | $ | 190,345 | ||||||||||
| As a percentage of earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Gap ratio |
0.57 | 1.70 | 2.76 | 1,550.59 | 1.26 | |||||||||||||||
| Cumulative gap ratio |
0.57 | 0.74 | 1.04 | 1.26 | ||||||||||||||||
| Gap as % of earning assets |
-24.47 | % | 7.00 | % | 21.28 | % | 16.71 | % | 20.52 | % | ||||||||||
| Cumulative gap as % of earning assets |
-24.47 | % | -17.47 | % | 3.82 | % | 20.52 | % | ||||||||||||
Management believes that the short duration of its rate-sensitive assets and liabilities contributes to its ability to re-price a significant amount of its rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and mitigate the impact of rate changes in excess of 100, 200, 300, or 400 basis points. The model’s primary benefit to management is its assistance in evaluating the impact that future strategies with respect to our mix and level of rate-sensitive assets and liabilities will have on our net interest income.
Our approach to managing interest rate risk may include the use of derivatives, including interest rate swaps, caps and floors. This helps to minimize significant, unplanned fluctuations in earnings, fair values of assets and liabilities and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. This approach involves an off-balance sheet instrument with the same characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not have a significant adverse effect on the net interest margin and cash flows. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, hedged assets and liabilities will gain or lose market value. In a fair value hedging strategy, the effect of this unrealized gain or loss will generally be offset by income or loss on the derivatives linked to the hedged assets and liabilities. For a cash flow hedge, the change in the fair value of the derivative to the extent that it is effective is recorded through OCI.
At inception, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items is formally documented with our risk management objective, strategy and our evaluation of effectiveness of the hedge transactions. This includes linking all derivatives designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific transactions. Periodically, as required, we formally assess whether the derivative we designated in the hedging relationship is expected to be and has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item.
63
Table of Contents
| ITEM 8. | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA |
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
64
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Bank of Commerce Holdings
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bank of Commerce Holdings and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Bank of Commerce Holdings and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Bank of Commerce Holdings and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
| /s/ Moss Adams LLP |
| San Francisco, California |
| March 15, 2013 |
65
Table of Contents
To the Shareholders:
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Compliance with Applicable Laws and Regulations
Management of the Bank of Commerce Holdings and its subsidiaries (“the Company”) is responsible for preparing the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting, including controls over the preparation of regulatory financial statements, and for complying with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations pertaining to insider loans and dividend restrictions. The Company’s internal control contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified.
There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.
Management has assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting encompassing both consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and those prepared for regulatory reporting purposes as of December 31, 2012. The assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, Management believes that, as of December 31, 2012, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting encompassing both consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and those prepared for regulatory reporting purposes in all material respects. Management also believes that the Company complied with the designated safety and soundness laws and regulations pertaining to insider loans and dividend restrictions during 2012.
Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 has been audited by Moss Adams LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears on the previous page.
| /s/ Patrick J. Moty |
| Patrick J. Moty, President and Chief Executive Officer |
| /s/ Samuel D. Jimenez |
| Samuel D. Jimenez, EVP and Chief Financial Officer |
66
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2012 and 2011
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | |||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||
| Cash and due from banks |
$ | 21,756 | $ | 20,639 | ||||
| Interest bearing due from banks |
23,312 | 26,676 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total cash and cash equivalents |
45,068 | 47,315 | ||||||
| Securities available-for-sale, at fair value |
197,354 | 203,524 | ||||||
| Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost |
31,483 | 0 | ||||||
| Portfolio loans |
664,363 | 594,409 | ||||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses |
(11,103 | ) | (10,622 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net loans |
653,260 | 583,787 | ||||||
| Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or fair value |
0 | 44,517 | ||||||
| Bank premises and equipment, net |
9,736 | 9,306 | ||||||
| Goodwill and other intangibles |
55 | 138 | ||||||
| Other real estate owned |
3,061 | 3,731 | ||||||
| Assets attributable to discontinued operations |
0 | 16,453 | ||||||
| Other assets |
39,407 | 31,920 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| TOTAL ASSETS |
$ | 979,424 | $ | 940,691 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
||||||||
| Demand - noninterest bearing |
$ | 117,474 | $ | 116,877 | ||||
| Demand - interest bearing |
239,592 | 179,597 | ||||||
| Savings accounts |
89,364 | 89,012 | ||||||
| Certificates of deposit |
254,622 | 282,818 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total deposits |
701,052 | 668,304 | ||||||
| Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
13,095 | 13,779 | ||||||
| Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings |
125,000 | 109,000 | ||||||
| Junior subordinated debentures |
15,465 | 15,465 | ||||||
| Liabilities attributable to discontinued operations |
0 | 9,280 | ||||||
| Other liabilities |
14,491 | 11,273 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Liabilities |
869,103 | 827,101 | ||||||
| COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENICES (NOTE 19) |
||||||||
| Stockholders’ Equity: |
||||||||
| Preferred stock, no par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized: Series B (liquidation preference $1,000 per share) issued and outstanding: 20,000 in 2012 and 20,000 in 2011 |
19,931 | 19,931 | ||||||
| Common stock, no par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; 16,991,495 issued; 15,972,005 outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 16,991,495 outstanding on December 31, 2011 |
38,871 | 43,115 | ||||||
| Retained earnings |
50,261 | 45,671 | ||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive income , net of tax |
1,258 | 1,745 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Equity – Bank of Commerce Holdings |
110,321 | 110,462 | ||||||
| Equity attributable to noncontrolling interest of discontinued operations |
0 | 3,128 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Stockholders’ Equity |
110,321 | 113,590 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
$ | 979,424 | $ | 940,691 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
67
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
| (Dollar Amounts in thousands) | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
| Interest income: |
||||||||||||
| Interest and fees on loans |
$ | 33,148 | $ | 35,084 | $ | 37,087 | ||||||
| Interest on tax-exempt securities |
2,399 | 2,014 | 1,692 | |||||||||
| Interest on U.S. government securities |
1,615 | 2,123 | 2,083 | |||||||||
| Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreement to resell |
0 | 0 | 2 | |||||||||
| Interest on other securities |
3,175 | 2,410 | 1,614 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total interest income |
40,337 | 41,631 | 42,478 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Interest expense: |
||||||||||||
| Interest on demand deposits |
610 | 787 | 968 | |||||||||
| Interest on savings deposits |
394 | 792 | 921 | |||||||||
| Interest on certificates of deposit |
3,697 | 4,912 | 6,151 | |||||||||
| Interest on securities sold under repurchase agreements |
24 | 43 | 52 | |||||||||
| Interest on Federal Home loan Bank borrowings |
85 | 579 | 626 | |||||||||
| Interest on other borrowings |
419 | 363 | 679 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total interest expense |
5,229 | 7,476 | 9,397 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net interest income |
35,108 | 34,155 | 33,081 | |||||||||
| Provision for loan and lease losses |
9,400 | 8,991 | 12,850 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses |
25,708 | 25,164 | 20,231 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Noninterest income: |
||||||||||||
| Service charges on deposit accounts |
188 | 192 | 260 | |||||||||
| Payroll and benefit processing fees |
538 | 458 | 448 | |||||||||
| Earnings on cash surrender value – Bank owned life insurance |
470 | 465 | 438 | |||||||||
| Gain (loss) on investment securities, net |
3,822 | 1,550 | 1,981 | |||||||||
| Gain on settlement of put reserve |
0 | 0 | 1,750 | |||||||||
| Merchant credit card service income, net |
144 | 376 | 235 | |||||||||
| Other income |
1,431 | 850 | 874 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total noninterest income |
6,593 | 3,891 | 5,986 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Noninterest expense: |
||||||||||||
| Salaries and related benefits |
11,030 | 9,957 | 8,865 | |||||||||
| Occupancy and equipment expense |
2,058 | 2,009 | 2,273 | |||||||||
| Write down of other real estate owned |
425 | 557 | 1,571 | |||||||||
| Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premium |
820 | 1,319 | 1,016 | |||||||||
| Data processing fees |
421 | 389 | 270 | |||||||||
| Professional service fees |
1,078 | 1,016 | 1,289 | |||||||||
| Deferred compensation expense |
594 | 533 | 493 | |||||||||
| Other expenses |
5,206 | 4,147 | 2,912 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total noninterest expense |
21,632 | 19,927 | 18,689 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes |
10,669 | 9,128 | 7,528 | |||||||||
| Provision for income taxes |
3,109 | 2,444 | 2,043 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net Income from continuing operations |
$ | 7,560 | $ | 6,684 | $ | 5,485 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Discontinued Operations: |
||||||||||||
| Income from discontinued operations |
$ | 535 | $ | 1,512 | $ | 2,105 | ||||||
| Income tax expense associated with income from discontinued operations |
331 | 392 | 1,116 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net income from discontinued operations |
204 | 1,120 | 989 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Less: Income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest |
348 | 549 | 254 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net (Loss) income from discontinued operations attributable to controlling interest |
(144 | ) | 571 | 735 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net income attributable to Bank of Commerce Holdings |
7,416 | 7,255 | 6,220 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Less: Preferred dividends and accretion on preferred stock |
880 | 943 | 940 | |||||||||
| Income available to common shareholders |
6,536 | 6,312 | 5,280 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Basic earnings per share attributable to continuing operations |
$ | 0.41 | $ | 0.34 | $ | 0.30 | ||||||
| Basic earnings per share attributable to discontinued operations |
$ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.05 | |||||
| Average basic shares |
16,344 | 16,991 | 14,951 | |||||||||
| Diluted earnings per share attributable to continuing operations |
$ | 0.41 | $ | 0.34 | $ | 0.30 | ||||||
| Diluted earnings per share attributable to discontinued operations |
$ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.05 | |||||
| Average diluted shares |
16,344 | 16,991 | 14,951 | |||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
68
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| Net income from continuing operations |
$ | 7,560 | $ | 6,684 | $ | 5,485 | ||||||
| Available-for-sale securities: |
||||||||||||
| Unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period |
6,045 | 6,130 | (2,342 | ) | ||||||||
| Available-for-sale reclassification to held-to-maturity (net of tax expenses of $345) |
(494 | ) | 0 | 0 | ||||||||
| Reclassification adjustments for net gains realized in earnings (net of tax expense of $1,573, $562 and $815 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively) |
(2,249 | ) | (804 | ) | (1,166 | ) | ||||||
| Income tax (expense) benefit related to unrealized (gains) losses |
(2,488 | ) | (2,521 | ) | 964 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net change in unrealized gains (losses) |
814 | 2,805 | (2,544 | ) | ||||||||
| Held-to-maturity securities: |
||||||||||||
| Held-to-maturity reclassification from available-for-sale (net of tax expense of $345) |
494 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
| Accretion of held-to-maturity securities from other comprehensive income to interest income (net of tax expense of $27) |
(38 | ) | 0 | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net change in unrealized gains |
456 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
| Derivatives: |
||||||||||||
| Unrealized (losses) gains arising during the period |
(2,489 | ) | (938 | ) | 2,340 | |||||||
| Reclassification adjustments for net gains realized in earnings (net of tax expense of $208) |
(292 | ) | 0 | 0 | ||||||||
| Income tax benefit (expense) related to unrealized losses (gains) |
1,024 | 387 | (963 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net change in unrealized (losses) gains |
(1,757 | ) | (551 | ) | 1,377 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax |
(487 | ) | 2,254 | (1,167 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total comprehensive income |
7,073 | 8,938 | 4,318 | |||||||||
| Income from discontinued operations |
535 | 1,512 | 2,105 | |||||||||
| Income tax expense from discontinued operations |
331 | 392 | 1,116 | |||||||||
| Less: Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest |
348 | 549 | 254 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Comprehensive income – Bank of Commerce Holdings |
$ | 6,929 | $ | 9,509 | $ | 5,053 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
69
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
| (Dollars in thousands) | Preferred Amount |
Warrant | Common Shares | Common Stock Amount |
Retained Earnings |
Accumulated Other Comp- Income (Loss), net of tax |
Subtotal Bank of Commerce Holdings |
Noncontrolling Interest Subsidiary |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2010 |
$ | 16,641 | $ | 449 | 8,711 | $ | 9,730 | $ | 39,004 | $ | 658 | $ | 66,482 | $ | 2,325 | $ | 68,807 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income from continuing operations |
5,485 | 5,485 | 5,485 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income from discontinued operations |
989 | 989 | 989 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less: Income from noncontrolling interests of discontinued operations, net of tax |
(254 | ) | (254 | ) | 254 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
(1,167 | ) | (1,167 | ) | (1,167 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Comprehensive income |
5,053 | 5,307 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accretion on Series A preferred stock |
90 | (90 | ) | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred stock dividend |
(850 | ) | (850 | ) | (850 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common cash dividend ($0.18 per share) |
(2,562 | ) | (2,562 | ) | (2,562 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Compensation expense associated with stock options |
54 | 54 | 54 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs ($4.25 per share) |
8,280 | 32,971 | 32,971 | 32,971 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2010 |
$ | 16,731 | $ | 449 | 16,991 | $ | 42,755 | $ | 41,722 | $ | (509 | ) | $ | 101,148 | $ | 2,579 | $ | 103,727 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2011 |
$ | 16,731 | $ | 449 | 16,991 | $ | 42,755 | $ | 41,722 | $ | (509 | ) | $ | 101,148 | $ | 2,579 | $ | 103,727 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income from continuing operations |
6,684 | 6,684 | 6,684 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income from discontinued operations |
1,120 | 1,120 | 1,120 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less: Income from noncontrolling interests of discontinued operations, net of tax |
(549 | ) | (549 | ) | 549 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
2,254 | 2,254 | 2,254 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Comprehensive income |
9,509 | 10,058 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Redemption Series A preferred stock |
(17,000 | ) | (17,000 | ) | (17,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Accretion on Series A preferred stock |
269 | (269 | ) | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Series B preferred stock, net |
19,931 | 19,931 | 19,931 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred stock dividend |
(998 | ) | (998 | ) | (998 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common stock warrants repurchased and retired |
(449 | ) | 324 | (125 | ) | (125 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common cash dividend ($0.12 per share) |
(2,039 | ) | (2,039 | ) | (2,039 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Compensation expense associated with stock options |
36 | 36 | 36 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2011 |
$ | 19,931 | $ | 0 | 16,991 | $ | 43,115 | $ | 45,671 | $ | 1,745 | $ | 110,462 | $ | 3,128 | $ | 113,590 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2012 |
$ | 19,931 | $ | 0 | 16,991 | $ | 43,115 | $ | 45,671 | $ | 1,745 | $ | 110,462 | $ | 3,128 | $ | 113,590 | |||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income from continuing operations |
7,560 | 7,560 | 7,560 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Income from discontinued operations |
204 | 204 | 204 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less: Income from noncontrolling interests of discontinued operations, net of tax |
(348 | ) | (348 | ) | 348 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
(487 | ) | (487 | ) | (487 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Comprehensive income |
6,929 | 7,277 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Disposition of noncontrolling interest |
(3,476 | ) | (3,476 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Preferred stock dividend |
(880 | ) | (880 | ) | (880 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Repurchase of common stock |
(1,019 | ) | (4,305 | ) | (4,305 | ) | (4,305 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Common cash dividend ($0.12 per share) |
(1,946 | ) | (1,946 | ) | (1,946 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Compensation expense associated with stock options |
61 | 61 | 61 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2012 |
$ | 19,931 | $ | 0 | 15,972 | $ | 38,871 | $ | 50,261 | $ | 1,258 | $ | 110,321 | $ | 0 | $ | 110,321 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
70
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
| (Dollars in thousands) | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
| Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
| Net income from continuing operations |
$ | 7,560 | $ | 6,684 | $ | 5,485 | ||||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
| Provision for loan and lease losses |
9,400 | 8,991 | 12,850 | |||||||||
| Provision for unfunded commitments |
150 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
| Provision for depreciation and amortization |
874 | 833 | 895 | |||||||||
| Goodwill impairment |
0 | 0 | 32 | |||||||||
| Compensation expense associated with stock options |
61 | 36 | 54 | |||||||||
| Gross proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale, carried at cost |
437,940 | 360,336 | 458,234 | |||||||||
| Gross originations of loans held-for-sale, carried at cost |
(410,699 | ) | (375,586 | ) | (468,272 | ) | ||||||
| Gain on sale of securities available-for-sale |
(3,822 | ) | (1,550 | ) | (1,981 | ) | ||||||
| Amortization of investment premiums and accretion of discounts, net |
321 | 1,290 | 492 | |||||||||
| Amortization of held-to-maturity fair value adjustments |
(65 | ) | 0 | 0 | ||||||||
| Gain on settlement of put reserve |
— | — | (1,750 | ) | ||||||||
| Loss on sale of other real estate owned |
1,096 | 662 | 126 | |||||||||
| Write down of other real estate owned |
425 | 557 | 1,571 | |||||||||
| Loss (gain) on sale of fixed assets |
4 | 2 | (1 | ) | ||||||||
| (Increase) decrease in deferred income tax (benefit) expense |
(2,143 | ) | 729 | (1,538 | ) | |||||||
| Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life policies |
(5,384 | ) | (772 | ) | (372 | ) | ||||||
| ( Increase) decrease in other assets |
(495 | ) | 3,547 | (2,408 | ) | |||||||
| Increase in deferred compensation |
566 | 518 | 433 | |||||||||
| Increase in deferred loan fees |
(275 | ) | (127 | ) | (119 | ) | ||||||
| Increase in other liabilities |
120 | 95 | 1,887 | |||||||||
| Decrease (increase) in assets from discontinued operations |
16,453 | (5,387 | ) | (7,792 | ) | |||||||
| (Decrease) increase in liabilities and equity from discontinued operations |
(12,408 | ) | 5,387 | 7,792 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net cash provided by operating activities |
39,679 | 6,245 | 5,618 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||
| Proceeds from maturities and payments of available-for-sale securities |
24,907 | 36,776 | 58,978 | |||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities |
112,149 | 104,276 | 79,680 | |||||||||
| Purchases of available-for-sale securities |
(143,990 | ) | (150,311 | ) | (250,665 | ) | ||||||
| Purchases of held-to-maturity securities |
(12,653 | ) | 0 | 0 | ||||||||
| Purchases of home equity loan portfolio |
0 | 0 | (14,801 | ) | ||||||||
| Loan originations, net of principal repayments |
(67,560 | ) | (1,680 | ) | (759 | ) | ||||||
| Purchase of premises and equipment, net |
(1,313 | ) | (586 | ) | (584 | ) | ||||||
| Proceeds on sale of fixed assets |
0 | 0 | 1 | |||||||||
| Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned |
5,387 | 2,371 | 3,454 | |||||||||
| Proceeds from the termination of interest rate swaps |
0 | 3,000 | — | |||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of mortgage subsidiary |
321 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net cash used in investing activities |
(82,752 | ) | (6,154 | ) | (124,696 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||
| Net increase in demand deposits and savings accounts |
60,944 | 46,025 | 38,974 | |||||||||
| Net decrease in certificates of deposit |
(28,196 | ) | (29,296 | ) | (30,022 | ) | ||||||
| Net (decrease) increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
(684 | ) | 231 | 3,927 | ||||||||
| Advances on term debt |
659,000 | 636,000 | 752,000 | |||||||||
| Repayment of term debt |
(643,000 | ) | (668,000 | ) | (681,000 | ) | ||||||
| Repurchase of common stock |
(4,305 | ) | 0 | 0 | ||||||||
| Cash dividends paid on common stock |
(1,988 | ) | (2,039 | ) | (2,575 | ) | ||||||
| Cash dividends paid on preferred stock |
(945 | ) | (737 | ) | (850 | ) | ||||||
| Net proceeds from the issuance of Series B, preferred stock |
0 | 2,931 | 0 | |||||||||
| Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock |
0 | 0 | 32,971 | |||||||||
| Repurchase of common stock warrants |
0 | (125 | ) | — | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
40,826 | (15,010 | ) | 113,425 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net (decrease) cash and cash equivalents |
(2,247 | ) | (14,919 | ) | (5,653 | ) | ||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
47,315 | 62,234 | 67,887 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
$ | 45,068 | $ | 47,315 | $ | 62,234 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
71
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
| (Dollars in thousands) | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
| Supplemental disclosures of cash flow activity: |
||||||||||||
| Cash paid during the period for: |
||||||||||||
| Income taxes |
$ | 5,563 | $ | 3,366 | $ | 3,711 | ||||||
| Interest |
$ | 6,368 | $ | 8,698 | $ | 9,505 | ||||||
| Supplemental disclosures of non cash investing activities: |
||||||||||||
| Transfer of loans to other real estate owned |
$ | 6,238 | $ | 5,033 | $ | 4,559 | ||||||
| Changes in unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available-for-sale |
$ | 1,586 | $ | 4,767 | $ | (4,323 | ) | |||||
| Changes in deferred tax asset related to changes in unrealized gain on investment securities |
(653 | ) | (1,962 | ) | 1,779 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income due to changes in unrealized (loss) gain on investment securities |
$ | 933 | $ | 2,805 | $ | (2,544 | ) | |||||
| Changes in unrealized (loss) gain on derivatives |
$ | (2,489 | ) | $ | (938 | ) | $ | 2,340 | ||||
| Changes in deferred tax asset related to changes in unrealized loss on derivatives |
1,024 | 387 | (963 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income due to changes in unrealized loss on derivatives |
$ | (1,465 | ) | $ | (551 | ) | $ | 1,377 | ||||
| Reclassification of earnings from gains on derivatives |
$ | (500 | ) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
| Changes in deferred tax asset related to reclassification of earnings from gains on derivatives |
208 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income due to reclassification of earnings from gain on derivatives |
$ | (292 | ) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | |||||
| Reclassifications of fair value adjustment to investment securities held-to-maturities |
$ | 839 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
| Accretion of held-to-maturity from other comprehensive income to interest income |
(65 | ) | 0 | 0 | ||||||||
| Changes in deferred tax related to accretion of held-to-maturity investment securities |
27 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
| Changes in deferred tax asset related to reclassification of fair value adjustment to investment securities held-to-maturity |
(345 | ) | 0 | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income due to reclassification adjustment to investments held-to-maturity |
$ | 456 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
| Supplemental disclosures on non cash financing activities: |
||||||||||||
| Accretion of preferred stock, Series A |
$ | 0 | $ | 269 | $ | 90 | ||||||
| Redemption of preferred stock, Series A |
$ | 0 | $ | (17,000 | ) | $ | 0 | |||||
| Issuance of preferred stock, Series B |
$ | 0 | $ | 19,931 | $ | 0 | ||||||
| Reclassification of securities available-for-sale to held-to-maturity |
$ | 18,797 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
72
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 1. THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY
Bank of Commerce Holdings (the “Holding Company”), is a bank holding company (BHC) with its principal offices in Redding, California. The Holding Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries are Redding Bank of Commerce and Roseville Bank of Commerce, a division of Redding Bank of Commerce (the “Bank”) (collectively the “Company”). The Company has an unconsolidated subsidiary in Bank of Commerce Holdings Trust and Bank of Commerce Holdings Trust II. The Bank is principally supervised and regulated by the California Department of Financial Institutions (CDFI) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Substantially all of the Company’s activities are carried out through the Bank. The Bank was incorporated as a California banking corporation on November 25, 1981. The Bank operates four full service branches in Redding, and Roseville, California.
The Bank conducts a general commercial banking business in the counties of El Dorado, Placer, Shasta, Sacramento, and Tehama, California. The Company considers Northern California to be the major market area of the Bank. The services offered by the Bank include those traditionally offered by commercial banks of similar size and character in California, including checking, interest bearing NOW, savings and money market deposit accounts; commercial, real estate, and construction loans; travelers checks, safe deposit boxes, collection services, electronic banking activities, and payroll processing. The primary focus of the Bank is to provide services to the business and professional community of its major market area, including SBA loans, payroll and accounting packages, benefit administration and billing programs. The Bank does not offer trust services or international banking services and does not plan to do so in the near future. Most of the customers of the Bank are small to medium sized businesses and individuals with medium to high net worth.
During the period of May 2009 through June 2012, the Holding Company owned a controlling interest in a full service mortgage company (Bank of Commerce Mortgage). On August 31, 2012 with an effective date of June 30, 2012, the Holding Company sold its 51% ownership interest (capital stock) in the Mortgage Company, a residential mortgage banking company headquartered in San Ramon, California. See Note 9 Discontinued Operations in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this document, for further details relating to the sale of the mortgage subsidiary.
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and with prevailing practices within the banking and securities industries. In preparing such financial statements, management is required to make certain estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses (ALLL), the valuation of other real estate owned (OREO), and fair value measurements. Certain amounts for prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current financial statement presentation. The results of reclassifications are not considered material and have no effect on previously reported net income. As indicated in Note 9, Discontinued Operations, the Company’s results discussed in the consolidated financial statements reflect continuing operations unless otherwise noted.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Holding Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had two wholly-owned trusts (“Trusts”) that were formed to issue trust preferred securities and related common securities of the Trusts. The Company has not consolidated the accounts of the Trusts in its consolidated financial statements in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB”) ASC 810, Consolidation (“ASC 810”). As a result, the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to the Trusts are reflected on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as junior subordinated debentures.
Subsequent events – The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2012 for potential recognition or disclosure.
Cash and Cash Equivalents – For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include amounts due from correspondent banks, including interest bearing deposits in correspondent banks, and the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Generally, federal funds sold are for a one-day period and securities purchased under agreements to resell are for no more than a 90-day period. Balances held in federal funds sold may exceed FDIC insurance limits.
73
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Investment Securities – Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity if the Company has both the intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity regardless of changes in market conditions, liquidity needs or changes in general economic conditions. These securities are carried at cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, computed by the effective interest method over their contractual lives.
Securities are classified as available-for-sale if the Company intends and has the ability to hold those securities for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell a security classified as available-for-sale would be based on various factors, including significant movements in interest rates, changes in the maturity mix of assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital considerations and other similar factors. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized holding gains or losses are included in other comprehensive income (OCI) as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of specific securities sold, are included in earnings. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related investment security as an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned.
Transfers of securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity are accounted for at fair value as of the date of the transfer. The difference between the fair value and the amortized cost at the date of transfer is considered a premium or discount and is accounted for accordingly. Any unrealized gain or loss at the date of the transfer is reported in OCI, and is amortized over the remaining life of the security as an adjustment of yield in a manner consistent with the amortization of any premium or discount, and will offset or mitigate the effect on interest income of the amortization of the premium or discount for that held to maturity security.
During August of 2012, the Company transferred certain available-for-sale securities to the held-to-maturity category. Management determined that it had the positive intent to hold these securities for an indefinite period of time, due to their relatively higher yields, relatively lower coupons, longer maturities, and in some instances their community reinvestment act qualifications. The securities transferred had a total amortized cost of $18.0 million, fair value of $18.8 million and unrealized gross gains of $874 thousand and unrealized gross losses of $35 thousand at the time of transfer. The net unrealized gain of $839 thousand which is recorded in OCI net of tax will be amortized over the life of the securities as an adjustment to yield. The Company did not have any transfers in or out of the various securities classifications for the year ended December 31, 2011.
We review investment securities on an ongoing basis for the presence of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) or permanent impairment, taking into consideration current market conditions, fair value in relationship to cost, extent and nature of the change in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, whether we intend to sell a security or if it is likely that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of our amortized cost basis of the investment, which may be maturity, and other factors. For debt securities, if we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security before recovering its cost basis, the entire impairment loss would be recognized in earnings as an OTTI. If we do not intend to sell the security and it is more likely than not we will not be required to sell the security but we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit losses would be recognized in earnings. The credit loss on a security is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis and the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. Projected cash flows are discounted by the original or current effective interest rate depending on the nature of the security being measured for potential OTTI. The remaining impairment related to all other factors, the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and fair value, is recognized as a charge to OCI. Impairment losses related to all other factors are presented as separate categories within OCI. For investment securities held to maturity, this amount is accreted over the remaining life of the debt security prospectively based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows. The accretion of the OTTI amount recorded in OCI will increase the carrying value of the investment, and would not affect earnings. If there is an indication of additional credit losses the security is re-evaluated according to the procedures described above. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, the Company did not recognize impairment losses.
Loans – Loans are stated at the principal amounts outstanding, net of deferred loan fees, deferred loan costs, and the ALLL. Interest on commercial, installment and real estate loans is accrued daily based on the principal outstanding. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain origination costs are deferred and the net amount is amortized over the contractual life of the loans as an adjustment of their yield. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, management believes it is probable that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.
Impairment is measured based upon the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective rate, the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Interest on impaired loans is recognized on a cash basis, and only when the principal is not considered impaired.
74
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company’s practice is to place an asset on nonaccrual status when one of the following events occurs: (1) any installment of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due (unless in management’s opinion the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection), (2) management determines the ultimate collection of principal or interest to be unlikely or, (3) the terms of the loan have been renegotiated due to a serious weakening of the borrower’s financial condition. Nonperforming loans may be on nonaccrual, 90 days past due and still accruing, or have been restructured. Accruals are resumed on loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when the loan is estimated to be fully collectible. Restructured loans are those loans on which concessions in terms have been granted because of the borrower’s financial or legal difficulties. Interest is generally accrued on such loans in accordance with the new terms, after a period of sustained performance by the borrower.
One exception to the 90 days past due policy for nonaccruals is the Bank’s pool of home equity loans and lines purchased from a private equity firm. Regarding this specific loan pool, the Bank will charge off any loans that are more than 90 days past due. In accordance with this policy, management does not expect to classify any of the loans from this pool as nonaccrual. Management believes that at the time these loans become 90 days past due, it is likely that the Company will not collect the remaining principal balance on the loan.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses – The Bank performs regular credit reviews of the loan portfolio to determine the credit quality of the portfolio and the adherence to underwriting standards. When loans are originated, they are assigned a risk rating that is reassessed periodically during the term of the loan through the credit review process. The Company’s risk rating methodology assigns risk ratings ranging from 1 to 8, where a higher rating represents higher risk. The 8 risk rating categories are a primary factor in determining an appropriate amount for the ALLL. The Bank’s Chief Credit Officer (CCO) whom is responsible for, among other things, regularly reviewing the ALLL methodology, including loss factors, and ensuring that it is designed and applied in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The CCO reviews and approves loans and leases recommended for impaired status. The CCO also approves removing loans and leases from impaired status.
Each risk rating is assessed an inherent credit loss factor that determines the amount of the ALLL provided for that group of loans and leases with similar risk rating. Credit loss factors may vary by region based on management’s belief that there may ultimately be different credit loss rates experienced in each region.
Regular credit reviews of the portfolio also identify loans that are considered potentially impaired. Potentially impaired loans are referred to the CCO whom reviews and approves designated loans as impaired. A loan is considered impaired when based on current information and events, we determine that we will probably not be able to collect all amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. When we identify a loan as impaired, we measure the impairment using discounted cash flows, except when the sole remaining source of the repayment for the loan is the liquidation of the collateral. In these cases, we use the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, instead of discounted cash flows. If we determine that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we either recognize this impairment reserve as a specific component to be provided for in the ALLL or charge-off the impaired balance on collateral dependent loans if it is determined that such amount represents a confirmed loss. The combination of the risk rating-based allowance component and the impairment reserve allowance component lead to an allocated ALLL.
The Bank may also maintain an unallocated allowance amount to provide for other credit losses inherent in a loan and lease portfolio that may not have been contemplated in the credit loss factors. This unallocated amount generally comprises less than 10% of the allowance, but may be maintained at higher levels during times of economic conditions characterized by falling real estate values. The unallocated amount is reviewed periodically based on trends in credit losses, the results of credit reviews and overall economic trends.
As adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known as a change in the provision for loan and lease losses and a corresponding charge to the allowance. Loans, or portions thereof, deemed uncollectible are charged to the allowance. Provisions for losses, and recoveries on loans previously charged-off, are added to the allowance.
The adequacy of the ALLL is monitored on a regular basis and is based on management’s evaluation of numerous factors. These factors include the quality of the current loan portfolio; the trend in the loan portfolio’s risk ratings; current economic conditions; loan concentrations; loan growth rates; past-due and non-performing trends; evaluation of specific loss estimates for all significant problem loans; historical charge-off and recovery experience; and other pertinent information.
Management believes that the ALLL was adequate as of December 31, 2012. There is, however, no assurance that future loan losses will not exceed the levels provided for in the ALLL and could possibly result in additional charges to the provision for loan and lease losses. In addition, bank regulatory authorities, as part of their periodic examination of the Bank, may require additional charges to the provision for loan losses in future periods if warranted as a result of their review. Approximately 65% of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and a significant decline in real estate market values may require an increase in the ALLL. The sluggish U.S. economy, the housing market downturn, and declining real estate values in our markets have negatively impacted aspects of our loan portfolio, and have led to an increase in nonperforming loans, charge-offs, and the ALLL. A continued deterioration or prolonged delay in economic recovery in our markets may adversely affect our loan portfolio and may lead to additional charges to the provision for loan and lease losses.
75
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Reserve for Unfunded Commitments – A reserve for unfunded commitments is maintained at a level that, in the opinion of management, is adequate to absorb probable losses associated with the Bank’s commitment to lend funds under existing agreements such as letters or lines of credit. Management determines the adequacy of the reserve for unfunded commitments based upon reviews of individual credit facilities, current economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the various categories of commitments and other relevant factors. The reserve is based on estimates, and ultimate losses may vary from the current estimates.
These estimates are evaluated on a regular basis and, as adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known. Draws on unfunded commitments that are considered uncollectible at the time funds are advanced are charged to the allowance. Provisions for unfunded commitment losses, and recoveries on loan commitments previously charged off, are added to the reserve for unfunded commitments, which is included in the Other Liabilities section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Mortgages Loans Held-for-Sale – Mortgage loans are generated through the Bank’s mortgage loan early purchase program (the “program”) with its former mortgage subsidiary. Under the program, the former mortgage subsidiary sells the Bank undivided participation ownership interests in mortgage loans, with recourse subject to a forward sales commitment. The former mortgage subsidiary then transfers the mortgage loans, including the Bank’s interest, to the counterparty to the forward sale commitment in the secondary mortgage market. The recourse provisions include provisions that allow the Bank to sell back mortgage loans to the former mortgage subsidiary that are determined defective by the take out investor, those that go into payment default within the first two payments, or loans with insufficient documentation. The maximum amount the Bank will own a participation interest in at any time may not exceed 80% of the Bank’s total risk based capital. At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the former mortgage subsidiary had sold the Bank a participation interest in loans amounting to $65.1 million and $44.6 million, respectively; these loans were in pending sale status as of their respective reporting dates.
All mortgage loans originated through the program represent loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate and are made to borrowers in good credit standing. These loans, including their respective servicing rights, are typically sold to primary mortgage market aggregators (Fannie Mae (FNMA), Freddie Mac (FHLMC), and Ginnie Mae (GNMA)) and to third party investors. Accordingly, there are no separately recognized servicing assets or liabilities resulting from the sale of mortgage loans.
Under the program, the Bank receives a purchase fee from the originator which is paid on a loan by loan basis. These fees are recorded under the caption of other noninterest income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, the Bank recognizes interest income on the undivided ownership interest for the period encompassing origination to sale. Gains or losses on sales of mortgage loans are recognized by the former mortgage subsidiary when the loans are sold. The loans and the servicing rights are generally sold in the secondary mortgage market within seven to twenty days. At December 31, 2012, mortgage loans originated through the program are accounted for as secured borrowings which are included in commercial loan balances for reporting purposes. In contrast at December 31, 2011, loans purchased through the program were accounted for as loans held-for-sale and recorded at lower of cost or market.
Property and Equipment – Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. The Company uses other depreciation methods (generally accelerated depreciation methods) for tax purposes where appropriate. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Expenditures that increase the value or productive capacity of assets are capitalized. When property and equipment are retired, sold, or otherwise disposed of, the asset’s carrying amount and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss are recorded in other noninterest income or noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, respectively.
Identified Intangible Assets – Identified intangible assets with estimable lives are amortized in a pattern consistent with the assets’ identifiable cash flows or using a straight-line method over their remaining estimated benefit periods if the pattern of cash flows is not estimable. Intangible assets with estimable lives are reviewed for possible impairment when events or changed circumstances may affect the underlying basis of the asset.
Other Real Estate Owned – OREO represents real estate which the Bank has taken control of in partial or full satisfaction of loans. At the time of foreclosure, OREO is recorded at fair value less costs to sell, which becomes the property’s new basis. Any write-downs based on the asset’s fair value at the date of acquisition are charged to the ALLL. After foreclosure, management periodically performs valuations such that the real estate is carried at the lower of its new cost basis or fair value, net of estimated costs to sell.
76
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Subsequent valuation adjustments are recognized under the caption write down of other real estate owned in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Revenue and expenses incurred from OREO property management are recorded in other noninterest income or noninterest expense, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, respectively. In some instances, the Bank may make loans to facilitate the sales of OREO. Management reviews all sales for which it is the lending institution for compliance with sales treatment under provisions established within FASB ASC 360-20, Real Estate Sales. Any gains related to sales of OREO may be deferred until the buyer has a sufficient initial and continuing investment in the property.
Income Taxes – Income taxes reported in the financial statements are computed based on an asset and liability approach. We recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences that have been recognized in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent it is more likely than not that they will be realized. In evaluating our ability to recover the deferred tax assets, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations.
In projecting future taxable income, management develops assumptions including the amount of future state and federal pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates being used to manage the underlying business. The Company files consolidated federal and combined state income tax returns.
We recognize the financial statement effect of a tax position when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will be sustained upon examination. For tax positions that meet the more likely than not threshold, we may recognize only the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority. Management believes that all of our tax positions taken meet the more likely than not recognition threshold. To the extent tax authorities disagree with these tax positions, our effective tax rates could be materially affected in the period of settlement with the taxing authorities.
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities – The Company uses derivative instruments for risk management purposes. Presently, all of the Company’s derivative instruments are designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships, however at certain times, the Company has maintained derivative instruments that have not qualified for hedge accounting or were not elected to be designated in a qualifying hedging relationship. In accordance with applicable accounting standards, all derivative financial instruments, whether designated for hedge accounting or not, are required to be recorded on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value. Additionally, we generally report derivative financial instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets on a gross basis. However, in certain instances we report our position on a net basis where we have asset and liability derivative positions with a single counterparty, we have a legally enforceable right of offset, and we intend to settle the position on a net basis. For additional detail on derivative instruments and hedging activities, refer to Note 20, Derivatives in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
At inception of a hedging relationship, we designate each qualifying derivative financial instrument as a hedge of the fair value of a specifically identified asset or liability (fair value hedge); as a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). We formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items and risk management objectives for undertaking various hedge transactions. Both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, we formally assess whether the derivatives that are used in hedging relationships are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges along with the gain or loss on the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in the current period earnings. For qualifying cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the derivative financial instruments is recorded in accumulated OCI, a component of equity, and recognized in the income statement when the hedged cash flows affect earnings. The ineffective portions of fair value and cash flow hedges are immediately recognized in earnings, along with the portion of the change in fair value that is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, if any.
The hedge accounting treatment described herein is no longer applied if a derivative financial instrument is terminated or the hedge designation is removed or is assessed to be no longer highly effective. For these terminated fair value hedges, any changes to the hedged asset or liability remain as part of the basis of the asset or liability and are recognized into income over the remaining life of the asset or liability. For terminated cash flow hedges, unless it is probable that the forecasted cash flows will not occur within a specified period, any changes in fair value of the derivative financial instrument previously recognized remain in OCI, a component of equity, and are reclassified into earnings in the same period that the hedged cash flows affect earnings.
77
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments held for risk management purposes that are not designated as hedges under GAAP are reported in current period earnings.
Discontinued Operations – The results of discontinued operations, less applicable income taxes, are reported as a separate component of income in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Gains or losses recognized on the disposal are disclosed in Note 9, Discontinued Operations in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Adjustments to amounts previously reported in discontinued operations that are directly related to the disposal of a component of an entity in a prior period would be classified separately in the current period in discontinued operations. In addition, the nature and amount of such adjustments would be disclosed. The assets and liabilities of discontinued operations are presented separately in the asset and liability sections, respectively, of the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Operating Segments – Public enterprises are required to report certain information about their operating segments in a complete set of financial statements to shareholders. They are also required to report certain enterprise-wide information about the Company’s products and services, its activities in different geographic areas, and its reliance on major customers. The basis for determining the Company’s operating segments is the manner in which management operates the business. For fiscal year 2011, the Company identified two primary business segments; Commercial Banking and Mortgage Brokerage Services. During 2012, the Company disposed of the Mortgage Brokerage Services segment. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations, in these Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further disclosures on the sale of the mortgage subsidiary. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2012, the Company operated under one primary business segment: Commercial Banking.
Share Based Payments – The Company has one active stock-based compensation plan that provides for the granting of stock options and restricted stock to eligible employees and directors. The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (“the Plan”) was approved by the Company’s shareholders on May 15, 2010. A total of 620 thousand shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for grant under the Plan. At December 31, 2011, 438 thousand shares were available for future grants under the Plan.
The Plan provides for awards of incentive and nonqualified stock options and restricted stock in the form of options, which may constitute incentive stock options (“Incentive Options”) under Section 422(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), restricted stock, or non-statutory stock options (“NSOs”) to key personnel of the Company, including directors. The Plan provides that Incentive Options under the Plan may not be granted at less than 100% of fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Nonqualified stock options must have an exercise price of no less than 85% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of the grant and for a term of no more than ten years, and generally become exercisable over five years from the date of the grant.
The total intrinsic value, which is the amount by which the stock price exceeded the exercise price, of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 were $114 thousand, $0 and $0, respectively.
In accordance with FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation, we recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based forms of compensation issued to employees over the employees’ requisite service period (generally the vesting period). The requisite service period may be subject to performance conditions
The fair value of each option grant is estimated as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of the Company’s common stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and stock option forfeiture rates within the valuation model. The expected term of options granted is determined based on historical experience with similar options, giving consideration to the contractual terms and vesting schedules, and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The expected dividend yield is based on dividend trends and the market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of grant. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant corresponding to the estimated expected term of the options granted.
The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the fair value of stock option grants as of the grant date to determine compensation cost for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| Volatility |
26.42 | % | 0 | % | 58.53 | % | ||||||
| Risk free interest rate |
.84 | % | 0 | % | 1.18 | % | ||||||
| Expected dividends |
$ | 0.12 | $ | 0 | $ | 0.21 | ||||||
| Annual dividend rate |
2.96 | % | 0 | % | 5.80 | % | ||||||
| Assumed forfeiture rate |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
| Expected Life |
7 | 0 | 7 | |||||||||
78
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Volatility represents the historical volatility in the Company’s common stock price, for a period consistent with the expected life of the option. The risk free rate was derived from the U.S. Treasury rate at the time of the grant, which coincides with the expected life of the option. The annual dividend rate is the ratio of the expected annual dividends to the Company’s common stock price on the grant date. The expected option life is estimated based on the history of the Company’s stock option holders and expectations regarding future forfeitures.
Earnings per Share
Earnings per share (EPS) is an important measure of the Company’s performance for investors and other users of financial statements. Certain securities, such as convertible bonds, preferred stock, and stock options, permit the holders to become common stockholders or add to the number of shares of common stock already held. Because there is potential reduction, called dilution, of EPS figures inherent in the Company’s capital structure, we are required to present a dual presentation of EPS - basic EPS and diluted EPS.
Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company. The computation of diluted EPS does not assume conversion, exercise, or contingent issuance of securities that would have an anti-dilutive effect on EPS.
The Company presents both basic and diluted EPS from continuing operations and discontinued operations on the face of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, detailed presentation of the EPS calculation is provided in Note 24, Earnings Per Common Share in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Advertising Costs – For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, advertising costs from continuing operations were $157 thousand, $140 thousand, and $124 thousand respectively. Advertising costs were expensed as incurred.
Transfer of Financial Assets – Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets (or beneficial interests), and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets or third party beneficial interests through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
On March 12, 2010, the Company transferred certain nonperforming loans, without recourse, and $14.8 million in exchange for the acquisition of a pool of performing residential mortgage home equity loans. The acquired residential mortgage home equity loan portfolio was initially recorded at an estimated fair value of $21.8 million. The initial fair value of the residential home equity loan portfolio was measured based on the fair value of the assets transferred and derecognized. No gain on loss was recorded resulting from this transaction.
At the settlement date the mortgage home equity loan pool consisted of 562 loans with an average principal balance of approximately $39.2 thousand, a weighted average credit score of 744, a weighted average loan-to-value of 86%, and a weighted average yield of 8%. Fifty-one percent of the mortgage home equity loan pool is located in the state of Michigan; the remaining balance is geographically disbursed throughout the United States.
The Company services for others, SBA loans that were sold with aggregate principal balances of $381 thousand and $466 thousand as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. In addition, the Company services for others, a pool of home equity loans with a principal balance of $1.1 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
Fair Value Measurements – FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. FASB ASC 820 establishes a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of assets and liabilities recorded at fair value. The classification of assets and liabilities within the hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation methodology used for measurement are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market-derived or market-based information obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our estimates about market data. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets that the Company has the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any,
79
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
market activity for the asset or liability. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
FASB ASU No. 2012-06, Business Combinations (Topic 805) Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution. The Update clarifies that when an entity recognizes an indemnification asset as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution and subsequently, a change in the cash flows expected to be collected on the indemnification asset occurs, as a result of a change in cash flows expected to be collected on the assets subject to indemnification, the reporting entity should subsequently account for the change in the measurement of the indemnification asset on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. Any amortization of changes in value should be limited to the contractual term of the indemnification agreement. The amendments are effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this ASU will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
FASB ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.
With the Update, a company testing indefinite-lived intangibles for impairment now has the option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, an entity concludes that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, then the entity is not required to take further action. However, if an entity concludes otherwise, then it is required to determine the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset and perform the quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value with the carrying amount in accordance with current guidance. An entity also has the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. An entity will be able to resume performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of this ASU will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
FASB ASU No. 2011-11, Balance sheet (Topic 210) Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.
The amendments in this Update affect all entities that have financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with either Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The requirements amend the disclosure requirements on offsetting in Section 210-20-50. The amendments in this Update will enhance disclosures required by U.S. GAAP by requiring improved information about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with either Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, irrespective of whether they are offset in accordance with either Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45. This information will enable users of an entity’s financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entity’s financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments in the scope of this Update. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. As this ASU is disclosure related only, the adoption of this ASU will not impact consolidated reported financial position or results of operations.
NOTE 3. RESTRICTIONS ON CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS
The Bank maintains compensating balances with two primary correspondents, which totaled $550 thousand at December 31, 2012, and $550 thousand at December 31, 2011. The Company did not maintain any unguaranteed balances at correspondent banks as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.
80
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 4. SECURITIES
The following table presents the amortized costs, unrealized gains, unrealized losses and approximate fair values of investment securities at December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
As of December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||
| Available-for-sale securities |
Amortized Costs |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
||||||||||||
| U.S. government & agencies |
$ | 2,970 | $ | 0 | $ | (24 | ) | $ | 2,946 | |||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions |
56,802 | 1,797 | (115 | ) | 58,484 | |||||||||||
| Residential mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
51,177 | 670 | (317 | ) | 51,530 | |||||||||||
| Corporate securities |
60,516 | 1,358 | (318 | ) | 61,556 | |||||||||||
| Other asset backed securities |
22,958 | 271 | (391 | ) | 22,838 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
$ | 194,423 | $ | 4,096 | $ | (1,165 | ) | $ | 197,354 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Held-to-maturity securities |
||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions |
$ | 31,483 | $ | 60 | $ | (50 | ) | $ | 31,493 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
As of December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||||||
| Available-for-sale securities |
Amortized Costs |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Fair Value |
||||||||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions |
$ | 74,444 | $ | 2,929 | $ | (47 | ) | $ | 77,326 | |||||||
| Residential mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
60,160 | 669 | (219 | ) | 60,610 | |||||||||||
| Corporate securities |
42,525 | 102 | (1,807 | ) | 40,820 | |||||||||||
| Other asset backed securities |
24,850 | 65 | (147 | ) | 24,768 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total |
$ | 201,979 | $ | 3,765 | $ | (2,220 | ) | $ | 203,524 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities as of December 31, 2012, are shown below.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Available-for-sale | Held-to-maturity | ||||||||||||||
| Amortized Cost | Fair Value | Amortized Cost | Fair Value | |||||||||||||
| AMOUNTS MATURING IN: |
||||||||||||||||
| One year or less |
$ | 62 | $ | 63 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
| One year through five years |
82,427 | 83,982 | 370 | 370 | ||||||||||||
| Five years through ten years |
52,371 | 52,933 | 9,787 | 9,776 | ||||||||||||
| After ten years |
59,563 | 60,376 | 21,326 | 21,347 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| $ | 194,423 | $ | 197,354 | $ | 31,483 | $ | 31,493 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The amortized cost and fair value of collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage backed securities are presented by their expected average life, rather than contractual maturity, in the preceding table. Expected maturities may differ from contractual.
81
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company held $53.3 million in securities with safekeeping institutions for pledging purposes. Of this amount, $33.3 million were pledged as of December 31, 2012. The following table presents the fair market value of the securities pledged, segregated by purpose, as of December 31, 2012:
| Amount | ||||
| Public funds collateral |
$ | 14,431 | ||
| Collateralized repurchase agreements |
13,095 | |||
| Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings |
0 | |||
| Interest rate swap contracts |
5,749 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total pledged securities |
$ | 33,275 | ||
|
|
|
|||
The following table presents the cash proceeds from sales of securities and their associated gross realized gains and gross realized losses that have been included in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
For years ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| Proceeds from sales of securities |
$ | 112,149 | $ | 104,276 | $ | 79,680 | ||||||
| Gross realized gains on sales of securities: |
||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and agencies |
$ | 0 | $ | 165 | $ | 122 | ||||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions |
2,710 | 527 | 335 | |||||||||
| Residential mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
594 | 713 | 1,336 | |||||||||
| Corporate securities |
464 | 204 | 0 | |||||||||
| Other asset backed securities |
238 | 0 | 200 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total gross realized gains on sales of securities |
$ | 4,006 | $ | 1,609 | $ | 1,993 | ||||||
| Gross realized losses on sales of securities |
||||||||||||
| U.S. Treasury and agencies |
$ | 0 | $ | (5 | ) | $ | (12 | ) | ||||
| Obligations of state and political subdivisions |
0 | (4 | ) | 0 | ||||||||
| Residential mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
(158 | ) | (32 | ) | 0 | |||||||
| Corporate securities |
(16 | ) | (12 | ) | 0 | |||||||
| Other asset backed securities |
(10 | ) | (6 | ) | 0 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total gross realized losses on sales of securities |
$ | (184 | ) | $ | (59 | ) | $ | (12 | ) | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The following tables present the current fair value and associated unrealized losses on investments with unrealized losses at December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011. The tables also illustrate whether these securities have had unrealized losses for less than 12 months or for 12 months or longer.
| As of December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Less than 12 months | 12 months or more | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Available-for-sale securities | Fair Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
Unrealized Losses |
||||||||||||||||||
| U.S. government & agencies |
$ | 2,947 | $ | (24 | ) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 2,947 | $ | (24 | ) | ||||||||||
| Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
8,443 | (109 | ) | 166 | (6 | ) | 8,609 | (115 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Residential mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
14,367 | (288 | ) | 1,662 | (29 | ) | 16,029 | (317 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Corporate securities |
16,036 | (85 | ) | 6,762 | (233 | ) | 22,798 | (318 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Other asset backed securities |
9,626 | (242 | ) | 1,419 | (149 | ) | 11,045 | (391 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total temporarily impaired securities |
$ | 51,419 | $ | (748 | ) | $ | 10,009 | $ | (417 | ) | $ | 61,428 | $ | (1,165 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Held-to-maturity securities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
$ | 11,154 | $ | (50 | ) | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 11,154 | $ | (50 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
82
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
| As of December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Less than 12 months | 12 months or more | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fair Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
Unrealized Losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
$ | 5,456 | $ | (44 | ) | $ | 362 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | 5,818 | $ | (47 | ) | |||||||||
| Residential mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
19,106 | (216 | ) | 1,252 | (3 | ) | 20,358 | (219 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Corporate securities |
32,514 | (1,634 | ) | 1,820 | (173 | ) | 34,334 | (1,807 | ) | |||||||||||||||
| Other asset backed securities |
16,240 | (139 | ) | 2,304 | (8 | ) | 18,544 | (147 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total temporarily impaired securities |
$ | 73,316 | $ | (2,033 | ) | $ | 5,738 | $ | (187 | ) | $ | 79,054 | $ | (2,220 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 82 and 68 securities were in an unrealized loss position, respectively.
The unrealized losses on obligations of political subdivisions and corporate securities were caused by changes in market interest rates or the widening of market spreads subsequent to the initial purchase of these securities. Management monitors published credit ratings of these securities and there have been no adverse ratings changes below investment grade since the date of purchase. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates or widening market spreads and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell the securities in these classes, and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may include holding each security until maturity, the unrealized losses on these investments are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired.
The majority of the available-for-sale residential mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations portfolio in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012, were issued by private agencies. The unrealized losses on residential mortgage backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations were caused by changes in market interest rates or the widening of market spreads subsequent to the initial purchase of these securities, and not by the underlying credit of the issuers or the underlying collateral. It is expected that these securities will not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of each investment. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates or widening market spreads and not credit quality, and because the Company does not intend to sell the securities in this class, and it is more likely than not the Company will not be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may include holding each security until contractual maturity, the unrealized losses on these investments are not considered other-than-temporarily impaired.
NOTE 5. LOANS
Outstanding loan balances consist of the following at December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
For the years ended December 31, | |||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | |||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 232,276 | $ | 148,095 | ||||
| Real estate – construction loans |
16,863 | 26,064 | ||||||
| Real estate – commercial (investor) |
211,318 | 219,864 | ||||||
| Real estate – commercial (owner occupied) |
75,085 | 65,885 | ||||||
| Real estate – ITIN loans |
60,105 | 64,833 | ||||||
| Real estate – mortgage |
18,452 | 19,679 | ||||||
| Real estate – equity lines |
45,181 | 44,445 | ||||||
| Consumer |
4,422 | 5,283 | ||||||
| Other |
349 | 224 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Gross portfolio loans |
$ | 664,051 | $ | 594,372 | ||||
| Less: |
||||||||
| Deferred loan fees, net |
(312 | ) | (37 | ) | ||||
| Allowance for loan and lease losses |
11,103 | 10,622 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net portfolio loans |
$ | 653,260 | $ | 583,787 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Gross loan balances in the table above include net premiums of $24 thousand and net discounts of $87 thousand as of December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively.
Loans are reported as past due when any portion of the principal and interest are not received on the due date. The days past due will continue to increase for each day until full principal and interest are received (i.e. if payment is not received within thirty days of the due date, the loan will be considered thirty days past due; if payment is not received within sixty days of the due date, the loan will be considered sixty days past due, etc). Loans that become ninety days past due may be placed in nonaccrual status.
83
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Age analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans, as of December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, were as follows:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 30-59 Days Past Due |
60-89 Days Past Due |
Greater Than 90 Days |
Total Past Due |
Current | Total | Recorded Investment > 90 Days and Accruing |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 312 | $ | 59 | $ | 0 | $ | 371 | $ | 231,905 | $ | 232,276 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 16,863 | 16,863 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
1,265 | 2,326 | 8,343 | 11,934 | 274,469 | 286,403 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
2,758 | 1,460 | 5,019 | 9,237 | 69,320 | 78,557 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
126 | 23 | 0 | 149 | 45,032 | 45,181 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 4,771 | 4,771 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 4,461 | $ | 3,868 | $ | 13,362 | $ | 21,691 | $ | 642,360 | $ | 664,051 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 30-59 Days Past Due |
60-89 Days Past Due |
Greater Than 90 Days |
Total Past Due |
Current | Total | Recorded Investment > 90 Days and Accruing |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2011 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 1,522 | $ | 0 | $ | 49 | $ | 1,571 | $ | 146,524 | $ | 148,095 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction |
0 | 0 | 26 | 26 | 26,038 | 26,064 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
4,165 | 0 | 3,688 | 7,853 | 277,896 | 285,749 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
4,016 | 1,148 | 5,540 | 10,704 | 73,808 | 84,512 | 75 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
281 | 68 | 373 | 722 | 43,723 | 44,445 | 20 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
5 | 0 | 0 | 5 | 5,502 | 5,507 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 9,989 | $ | 1,216 | $ | 9,676 | $ | 20,881 | $ | 573,491 | $ | 594,372 | $ | 95 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
A loan is considered impaired when based on current information and events, we determine it is probable that we will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. Generally, when we identify a loan as impaired, we measure the loan for potential impairment using discounted cash flows, except when the sole remaining source of the repayment for the loan is the liquidation of the collateral. In these cases, we use the current fair value of collateral, less selling costs. The starting point for determining the fair value of collateral is through obtaining external appraisals. Generally, external appraisals are updated every six to twelve months. We obtain appraisals from a pre-approved list of independent, third party, local appraisal firms. Approval and addition to the list is based on experience, reputation, character, consistency and knowledge of the respective real estate market. At a minimum, it is ascertained that the appraiser is: (1) currently licensed in the state in which the property is located, (2) is experienced in the appraisal of properties similar to the property being appraised, (3) is actively engaged in the appraisal work, (4) has knowledge of current real estate market conditions and financing trends, (5) is reputable, and (6) is not on Freddie Mac’s nor the Bank’s Exclusionary List of appraisers and brokers. In certain cases appraisals will be reviewed by another independent third party to ensure the quality of the appraisal and the expertise and independence of the appraiser. Upon receipt and review, an external appraisal is utilized to measure a loan for potential impairment. Our impairment analysis documents the date of the appraisal used in the analysis, whether the officer preparing the report deems it current, and, if not, allows for internal valuation adjustments with justification. Typical justified adjustments might include discounts for continued market deterioration subsequent to appraisal date, adjustments for the release of collateral contemplated in the appraisal, or the value of other collateral or consideration not contemplated in the appraisal. An appraisal over one year old in most cases will be considered stale dated and an updated or new appraisal will be required. Any adjustments from appraised value to net realizable value are detailed and justified in the impairment analysis, which is reviewed and approved by senior credit quality officers. Although an external appraisal is the primary source to value collateral dependent loans, we may also utilize values obtained through purchase and sale agreements, negotiated short sales, broker price opinions, or the sales price of the note. These alternative sources of value are used only if deemed to be more representative of value based on updated information regarding collateral resolution. Impairment analyses are updated, reviewed and approved on a quarterly basis at or near the end of each reporting period. Based on these processes, we do not believe there are significant time lapses for the recognition of additional loan loss provisions or charge offs from the date they become known.
84
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table summarizes impaired loans by loan class as of December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
As of December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||
| Recorded Investment |
Unpaid Principal Balance |
Related Allowance |
||||||||||
| With no related allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 109 | $ | 109 | $ | 0 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
| Other |
24,479 | 29,558 | 0 | |||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
5,809 | 8,630 | 0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total with no related allowance recorded |
$ | 30,397 | $ | 38,297 | $ | 0 | ||||||
| With an allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 3,349 | $ | 3,370 | $ | 1,051 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
| Other |
4,598 | 4,598 | 194 | |||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
8,755 | 9,603 | 980 | |||||||||
| Home equities |
561 | 561 | 76 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total with an allowance recorded |
$ | 17,263 | $ | 18,132 | $ | 2,301 | ||||||
| Subtotal: |
||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 3,458 | $ | 3,479 | $ | 1,051 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate |
$ | 29,077 | $ | 34,156 | $ | 194 | ||||||
| Residential |
$ | 15,125 | $ | 18,794 | $ | 1,056 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total impaired loans |
$ | 47,660 | $ | 56,429 | $ | 2,301 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
As of December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||
| Recorded Investment |
Unpaid Principal Balance |
Related Allowance |
||||||||||
| With no related allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
| Construction |
$ | 106 | $ | 151 | $ | 0 | ||||||
| Other |
4,488 | 7,500 | 0 | |||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
8,204 | 11,745 | 0 | |||||||||
| Home equities |
353 | 548 | 0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total with no related allowance recorded |
$ | 13,151 | $ | 19,944 | $ | 0 | ||||||
| With an allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 49 | $ | 49 | $ | 7 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
| Other |
16,679 | 16,679 | 1,218 | |||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
9,471 | 10,106 | 1,119 | |||||||||
| Home equities |
423 | 423 | 46 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total with an allowance recorded |
$ | 26,622 | $ | 27,257 | $ | 2,390 | ||||||
| Subtotal: |
||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 49 | $ | 49 | $ | 7 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate |
$ | 21,273 | $ | 24,330 | $ | 1,218 | ||||||
| Residential |
$ | 18,451 | $ | 22,822 | $ | 1,165 | ||||||
| Total impaired loans |
$ | 39,773 | $ | 47,201 | $ | 2,390 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The Company’s practice is to place an asset on nonaccrual status when one of the following events occurs: (1) any installment of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due (unless in management’s opinion the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection), (2) management determines the ultimate collection of principal or interest to be unlikely or, (3) the terms of the loan have been renegotiated due to a serious weakening of the borrower’s financial condition. Nonperforming loans may be on nonaccrual, 90 days past due and still accruing, or have been restructured. Accruals are resumed on loans only when they are brought fully current with respect to interest and principal and when the loan is estimated to be fully collectible. Restructured loans are those loans on which concessions in terms have been granted because of the borrower’s financial or legal difficulties. Interest is generally accrued on such loans in accordance with the new terms, after a period of sustained performance by the borrower.
One exception to the 90 days past due policy for nonaccruals is the Bank’s pool of home equity loans and lines. Regarding this specific home equity loan pool, the Bank will charge off any loans that go more than 90 days past due. Management believes that at the time these loans become 90 days past due, it is likely that the Company will not collect the remaining principal balance on the loan. In accordance with this policy, management does not expect to classify any of the loans from this pool as nonaccrual.
85
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Had nonaccrual loans performed in accordance with their contractual terms, the Company would have recognized additional interest income, net of tax, of approximately $759 thousand, $354 thousand, and $501 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
Nonaccrual loans, segregated by loan class, were as follows:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
For the years ended December 31, | |||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | |||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 2,935 | $ | 49 | ||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||
| Construction |
0 | 106 | ||||||
| Other |
24,008 | 6,104 | ||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||
| 1-4 family |
11,630 | 14,806 | ||||||
| Home equities |
0 | 353 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 38,573 | $ | 21,418 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The following table summarizes average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans by loan class for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Average Recorded Investment |
Interest Income Recognized |
Average Recorded Investment |
Interest Income Recognized |
Average Recorded Investment |
Interest Income Recognized |
|||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 1,211 | $ | 7 | $ | 1,184 | $ | 1 | $ | 2,977 | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction |
82 | 0 | 1,087 | 3 | 4,376 | 76 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
22,486 | 385 | 17,181 | 347 | 10,865 | 37 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
16,036 | 75 | 17,778 | 163 | 12,955 | 108 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
678 | 15 | 1,262 | 67 | 236 | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 40,493 | $ | 482 | $ | 38,492 | $ | 581 | $ | 31,409 | $ | 221 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
The impaired loans for which these interest income amounts were recognized primarily relate to accruing restructured loans.
Loans are reported as troubled debt restructurings (TDR) when the Bank grants a concession(s) to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties that it would not otherwise consider. Examples of such concessions include a reduction in the loan rate, forgiveness of principal or accrued interest, extending the maturity date(s) significantly, or providing a lower interest rate than would be normally available for a transaction of similar risk. As a result of these concessions, restructured loans are impaired as the Bank will not collect all amounts due, both principal and interest, in accordance with the terms of the original loan agreement. Impairment reserves on non-collateral dependent restructured loans are measured by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows of the restructured loans, discounted at the effective interest rate of the original loan agreement. These impairment reserves are recognized as a specific component to be provided for in the ALLL.
The types of modifications offered can generally be described in the following categories:
Rate – A modification in which the interest rate is modified.
Rate and Maturity – A modification in which the interest rate is modified and maturity date, timing of payments, or frequency of payments is changed.
Rate and Payment Deferral – A modification in which the interest rate is modified and a portion of the principal is deferred.
Maturity – A modification in which the maturity date, timing of payments, or frequency of payments is changed.
Payment Deferral – A modification in which a portion of the principal is deferred.
86
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following tables present the period ending balances of newly restructured loans and the types of modifications that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
For the year ended December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Rate | Rate & Maturity |
Rate & Payment Deferral |
Maturity | Payment Deferral |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 0 | $ | 17 | $ | 0 | $ | 104 | $ | 453 | $ | 574 | ||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
0 | 740 | 0 | 2,838 | 1,131 | 4,709 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
1,622 | 0 | 367 | 0 | 0 | 1,989 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
55 | 209 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 264 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 1,677 | $ | 966 | $ | 367 | $ | 2,942 | $ | 1,584 | $ | 7,536 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
For the year ended December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Rate | Rate & Maturity |
Rate & Payment Deferral |
Maturity | Payment Deferral |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 5,329 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 49 | $ | 5,378 | ||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
6,206 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 2,088 | 8,294 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
4,223 | 43 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 4,266 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
297 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 297 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 16,055 | $ | 43 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 2,137 | $ | 18,235 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
For the year ended December 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Rate | Rate & Maturity |
Rate & Payment Deferral |
Maturity | Payment Deferral |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 1,618 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 1,618 | ||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction |
810 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 810 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
4,987 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 4,987 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
7,272 | 517 | 1,345 | 0 | 0 | 9,134 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
214 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 214 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 14,901 | $ | 517 | $ | 1,345 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 16,763 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
The tables below provide information regarding the number of loans where the contractual terms have been restructured in a manner which grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010.
| (Dollars in thousands) | 2012 | |||||||||||
| Troubled Debt Restructurings |
Number of Contracts |
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment |
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment |
|||||||||
| Commercial |
4 | $ | 579 | $ | 579 | |||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
| Other |
4 | 4,968 | 4,968 | |||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
18 | 1,974 | 2,020 | |||||||||
| Home equities |
4 | 261 | 268 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
30 | $ | 7,782 | $ | 7,835 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
87
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
| (Dollars in thousands) | 2011 | |||||||||||
| Troubled Debt Restructurings |
Number of Contracts |
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment |
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment |
|||||||||
| Commercial |
2 | $ | 5,390 | $ | 5,390 | |||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
| Other |
5 | 8,309 | 8,309 | |||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
44 | 4,792 | 4,799 | |||||||||
| Home equities |
5 | 299 | 303 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
56 | $ | 18,790 | $ | 18,801 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) | 2010 | |||||||||||
| Troubled Debt Restructurings |
Number of Contracts |
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment |
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment |
|||||||||
| Commercial |
2 | $ | 3,562 | $ | 3,562 | |||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
| Construction |
5 | 931 | 931 | |||||||||
| Other |
9 | 5,994 | 5,994 | |||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
69 | 9,379 | 9,379 | |||||||||
| Home equities |
4 | 215 | 215 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
89 | $ | 20,081 | $ | 20,081 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, impaired loans of $7.7 million and $17.9 million were classified as performing restructured loans, respectively. The restructurings were granted in response to borrower financial difficulty, and generally provide for a temporary modification of loan repayment terms. The performing restructured loans on accrual status represent the majority of impaired loans accruing interest at each respective date.
In order for a restructured loan to be considered performing and on accrual status, the loan’s collateral coverage generally will be greater than or equal to 100% of the loan balance, the loan is current on payments, and the borrower must either prefund an interest reserve or demonstrate the ability to make payments from a verified source of cash flow. The Company had did not have any obligations to lend additional funds on the restructured loans as of December 31, 2012 and December 2011, respectively.
As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $24.7 million in TDRs compared to $31.3 million as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had one hundred and six restructured loans that qualified as TDRs, of which eighty-six were performing according to their restructured terms. TDRs represented 3.71% of gross portfolio loans as of December 31, 2012, compared with 5.27% at December 31, 2011.
The following tables represent loans modified as TDRs within the previous 12 months for which there was a payment default during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2012 | |||||||
| Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted |
Number of Contracts |
Recorded Investment |
||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||
| Other |
1 | $ | 1,000 | |||||
| Residential: |
||||||||
| 1-4 family |
6 | 677 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
7 | $ | 1,677 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
88
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2011 | |||||||
| Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted |
Number of Contracts |
Recorded Investment |
||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||
| 1-4 family |
5 | $ | 438 | |||||
| Home equities |
1 | 39 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
6 | $ | 477 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2010 | |||||||
| Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted |
Number of Contracts |
Recorded Investment |
||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||
| 1-4 family |
10 | $ | 811 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
10 | $ | 811 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The foundation or primary factor in determining the appropriate credit quality indicators is the degree of a debtor’s willingness and ability to perform as agreed. The Company defines a performing loan as a loan where any installment of principal or interest is not 90 days or more past due, and management believes the ultimate collection of principal and interest is likely. The Company defines a nonperforming loan as an impaired loan which may be on nonaccrual, 90 days past due and still accruing, or has been restructured and is not in compliance with its modified terms, and our ultimate collection of principal and interest is uncertain.
Performing and nonperforming loans, segregated by class of loans, are as follows:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||
| Performing | Nonperforming | Total | ||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 229,341 | $ | 2,935 | $ | 232,276 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
| Construction |
16,863 | 0 | 16,863 | |||||||||
| Other |
262,395 | 24,008 | 286,403 | |||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
66,927 | 11,630 | 78,557 | |||||||||
| Home equities |
45,181 | 0 | 45,181 | |||||||||
| Consumer |
4,771 | 0 | 4,771 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
$ | 625,478 | $ | 38,573 | $ | 664,051 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||
| Performing | Nonperforming | Total | ||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 148,046 | $ | 49 | $ | 148,095 | ||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
| Construction |
25,958 | 106 | 26,064 | |||||||||
| Other |
279,645 | 6,104 | 285,749 | |||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
69,631 | 14,881 | 84,512 | |||||||||
| Home equities |
44,072 | 373 | 44,445 | |||||||||
| Consumer |
5,507 | 0 | 5,507 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
$ | 572,859 | $ | 21,513 | $ | 594,372 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
In conjunction with evaluating the performing versus nonperforming nature of the Company’s loan portfolio, management evaluates the following credit risk and other relevant factors in determining the appropriate credit quality indicator (grade) for each loan class:
Pass Grade - Borrowers classified as Pass Grades specifically demonstrate:
| • | Strong Cash Flows – borrower’s cash flows must meet or exceed the Company’s minimum debt service coverage ratio. |
| • | Collateral Margin – generally, the borrower must have pledged an acceptable collateral class with an adequate collateral margin. |
Those borrowers who qualify for unsecured loans must fully demonstrate above average cash flows and strong secondary sources of repayment to mitigate the lack of unpledged collateral.
| • | Qualitative Factors – in addition to meeting the Company’s minimum cash flow and collateral requirements, a number of other qualitative factors are also factored into assigning a pass grade including the borrower’s level of leverage (debt to equity), prospects, history and experience in their industry, credit history, and any other relevant factors including a borrower’s character. |
89
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Watch Grade – Generally, borrowers classified as Watch exhibit some level of deterioration in one or more of the following:
| • | Adequate Cash Flows – borrowers in this category demonstrate adequate cash flows and debt service coverage ratios, but also exhibit one or more less than positive conditions such as declining trends in the level of cash flows, increasing or sole reliance on secondary sources of cash flows, and/or do not meet the Company’s minimum debt service coverage ratio. However, cash flow remains at acceptable levels to meet debt service requirements. |
| • | Adequate Collateral Margin – the collateral securing the debt remains adequate but also exhibits a declining trend in value or expected volatility due to macro or industry specific conditions. The current collateral value, less selling costs, remains adequate to cover the outstanding debt under a liquidation scenario. |
| • | Qualitative Factors – while the borrower’s cash flow and collateral margin generally remain adequate, one or more quantitative and qualitative factors may also factor into assigning a Watch Grade including the borrower’s level of leverage (debt to equity), deterioration in prospects, limited experience in their industry, newly formed company, overall deterioration in the industry, negative trends or recent events in a borrower’s credit history, deviation from core business, and any other relevant factors. |
Special Mention Grade – Generally, borrowers classified as Special Mention exhibit a greater level of deterioration than Watch graded loans and warrant management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, the potential weaknesses could threaten repayment prospects in the future. Special Mention loans are not adversely classified and do not expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant an adverse risk grade.
The following represents potential characteristics of a Special Mention Grade but do not necessarily generate automatic reclassification into this loan grade:
| • | Adequate Cash Flows – borrowers in this category demonstrate adequate cash flows and debt service coverage ratios, but also reflect adverse trends in operations or continuing financial deterioration that, if it does not stabilize and reverse in a reasonable timeframe, retirement of the debt may be jeopardized. |
| • | Adequate Collateral Margin – the collateral securing the debt remains adequate but also exhibits a continuing declining trend in value or volatility due to macro or industry specific conditions. The current collateral value, less selling costs, remains adequate, but should the negative collateral trend continue, the full recovery of the outstanding debt under a liquidation scenario could be jeopardized. |
| • | Qualitative Factors – while the borrower’s cash flow and/or collateral margin continue to deteriorate but generally remain adequate, one or more quantitative and qualitative factors may also be factoring into assigning a Special Mention Grade including inadequate or incomplete loan documentation, perfection of collateral, inadequate credit structure, borrower unable or unwilling to produce current and adequate financial information, and any other relevant factors. |
Substandard Grade – A Substandard credit is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard credits have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation or timely collection of the debt. Substandard credits are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. However, a potential loss does not have to be recognizable in an individual credit for it to be considered a substandard credit. As such, substandard credits may or may not be classified as impaired.
The following represents, but is not limited to, the potential characteristics of a Substandard Grade and do not necessarily generate automatic reclassification into this loan grade:
| • | Sustained or substantial deteriorating financial trends, |
| • | Unresolved management problems, |
| • | Collateral is insufficient to repay debt; collateral is not sufficiently supported by independent sources, such as asset-based financial audits, appraisals, or equipment evaluations, |
| • | Improper perfection of lien position, which is not readily correctable, |
| • | Unanticipated and severe decline in market values, |
90
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
| • | High reliance on secondary source of repayment, |
| • | Legal proceedings, such as bankruptcy or a divorce, which has substantially decreased the borrower’s capacity to repay the debt, |
| • | Fraud committed by the borrower, |
| • | IRS liens that take precedence, |
| • | Forfeiture statutes for assets involved in criminal activities, |
| • | Protracted repayment terms outside of policy that are for longer than the same type of credit in the Company portfolio, |
| • | Any other relevant quantitative or qualitative factor that negatively affects the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. |
Doubtful Grade – A credit risk rated as Doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in a credit classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. As such, all doubtful loans are considered impaired. The possibility of loss is extremely high, but because of certain pending factors that may work to the advantage and strengthening of the credit, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. Pending factors may include, but are not limited to:
| • | Proposed merger(s), |
| • | Acquisition or liquidation procedures, |
| • | Capital injection, |
| • | Perfecting liens on additional collateral, |
| • | Refinancing plans. |
Generally, a Doubtful grade does not remain outstanding for a period greater than six months. After six months, the pending events should have either occurred or not occurred. The credit grade should have improved or the principal balance charged against the ALLL.
Credit grade definitions, including qualitative factors, for all credit grades are reviewed and approved annually by the Company’s Loan Committee. The following table summarizes internal risk rating by loan class as of December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | Watch | Special Mention | Substandard | Doubtful | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 203,280 | $ | 16,330 | $ | 6,850 | $ | 5,816 | $ | 0 | $ | 232,276 | ||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction |
16,790 | 73 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 16,863 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
225,772 | 30,421 | 897 | 29,313 | 0 | 286,403 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
62,356 | 1,180 | 457 | 14,564 | 0 | 78,557 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
40,935 | 2,666 | 0 | 1,580 | 0 | 45,181 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
4,376 | 354 | 0 | 41 | 0 | 4,771 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 553,509 | $ | 51,024 | $ | 8,204 | $ | 51,314 | $ | 0 | $ | 664,051 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pass | Watch | Special Mention | Substandard | Doubtful | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial |
$ | 127,454 | $ | 10,186 | $ | 4,351 | $ | 6,104 | $ | 0 | $ | 148,095 | ||||||||||||
| Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Construction |
16,450 | 9,508 | 0 | 106 | 0 | 26,064 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Other |
229,581 | 26,572 | 7,854 | 21,742 | 0 | 285,749 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Residential: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 1-4 family |
65,987 | 851 | 0 | 17,674 | 0 | 84,512 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Home equities |
39,764 | 2,923 | 0 | 1,758 | 0 | 44,445 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Consumer |
4,766 | 669 | 0 | 72 | 0 | 5,507 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 484,002 | $ | 50,709 | $ | 12,205 | $ | 47,456 | $ | 0 | $ | 594,372 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
91
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following tables below summarize the Allowance for Credit Losses and Recorded Investment in Financing Receivables as of December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
As of December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial | Commercial Real Estate |
Consumer | Residential | Unallocated | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Beginning balance |
$ | 2,773 | $ | 3,796 | $ | 33 | $ | 3,690 | $ | 330 | $ | 10,622 | ||||||||||||
| Charge offs |
(604 | ) | (6,541 | ) | (5 | ) | (2,712 | ) | 0 | (9,862 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Recoveries |
118 | 13 | 2 | 810 | 0 | 943 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Provision |
1,881 | 5,515 | (2 | ) | 1,547 | 459 | 9,400 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Ending balance |
$ | 4,168 | $ | 2,783 | $ | 28 | $ | 3,335 | $ | 789 | $ | 11,103 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 1,051 | $ | 194 | $ | 0 | $ | 1,056 | $ | 0 | $ | 2,301 | ||||||||||||
| Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment |
$ | 3,117 | $ | 2,589 | $ | 28 | $ | 2,279 | $ | 789 | $ | 8,802 | ||||||||||||
| Financing receivables |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending balance |
$ | 232,276 | $ | 303,266 | $ | 4,771 | $ | 123,738 | $ | 0 | $ | 664,051 | ||||||||||||
| Ending balance individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 3,458 | $ | 29,077 | $ | 0 | $ | 15,125 | $ | 0 | $ | 47,660 | ||||||||||||
| Ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment |
$ | 228,818 | $ | 274,189 | $ | 4,771 | $ | 108,613 | $ | 0 | $ | 616,391 | ||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
As of December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial | Commercial Real Estate |
Consumer | Residential | Unallocated | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
| Allowance for credit losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Beginning balance |
$ | 4,185 | $ | 3,900 | $ | 46 | $ | 4,561 | $ | 149 | $ | 12,841 | ||||||||||||
| Charge offs |
(2,980 | ) | (5,228 | ) | (46 | ) | (4,229 | ) | 0 | (12,483 | ) | |||||||||||||
| Recoveries |
94 | 100 | 4 | 1,075 | 0 | 1,273 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Provision |
1,474 | 5,024 | 29 | 2,283 | 181 | 8,991 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Ending balance |
$ | 2,773 | $ | 3,796 | $ | 33 | $ | 3,690 | $ | 330 | $ | 10,622 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
| Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 7 | $ | 1,218 | $ | 0 | $ | 1,165 | $ | 0 | $ | 2,390 | ||||||||||||
| Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment |
$ | 2,766 | $ | 2,578 | $ | 33 | $ | 2,525 | $ | 330 | $ | 8,232 | ||||||||||||
| Financing receivables: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Ending balance |
$ | 148,095 | $ | 311,813 | $ | 5,507 | $ | 128,957 | $ | 0 | $ | 594,372 | ||||||||||||
| Ending balance individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 49 | $ | 21,273 | $ | 0 | $ | 18,451 | $ | 0 | $ | 39,773 | ||||||||||||
| Ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment |
$ | 148,046 | $ | 290,540 | $ | 5,507 | $ | 110,506 | $ | 0 | $ | 554,599 | ||||||||||||
The ALLL totaled $11.1 million or 1.67% of total portfolio loans at December 31, 2012 and $10.6 million or 1.82% at December 31, 2011. The related allowance allocation for the Individual Tax Identification Number (ITIN) portfolio which is included in the residential classification was $1.5 million and $1.7 million at December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, the Company had $144.3 million in commitments to extend credit, and recorded a reserve for off balance sheet commitments of $499 thousand in other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
During 2012, pursuant to ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, the Company reclassified mortgage loans held-for-sale to secured borrowings. Accordingly, $65.1 million in loans held-for-sale which were not included in portfolio loans as of December 31, 2011, were reclassified as a secured commercial loan, and is included in portfolio loan balances at December 31, 2012. Furthermore, management determined that no additional allowance reserves were necessary due to the short term nature of the agreement, and insignificant loss histories of mortgage loans held-for-sale. Consequently, the ALLL to total loans ratio reported at December 31, 2012, decreased significantly compared to the reported ratio at December 31, 2011. Absent the reclassification, the ALLL to total portfolio loans would have been 1.85% at December 31, 2012.
The ALLL is based upon estimates of loan losses and is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for probable losses inherent in the outstanding loan portfolio. The Company’s ALLL methodology significantly incorporates management’s current judgments, and reflects the reserve amount that is necessary for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio in accordance with ASC Topic 450 Contingencies and ASC Topic 310 Receivables.
92
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and reduced by net charge offs. In periodic evaluations of the adequacy of the allowance balance, management considers our past loan loss experience by type of credit, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, current economic conditions and other factors. We formally assess the adequacy of the ALLL on a monthly basis. These assessments include the periodic re-grading of classified loans based on changes in their individual credit characteristics including delinquency, seasoning, recent financial performance of the borrower, economic factors, changes in the interest rate environment and other factors as warranted. Loans are initially graded when originated. They are reviewed as they are renewed, when there is a new loan to the same borrower and/or when identified facts demonstrate heightened risk of default. Confirmation of the quality of our grading process is obtained by independent reviews conducted by outside consultants specifically hired for this purpose and by periodic examination by various bank regulatory agencies.
Management monitors delinquent loans continuously and identifies problem loans to be evaluated individually for impairment testing. For loans that are determined impaired, formal impairment measurement is performed at least quarterly on a loan-by-loan basis.
Our method for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance includes specific allowances for identified problem loans, an allowance factor for categories of credits and allowances for changing environmental factors (e.g., portfolio trends, concentration of credit, growth, economic factors). Allowances for identified problem loans are based on specific analysis of individual credits. Loss estimation factors for loan categories are based on analysis of local economic factors applicable to each loan category. Allowances for changing environmental factors are management’s best estimate of the probable impact these changes have had on the loan portfolio as a whole.
Management believes that the ALLL was adequately funded as of December 31, 2012. There is, however, no assurance that future loan losses will not exceed the levels provided for in the ALLL and could possibly result in additional charges to the provision for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory authorities, as part of their periodic examination of the Bank, may require additional charges to the provision for loan losses in future periods if warranted as a result of their review.
Approximately 65% of our gross loan portfolio is secured by real estate, and a significant decline in real estate market values may require an increase in the ALLL. The U.S. recession, the housing market downturn, and declining real estate values in our markets have negatively impacted aspects of our residential development, commercial real estate, commercial construction and commercial loan portfolios. A continued deterioration in our markets may adversely affect our loan portfolio and may lead to additional charges to the provision for loan losses.
All impaired loans are individually evaluated for impairment. If the measurement of each impaired loans’ value is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we recognize this impairment and adjust the carrying value of the loan to fair value through the ALLL. This can be accomplished by charging-off the impaired portion of the loan or establishing a specific component within the ALLL. If in management’s assessment the sources of repayment will not result in a reasonable probability that the carrying value of a loan can be recovered, the amount of a loan’s specific impairment is charged off against the ALLL. Prior to the downturn in our local real estate markets, the Company established specific reserves within the allowance for loan and leases losses for loan impairments and recognized the charge off of the impairment reserve when the loan was resolved, sold, or foreclosed and transferred to OREO. Due to declining real estate values in our markets and the deterioration of the U.S. economy in general, it became increasingly likely that impairment reserves on collateral dependent loans, particularly those relating to real estate, would not be recoverable and represented a confirmed loss. As a result, within the preceding three years, the Company began recognizing the charge off of impairment reserves on impaired loans in the period they arise for collateral dependent loans. This process has effectively accelerated the recognition of charge offs recognized since 2009. The change in our assessment of the possible recoverability of our collateral dependent impaired loans’ carrying values has ultimately had no impact on our impairment valuation procedures or the amount of provision for loan and leases losses included within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Impairment reserves on non-collateral dependent restructured loans are measured by comparing the present value of expected future cash flows on the restructured loans discounted at the interest rate of the original loan agreement to the loan’s carrying value. These impairment reserves are recognized as a specific component to be provided for in the ALLL.
The unallocated portion of ALLL provides for coverage of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio but not captured in the credit loss factors that are utilized in the risk rating-based component, or in the specific impairment reserve component of the ALLL, and acknowledges the inherent imprecision of all loss prediction models. As of December 31, 2012, the unallocated allowance amount represented 7% of the ALLL, compared to 3% at December 31, 2011. The level in unallocated ALLL in the current year reflects management’s evaluation of the existing general business and economic conditions, and declining credit quality and collateral values of real estate in our markets. The ALLL composition should not be interpreted as an indication of specific amounts or loan categories in which future charge offs may occur.
93
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company has lending policies and procedures in place with the objective of optimizing loan income within an accepted risk tolerance level. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures annually. Monitoring and reporting systems supplement the review process with regular frequency as related to loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, potential problem loans, loan delinquencies, and nonperforming loans.
The following is a brief summary, by loan type, of management’s evaluation of the general risk characteristics and underwriting standards:
Commercial Loans – Commercial loans are underwritten after evaluating the borrower’s financial ability to maintain profitability including future expansion objectives. In addition, the borrower’s qualitative qualities are evaluated, such as management skills and experience, ethical traits, and overall business acumen. Commercial loans are primarily extended based on the cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The borrower’s cash flow may deviate from initial projections, and the value of collateral securing these loans may vary.
Most commercial loans are generally secured by the assets being financed and other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory. Management may also incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short term loans may be extended on an unsecured basis. Repayment of commercial loans secured by accounts receivable may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. In addition, the Company maintains a commercial loan with its former mortgage subsidiary in which mortgage loans are pledged as collateral.
Commercial Real Estate (CRE) Loans – CRE loans are subject to similar underwriting standards and processes as commercial loans. CRE loans are viewed predominantly as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans collateralized by real estate. Generally, CRE lending involves larger principal amounts with repayment largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the collateralized property. CRE loans tend to be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or by general economic conditions.
The properties securing the Company’s CRE portfolio are diverse in terms of type and primary source of repayment. This diversity helps reduce the Company’s exposure to adverse economic events that affect any single industry. Management monitors and evaluates CRE loans based on occupancy status (investor versus owner occupied), collateral, geography, and risk grade criteria.
Generally, CRE loans to developers and builders that are secured by non owner occupied properties require the borrower to have had an existing relationship with the Company and a proven record of success. Construction loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, sensitivity analysis of absorption and lease rates, and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally based upon estimates of cost and value associated with the complete project (as-is value). These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment largely dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long term lenders, sales of developed property, or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is secured. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections, and are considered to have higher inherent risks than other CRE loans due to their ultimate repayment sensitivity to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions, and the availability of long term financing.
Consumer Loans – The Company’s consumer loan portfolio is generally limited to home equity loans with nominal originations in unsecured personal loans and credit cards. The Company is highly dependent on third party credit scoring analysis to supplement the internal underwriting process. To monitor and manage consumer loan risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as needed, jointly by management and staff personnel. This activity, coupled with relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. Additionally, trend and outlook reports are reviewed by management on a regular basis. Underwriting standards for home equity loans are heavily influenced by statutory requirements, which include, but are not limited to, a maximum loan-to-value percentage of 80%, collection remedies, the number of such loans a borrower can have at one time, and documentation requirements.
The Company maintains an independent loan review program that reviews and validates the credit risk program on a periodic basis. Results of these reviews are presented to the Board of Directors and Audit Committee. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.
Management’s continuing evaluation of all known relevant quantitative and qualitative internal and external risk factors provide the foundation for the three major components of the Company’s ALLL: (1) historical valuation allowances established in accordance with ASC 450 for groups of similarly situated loan pools; (2) general valuation allowances established in accordance with ASC 450
94
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
and based on qualitative credit risk factors; and (3) specific valuation allowances established in accordance with ASC 310 and based on estimated probable losses on specific impaired loans. All three components are aggregated and constitute the Company’s ALLL; while portions of the allowance may be allocated to specific credits, the allowance net of specific reserves is available for the remaining credits that management deems as “loss.”
It is the Company’s policy to classify a credit as loss with a concurrent charge off when management considers the credit uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. A loss classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical or desirable to defer recognizing the likely credit loss of a valueless asset even though partial recovery may occur in the future.
In accordance with ASC 450, historical valuation allowances are established for loan pools with similar risk characteristics common to each loan grouping. The Company’s loan portfolio is evaluated by general loan class including commercial, commercial real estate (which includes construction and other real estate), residential real estate (which includes 1-4 family and home equity loans), consumer and other loans.
These loan pools are similarly risk-graded and each portfolio is evaluated by identifying all relevant risk characteristics that are common to these segmented groups of loans. These characteristics include a significant emphasis on historical losses within each loan group, inherent risks for each, and specific loan class characteristics such as trends related to nonaccrual loans, past due loans, criticized loans, net charge offs or recoveries, among other relevant credit risk factors. Management periodically reviews and updates its historical loss ratios based on net charge off experience for each loan class. Other credit risk factors are also reviewed periodically and adjusted as necessary to account for any changes in potential loss exposure.
General valuation allowances, as prescribed by ASC 450, are based on qualitative factors such as changes in asset quality trends, concentrations of credit or changes in concentrations of credit, changes in underwriting standards, changes in experience or depth of lending staff or management, the effectiveness of loan grading and the internal loan review function, and any other relevant factors. Management evaluates each qualitative component quarterly to determine the associated risks to the quality of the Company’s loan portfolio.
NOTE 6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
The following table presents the major components of premises and equipment at December 31, 2012 and 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2012 |
2011 |
||||||
| Land |
$ | 1,768 | $ | 1,508 | ||||
| Land improvements |
195 | 195 | ||||||
| Bank buildings |
8,395 | 8,393 | ||||||
| Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
7,330 | 6,842 | ||||||
| Construction in progress |
411 | 113 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total premises and equipment |
18,099 | 17,051 | ||||||
| Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(8,363 | ) | (7,745 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Premises and equipment, net |
$ | 9,736 | $ | 9,306 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The Company records depreciation expense on a straight-line basis for all depreciable assets. Depreciation expense totaled $874 thousand, $833 thousand, and $895 million, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Holding Company’s subsidiaries have entered into a number of non-cancelable lease agreements with respect to various premises.
See Note 19, Commitment and Contingencies in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding rental expense, net of rent income, and minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable lease agreements.
NOTE 7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
In September of 2011, the Bank acquired the payroll processing customer relationships from a local payroll processing sole proprietorship. In accordance to this transaction, the Bank transferred $150 thousand in exchange for eighty-one customer relationships. As a result of this transaction, the Bank recognized an intangible asset equal to the amount of consideration transferred. Based on observations of our current payroll customer relationships, the intangible asset will be amortized over a three year period.
95
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company has the following amounts related to intangible assets:
| (Dollars in thousands) | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||||||
| Gross Carrying Amount |
Accumulated Amortization |
Gross Carrying Amount |
Accumulated Amortization |
|||||||||||||
| Payroll customer relationships |
$ | 150 | $ | 95 | 150 | $ | 12 | |||||||||
No significant residual value is estimated for the intangible asset. Aggregate amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, totaled $95 thousand and $12, respectively. The following table represents the total estimated amortization of intangible assets for the five succeeding years:
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||
| For the Year Ended December 31, |
Estimated Amortization Expense |
|||
| 2013 |
$ | 31 | ||
| 2014 |
$ | 24 | ||
| 2015 |
$ | 0 | ||
| 2016 |
$ | 0 | ||
NOTE 8. OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED
The following table presents the changes in OREO, net of valuation allowance, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Years Ended December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 3,731 | $ | 2,288 | $ | 2,880 | ||||||
| Additions to other real estate owned |
6,238 | 5,033 | 4,559 | |||||||||
| Dispositions of other real estate owned |
(6,483 | ) | (3,033 | ) | (3,580 | ) | ||||||
| Valuation adjustments in the period |
(425 | ) | (557 | ) | (1,571 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 3,061 | $ | 3,731 | $ | 2,288 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
For the year ended December 31, 2012, the recorded investment in OREO was $3.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company transferred foreclosed property from twenty-six loans in the amount of $6.8 million to OREO and adjusted the balances through charges to the ALLL in the amount of $561 thousand relating to the transferred foreclosed property. During this period, the Company sold twenty-four properties with balances of $6.5 million for a net loss of $1.1 million, and recorded $425 thousand in write downs of existing OREO in other noninterest expense. The December 31, 2012 OREO balance consists of sixteen properties, of which twelve are secured with 1-4 family residential real estate in the amount of $947 thousand. The remaining four properties consist of improved commercial land in the amount of $750 thousand, two commercial real estate properties in the amount of $1.3 million and a vacant residential lot in the amount of $24 thousand.
NOTE 9. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
On August 31, 2012, with an effective date of June 30, 2012, the Holding Company sold its 51% ownership interest (capital stock) in the Mortgage Company, a residential mortgage banking company headquartered in San Ramon, California. The Mortgage Company operates twenty-one offices in the states of California and Colorado, and is licensed to do business in California, Colorado, Oregon, Nevada and Texas. The Holding Company purchased a controlling interest in the Mortgage Company in May 2009, by acquiring 51% of its capital stock.
Under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, the purchaser acquired Bank of Commerce Holdings’ 51% interest at a price of $5.2 million. In exchange for Bank of Commerce Holdings’ 51% share of the Mortgage Company’s equity, Bank of Commerce Holdings received consideration of $321 thousand in cash ($521 thousand, net of $200 thousand earn out payment), and a promissory note in the amount of $4.7 million. Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Bank will remain 51% liable to any losses or damages arising from any loan buyback agreements in connection with the business of the Company entered into after the date of the closing of the original Stock Purchase Agreement and prior to June 30, 2012. The existing shareholder will be responsible for 49% of any losses or damages arising from such loan buyback agreements. As of December 31, 2012, from the inception of the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company has not realized or incurred any losses arising from loan buybacks.
96
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Payments on the promissory note are generally due over a five year period but potentially subject to a deferral period, based on a prescribed payment schedule commencing in 2013, with 35% due year one, 25% due year two, 20% due year three, 15% due year four and 5% due year five. The promissory note carries a zero rate of interest and the obligation is generally guaranteed by the continuing shareholder of the Mortgage Company. The transaction is expected to be cash flow neutral, with $5.2 million resulting in a return of capital. The Company believes the transaction puts both parties in the best position for other strategic growth opportunities. The Mortgage Company will continue its operations under a different assumed name.
The transaction provides for a continued relationship between Bank of Commerce Holdings and the Mortgage Company. Accordingly, the Company will continue to provide the Mortgage Company a warehouse line of credit, and will continue to participate in the early purchase program.
The warehouse line of credit provides the Mortgage Company with additional funding capacity of $10.0 million, based on a percentage of mortgage loans, which are pledged as collateral against the advances received. Advances are due to be repaid upon the earlier of the sale of the mortgage loans that are pledged as collateral or specific period of time from the date on which the advance is received. Interest is payable when the loans are repurchased and accrues at a rate that fluctuates with prime and the applicable margins. The agreement contains certain financial covenants concerning maximum debt to equity, minimum net worth, working capital requirements and profitability, all of which were met as of December 31, 2012. The outstanding warehouse line balances at December 31, 2012 and December 30, 2011 were $7.5 million and $9.7 million, respectively.
Under the early purchase program, the former mortgage subsidiary will continue to sell undivided participation ownership interests in mortgage loans with recourse to the Bank. The maximum amount of loans the Bank will own at any time may not exceed 80% of the Bank’s total risk based capital. At December 31, 2012, the Mortgage Company had sold the Bank a participation interest in loans amounting to $65.1 million, or 49% of the Bank’s total risk based capital. (NOTE 1)
The disposal of the Mortgage Company, which was accounted for as a segment of the Company, resulted in a $746 thousand loss. Accordingly, discontinued operations accounting was applied and the loss was incorporated under the caption Discontinued Operations, within the line item “income from discontinued operations” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations incorporated in this document.
The following table presents detailed information on the accounting transactions that resulted in a loss on disposal of discontinued operations:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||
| Amount | ||||
| Fair value of consideration received |
||||
| Fair value of the promissory note |
$ | 3,941 | ||
| Cash payment |
521 | |||
| Carrying amount of the noncontrolling interest |
3,476 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total fair value of consideration received and carrying amount of noncontrolling interest |
7,938 | |||
| Less: The carrying amount of the former subsidiary’s assets and liabilities |
8,684 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total loss on disposal of discontinued operations |
$ | (746 | ) | |
|
|
|
|||
The table below presents the expected future cash flows from payments of the promissory note discounted at 10% as of December 31, 2012:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Annual Amount |
Discount Rate |
Present Value |
Discount | ||||||||||||
| Year 1 |
$ | 1,523 | 10 | % | $ | 1,436 | $ | 87 | ||||||||
| Year 2 |
1,113 | 10 | % | 950 | 163 | |||||||||||
| Year 3 |
879 | 10 | % | 680 | 199 | |||||||||||
| Year 4 |
586 | 10 | % | 413 | 173 | |||||||||||
| Year 5 |
175 | 10 | % | 113 | 62 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 4,276 | $ | 3,592 | $ | 684 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
97
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The fair value of the promissory note is recorded in the caption other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets incorporated in this document. The promissory note was initially discounted by $746 thousand on the transaction date. Subsequently, during December of 2012, the Company received the first payment of $410 thousand, resulting in a $62 thousand adjustment to the discount. The remaining discount will be accreted over the five year term of the promissory note and will be recorded as an adjustment to noninterest income in subsequent Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following table presents summarized financial information for discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. The amounts represented are net of intercompany transactions.
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| Interest on fees and loans |
$ | 969 | $ | 1,054 | $ | 947 | ||||||
| Interest on other borrowings |
1,032 | 1,122 | 1,005 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net interest income |
(63 | ) | (68 | ) | (58 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Mortgage banking revenue, net |
10,614 | 13,879 | 13,805 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Noninterest income |
10,614 | 13,879 | 13,805 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Salaries and related benefits |
6,807 | 8,832 | 6,835 | |||||||||
| Occupancy and equipment expense |
672 | 962 | 1,387 | |||||||||
| Professional service fees |
695 | 1,252 | 437 | |||||||||
| Other expenses |
1,096 | 1,253 | 2,983 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Noninterest expense |
9,270 | 12,299 | 11,642 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Income from operations |
1,281 | 1,512 | 2,105 | |||||||||
| Loss on disposal of Mortgage Subsidiary |
(746 | ) | 0 | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| (Loss) income from discontinued operations |
535 | 1,512 | 2,105 | |||||||||
| Income tax (benefit) expense associated with income from discontinued operations |
331 | 392 | 1,116 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net (loss) income from discontinued operations |
204 | 1,120 | 989 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Less: Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest |
348 | 549 | 254 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net (loss) income from discontinued operations attributable to controlling interest |
$ | (144 | ) | $ | 571 | $ | 735 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The following table presents discontinued operations assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011.
| December 31, 2011 |
||||
| ASSETS |
||||
| Cash and due from banks |
$ | 1,835 | ||
| Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at fair value |
16,092 | |||
| Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost of market |
3,759 | |||
| Bank premises and equipment, net |
447 | |||
| Goodwill and other intangible assets, net |
3,695 | |||
| Other assets |
3,003 | |||
| Intercompany eliminations |
(12,377 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Assets of discontinued operations |
$ | 16,454 | ||
|
|
|
|||
| LIABILITIES |
||||
| Mortgage warehouse lines of credit |
17,284 | |||
| Other liabilities |
4,373 | |||
| Intercompany eliminations |
(12,377 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Liabilities of discontinued operations |
$ | 9,280 | ||
|
|
|
|||
98
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 10. OTHER ASSETS
Other assets consist of the following at December 31, 2012, and 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | |||||||
| Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance policies |
$ | 15,507 | $ | 10,123 | ||||
| Deferred tax asset, net |
7,959 | 5,471 | ||||||
| Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
5,875 | 6,654 | ||||||
| Promissory note receivable |
3,592 | 0 | ||||||
| Interest receivable on loans |
1,993 | 2,270 | ||||||
| California affordable housing credits |
1,490 | 1,902 | ||||||
| Interest receivable on investment securities |
1,222 | 1,565 | ||||||
| Investment in unconsolidated trusts |
465 | 465 | ||||||
| Prepaid expenses |
422 | 345 | ||||||
| Prepaid Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance assessments |
401 | 1,169 | ||||||
| Taxes receivable |
0 | 829 | ||||||
| Other |
481 | 1,127 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 39,407 | $ | 31,920 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
NOTE 11. INCOME TAXES
The following table presents components of income tax (benefit) expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Current | Deferred | Total | |||||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2012: |
||||||||||||
| Federal |
$ | 4,520 | $ | (1,643 | ) | $ | 2,877 | |||||
| State |
1,063 | (500 | ) | 563 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 5,583 | $ | (2,143 | ) | $ | 3,440 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2011: |
||||||||||||
| Federal |
$ | 2,154 | $ | 567 | $ | 2,721 | ||||||
| State |
(47 | ) | 162 | 115 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 2,107 | $ | 729 | $ | 2,836 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Year ended December 31, 2010: |
||||||||||||
| Federal |
$ | 3,948 | $ | (1,421 | ) | $ | 2,527 | |||||
| State |
749 | (117 | ) | 632 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| $ | 4,697 | $ | (1,538 | ) | $ | 3,159 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The Company’s effective tax rate is derived from the sum of income tax expense for continuing operations divided by the sum of income from continuing operations. The following table presents a reconciliation of income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate to the actual effective rate for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010:
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| Income tax at the federal statutory rate |
34.00 | % | 34.00 | % | 34.00 | % | ||||||
| State franchise tax, net of federal tax benefit |
3.74 | % | (0.01 | %) | 3.58 | % | ||||||
| Tax-exempt interest |
(7.74 | %) | (7.16 | %) | (5.58 | %) | ||||||
| Officer life insurance |
(1.30 | %) | (1.45 | %) | (1.29 | %) | ||||||
| Affordable housing credits |
(1.59 | %) | (2.03 | %) | (0.99 | %) | ||||||
| Other |
2.03 | % | 3.42 | % | (2.58 | %) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Effective Tax Rate |
29.14 | % | 26.77 | % | 27.14 | % | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income tax expense attributable to income before income taxes differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 34% to income before income taxes.
99
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table reflects the effects of temporary differences that give rise to the components of the net deferred tax asset (recorded in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Deferred tax assets in the amount of $201 thousand, and deferred tax liabilities in the amount of $49 thousand associated with discontinued operations reported during the year ended December 31, 2011, have been reclassified for comparison purposes, and are recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets under the caption assets and liabilities attributable to discontinued operations, respectively.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2012 | 2011 | ||||||
| Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
| State franchise taxes |
$ | 317 | $ | 70 | ||||
| Deferred compensation |
3,019 | 2,765 | ||||||
| Loan loss reserves |
5,048 | 4,799 | ||||||
| Other |
1,899 | 272 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total deferred tax assets |
$ | 10,283 | $ | 7,906 | ||||
| Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
| Depreciation |
$ | (124 | ) | $ | (171 | ) | ||
| Deferred loan origination costs |
(428 | ) | (349 | ) | ||||
| Deferred state taxes |
(776 | ) | (605 | ) | ||||
| Unrealized gains other comprehensive income |
(875 | ) | (1,220 | ) | ||||
| Other – California Affordable Housing |
(121 | ) | (90 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total deferred tax liabilities |
$ | (2,324 | ) | $ | (2,435 | ) | ||
| Net deferred tax asset |
$ | 7,959 | $ | 5,471 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The Company has determined that it is not required to establish a valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets as management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets of $10.3 million and $7.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, will be realized principally through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences. Management further believes that future taxable income will be sufficient to realize the benefits of temporary deductible differences that cannot be realized through the reversal of future temporary taxable differences.
In October 2006, the Company invested in the California Affordable Housing Fund – 2006 I, LLC. The investment provides funding for low income housing projects in our local markets in return for federal and state tax credits. The original commitment of $2.5 million was fully funded as of December 31, 2009. Subsequent to funding, the Company received federal and state tax credits through the years ended December 31, 2011. Beginning in 2012, the state tax credits benefits expired, however the Company will continue to receive federal tax credit benefits through 2023. The tax benefit summary provided by the California Affordable Housing Fund – 2006 I, LLC for federal and state tax credits was $158 and $0 thousand, $158 thousand and $28 thousand, $158 and $110 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
Additionally, the Company has no unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2012 and 2011. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the State of California. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal or state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2008.
NOTE 12. DEPOSITS
The following table presents the major types of interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2012 and 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | |||||||
| Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) |
$ | 112,131 | $ | 44,949 | ||||
| Savings and money market |
216,825 | 223,660 | ||||||
| Time, $100,000 and over |
199,388 | 214,184 | ||||||
| Time less than $100,000 |
55,234 | 68,634 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total interest bearing deposits |
$ | 583,578 | $ | 551,427 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
100
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table presents interest expense for each deposit type for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| Negotiable order of withdrawal (NOW) |
$ | 240 | $ | 184 | $ | 224 | ||||||
| Savings and money market |
764 | 1,395 | 1,665 | |||||||||
| Time, $100,000 and over |
2,853 | 3,608 | 4,464 | |||||||||
| Time less than $100,000 |
844 | 1,304 | 1,687 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total interest bearing deposits |
$ | 4,701 | $ | 6,491 | $ | 8,040 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
The following table presents the scheduled maturities of all time deposits as of December 31, 2012:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||
| Amounts due in: |
||||
| One year or less |
$ | 146,378 | ||
| One to three years |
91,218 | |||
| Three to five years |
3,271 | |||
| Over five years |
13,755 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total time deposits |
$ | 254,622 | ||
|
|
|
|||
The following table presents the scheduled maturities of time deposits of $100 thousand or more as of December 31, 2012:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||
| Amounts due in: |
||||
| Three months or less |
$ | 47,895 | ||
| Over three months through six months |
28,696 | |||
| Over six months through twelve months |
37,041 | |||
| Over twelve months |
85,756 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total time deposits |
$ | 199,388 | ||
|
|
|
|||
NOTE 13. FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED
At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had no outstanding federal funds purchased balances. The Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) totaling $73.2 million at December 31, 2012. The Bank had available lines of credit with the Federal Reserve totaling $28.4 million subject to certain collateral requirements, namely the amount of certain pledged loans. The Bank had uncommitted federal funds line of credit agreements with additional financial institutions totaling $30.0 million at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, the lines of credit had interest rates ranging from 0.28% to 1.09%. Availability of the lines is subject to federal funds balances available for loan, continued borrower eligibility and are reviewed and renewed periodically throughout the year. These lines are intended to support short-term liquidity needs, and the agreements may restrict consecutive day usage.
NOTE 14. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
The following table presents information regarding securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2012 and 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
| Repurchase Amount |
Weighted Average Interest Rate |
Carrying Value of Underlying Assets |
Market Value of Underlying Assets |
|||||||||||||
| December 31, 2012 |
$ | 13,095 | 0.15 | % | $ | 17,390 | $ | 17,390 | ||||||||
| December 31, 2011 |
$ | 13,779 | 0.19 | % | $ | 17,146 | $ | 17,146 | ||||||||
The securities underlying agreements to repurchase entered into by the Bank are for the same securities originally sold, with a one-day maturity. In all cases, the Bank maintains control over the securities. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase averaged approximately $14.2 million and $14.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The maximum amount
101
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
outstanding at any month end for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $16.3 million and $16.7 million, respectively. Agency mortgage backed securities, agency notes are pledged as collateral in an amount equal to, or greater than the repurchase agreements.
NOTE 15. TERM DEBT
The Bank had outstanding secured advances from the FHLB at December 31, 2012 and 2011 of $125.0 million and $109.0 million, respectively.
Future contractual maturities of FHLB term advances at December 31, 2012 are as follows:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||
| Year |
Amount | |||
| 2013 |
$ | 115,000 | ||
| 2014 |
0 | |||
| 2015 |
10,000 | |||
| 2016 |
0 | |||
| Thereafter |
0 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total FHLB advances |
$ | 125,000 | ||
|
|
|
|||
The maximum amount outstanding from the FHLB under term advances at any month end during 2012 and 2011 was $125.0 million and $141.0 million, respectively. The average balance outstanding on FHLB term advances during 2012 and 2011 was $110.4 million and $115.5 million, respectively. The weighted average interest rates on the borrowings at December 31, 2012 and 2011, was 0.39% and 0.39%, respectively.
The FHLB borrowings are secured by an investment in FHLB stock, certain real estate mortgage loans which have been specifically pledged to the FHLB pursuant to their collateral requirements, and securities held in the Bank’s investment securities portfolio. As of December 31, 2012, based upon the level of FHLB advances, the Company was required to hold an investment in FHLB stock of $5.9 million. Furthermore, the Company has pledged $250.9 million of its commercial and real estate mortgage loans, and has borrowed $125.0 million against the pledged loans. As of December 31, 2012, the Company held $10.7 million in securities with the FHLB for pledging purposes. All of the securities pledged to the FHLB were unused as collateral as of December 31, 2012.
102
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 16. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
As of December 31, 2012, the Company had two wholly-owned trusts (“Trusts”) formed in 2003 and 2005 to issue trust preferred securities and related common securities. The Company has not consolidated the accounts of the Trusts in its consolidated financial statements.
Following is information about the Trusts as of December 31, 2012
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Trust Name |
Issue Date | Issued Amount |
Rate (1) | Effective Rate (2) |
Maturity Date | Redemption Date |
||||||||||||||||||
| Bank of Commerce Holdings Trust |
March 18,2003 | $ | 5,155 | Floating | (3) | 3.64 | % | April 7, 2033 | (5) | |||||||||||||||
| Bank of Commerce Holdings Trust II |
July 29, 2005 | 10,310 | Floating | (4) | 1.88 | % | September 15, 2035 | (6) | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 15,465 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| (1) | Contractual interest rate of junior subordinated debentures. |
| (2) | Effective rate as of December 31, 2012. |
| (3) | Rate based on three month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 3.30% adjusted quarterly. The rate increase is capped at 2.75% annually and the lifetime cap is 12.5%. |
| (4) | Rate based on three month LIBOR plus 1.58% adjusted quarterly. |
| (5) | Redeemable on quarterly payment dates. |
| (6) | Redeemable at the Company’s option on any March 15, June 15, September 15, or December 15. |
The $15.5 million of trust preferred securities issued to the Trusts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, are reflected as junior subordinated debentures in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The common stock issued by the Trusts is recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and totaled $465 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011.
All of the debentures issued to the Trusts, less the common stock of the Trusts, qualified as Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2012, under guidance issued by the Federal Reserve Board.
Effective March 31, 2011, the Federal Reserve Board implemented new limits on the inclusion of restricted core capital elements in Tier 1 capital of bank holding companies. The new provisions allow for the aggregate amount of trust preferred securities and certain other restricted core capital elements to be limited to one-third of the sum of unrestricted core capital elements, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability associated with the goodwill.
At December 31, 2012, the Company’s restricted core capital elements were 14% of total core capital, net of goodwill and any associated deferred tax liability.
NOTE 17. OTHER LIABILITIES
Other liabilities consist of the following at December 31, 2012 and 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | |||||||
| Derivatives |
$ | 4,085 | $ | 1,596 | ||||
| Deferred compensation – directors fees |
3,218 | 3,095 | ||||||
| Deferred compensation – salary continuation |
3,132 | 2,519 | ||||||
| Accrued employee cash rewards |
713 | 634 | ||||||
| Dividend payable on common and preferred stock |
675 | 771 | ||||||
| Reserve for off-balance sheet commitments |
499 | 422 | ||||||
| Deferred compensation – retired officers |
383 | 553 | ||||||
| Interest payable |
198 | 309 | ||||||
| Interest payable Junior Subordinated Debentures |
53 | 49 | ||||||
| Earn out payable, fair value |
0 | 600 | ||||||
| Other |
1,535 | 725 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 14,491 | $ | 11,273 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
103
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 18. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND RETIREMENT PLANS
Profit sharing plan – In 1985, the Company adopted a profit sharing 401(k) plan for eligible employees to be funded out of the earnings of the Company. The employees’ contributions are limited to the maximum amount allowable under IRS Section 402(G). The Company’s contributions include a matching contribution of 100% of the first 3% of salary deferred and 50% of the next 2% of salary deferred. Discretionary contributions are also permitted. The Company made matching contributions aggregating $308 thousand, $250 thousand, and $249 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. No discretionary contributions were made over the three year reporting period.
Salary continuation plan – In April 2001, the Board of Directors approved the implementation of the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP), which is a non-qualified executive benefit plan in which the Bank agrees to pay certain executives covered by the SERP plan additional benefits in the future in return for continued satisfactory performance by the executives.
Benefits under the salary continuation plan include a benefit generally payable commencing upon a designated retirement date for a fixed period of ten to twenty years, disability or termination of employment, and a death benefit for the participants designated beneficiaries. Key-man life insurance policies were purchased as an investment to provide for the Bank’s contractual obligation to pay pre-retirement death benefits and to recover the Bank’s cost of providing benefits. The executive is the insured under the policy, while the Bank is the owner and beneficiary.
The assets of the SERP, under Internal Revenue Service Regulations, are the property of the Company and are available to the Company’s general creditors. The insured executive has no claim on the insurance policy, its cash value or the proceeds thereof.
The retirement benefit is derived from accruals to a benefit account during the participant’s employment. Compensation expense under the salary continuation plan totaled $349 thousand, $384 thousand, and $343 thousand for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the vested benefit payable was $3.1 million, $2.5 million, and $2.0 million respectively.
Retired employees deferred compensation – Effective April 1, 1990, the Board of Directors approved an Employee Deferred Compensation plan for two executives, which is a non-qualified plan in which the selected employees may elect to defer all or any part of their compensation to be payable to the employee upon retirement over a period not to exceed fifteen years. Interest on retired employees deferred compensation is fixed at 10% per the plan. Participants in this plan have since retired and funds are being disbursed. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the vested benefit payable was $383 thousand, $553 thousand and $692 thousand, respectively.
Directors deferred fee compensation – Effective January 1, 1993, the Board of Directors approved the implementation of the Directors Deferred Fee Compensation Plan, which is a non-qualified plan in which a Director may elect to defer the payment of all or any part of the fee compensation in which such director would otherwise be entitled to as director’s fees or committee fees to be payable upon retirement of the director in a lump sum distribution or over a period not to exceed fifteen years. Directors are granted the option of having their deferred payments accrue interest at a rate of prime plus 3.25% or a fixed rate of 10%.
Deferred compensation expense totaled $594 thousand, $533 thousand, and $493 thousand at December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the vested benefit payable was $3.2 million, $3.1 million, and $2.9 million, respectively.
104
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Lease Commitments – The Company leases two sites under non-cancelable operating leases. The leases contain various provisions for increases in rental rates, based either on changes in the published Consumer Price Index or a predetermined escalation schedule. Substantially all of the leases provide the Company with the option to extend the lease term one or more times following expiration of the initial term.
Rent expense reported in continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $439 thousand, $465 thousand and $532 thousand, respectively. Rent expense was offset by rent income reported in continuing operations of $81 thousand, $58 thousand and $10 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2012, the future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||
| Amounts due in: |
||||
| 2013 |
$ | 344 | ||
| 2014 |
390 | |||
| 2015 |
422 | |||
| 2016 |
433 | |||
| 2017 |
370 | |||
| Thereafter |
1,470 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 3,429 | ||
|
|
|
|||
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk – The Company’s financial statements do not reflect various commitments and contingent liabilities that arise in the normal course of the Bank’s business and involve elements of credit, liquidity, and interest rate risk.
The following table presents a summary of the Bank’s commitments and contingent liabilities as of December 31:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2012 | 2011 | ||||||
| Commitments to extend credit |
$ | 144,333 | $ | 132,051 | ||||
| Standby letters of credit |
3,012 | 3,149 | ||||||
| Guaranteed commitments outstanding |
1,290 | 1,274 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total commitments |
$ | 148,635 | $ | 136,474 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet credit risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Those instruments involve elements of credit and interest rate risk similar to the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of the Bank’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.
The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees written, is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any covenant or condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
While most standby letters of credit are not utilized, a significant portion of such utilization is on an immediate payment basis. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if it is deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral varies but may include cash, accounts receivable, inventory, premises and equipment and income-producing commercial properties.
105
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including international trade finance, commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.
The Bank holds cash, marketable securities, or real estate as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The Bank was not required to perform on any financial guarantees for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. However, the Bank recognized a loss in connection with a standby letter of credit during the year ended December 31, 2012, which resulted in a $73 thousand charge to the reserve for unfunded commitments. The Bank did not recognize any losses on standby letters of credits for the year ended December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2012, approximately $2.7 million of standby letters of credit expire within one year, and $348 thousand expire thereafter.
The reserve for unfunded commitments, which is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, was $499 thousand and $499 thousand at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. The adequacy of the reserve for unfunded commitments is reviewed on a monthly basis, based upon changes in the amount of commitments, loss experience, and economic conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company provided additional provisions of $150 thousand to the reserve for unfunded commitments. The provision expense was recorded in other noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Legal Proceedings – The Company is involved in various pending and threatened legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company maintains reserves for losses from legal actions, which are both probable and estimable. In the opinion of management, the disposition of claims currently pending will not have a material adverse affect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
Concentrations of Credit Risk – As discussed in Note 1, the Company, pursuant to a purchase agreement, acquires from its former mortgage subsidiary, undivided participation ownership interests, subject to take out commitments to third party investors, in real estate mortgage loans to customers throughout California, Oregon, Washington, and Colorado. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has approximately $65 million outstanding under the agreement. There were no outstanding balances in 2011. The majority of the mortgage loans were sold and removed from the balance sheet by February 28, 2013. In addition, the Company grants real estate construction, commercial, and installment loans to customers throughout northern California. In management’s judgment, a concentration exists in real estate-related loans, which represented approximately 65% and 72% of the Company’s gross loan and lease portfolio at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. Commercial real estate concentrations are managed to assure wide geographic and business diversity. Although management believes such concentrations have no more than the normal risk of collectability, a substantial decline in the economy in general, material increases in interest rates, changes in tax policies, tightening credit or refinancing markets, or a decline in real estate values in the Company’s primary market areas in particular, as we witnessed with the deterioration in the residential development market since 2007, could have an adverse impact on the repayment of these loans. Personal and business incomes, proceeds from the sale of real property, or proceeds from refinancing, represent the primary sources of repayment for a majority of these loans.
The Bank recognizes the credit risks inherent in dealing with other depository institutions. Accordingly, to prevent excessive exposure to any single correspondent, the Bank has established general standards for selecting correspondent banks as well as internal limits for allowable exposure to any single correspondent. In addition, the Bank has an investment policy that sets forth limitations that apply to all investments with respect to credit rating and concentrations with an issuer.
106
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 20. DERIVATIVES
In the normal course of business the Company is subject to risk from adverse fluctuations in interest rates. To mitigate interest rate risk and market risk, we enter into interest rate swaps with counterparties. Derivative instruments are used to manage interest rate risk relating to specific groups of assets and liabilities, such as fixed rate loans or wholesale borrowings. The Company does not use derivative instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The counterparties to the interest rate swaps and forwards are major financial institutions.
The Company’s objective in managing exposure to market risk is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flow. The extent to which the Company uses such instruments is dependent on its access to these contracts in the financial markets.
Derivative financial instruments contain an element of credit risk if counterparties are unable to meet the terms of the agreements. Credit risk associated with derivative financial instruments is measured as the net replacement cost should the counterparties that owe us under the contract completely fail to perform under the terms of those contracts, assuming no recoveries of underlying collateral as measured by the market value of the derivative financial instrument.
FASB ASC 815-10 requires companies to recognize all derivative instruments as assets or liabilities at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. In accordance with ASC 815-10, the Company designates interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of forecasted variable rate FHLB advances.
No components of the hedging instruments are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. All changes in fair value of outstanding derivatives in cash flow hedges, except any ineffective portion, are recorded in OCI until earnings are impacted by the hedged transaction. Classification of the gain or loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations upon release from comprehensive income is the same as that of the underlying exposure.
When the Company discontinues hedge accounting because it is no longer probable that an anticipated transaction will occur in the originally expected period, or within an additional two-month period thereafter, changes to fair value accumulated in OCI are recognized immediately in earnings.
During August 2010, the Company entered into five forward starting interest rate swap contracts, to hedge interest rate risk associated with forecasted variable rate FHLB advances. The hedge strategy converts the LIBOR based floating rate of interest on certain forecasted FHLB advances to fixed interest rates, thereby protecting the Company from floating interest rate variability. Contracts outstanding at February 3, 2011, had effective dates and maturities ranging from March 1, 2012 through March 1, 2017.
The following table summarizes the notional amount, effective dates and maturity dates of the forward starting interest rate contracts the Company had outstanding with counterparties as of February 3, 2011. Furthermore, the disclosure indicates as of February 3, 2011, the maximum length of time over which the Company hedged its exposure to variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||||
| Description |
Notional Amount | Effective Date | Maturity | |||||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swap |
$ | 75,000 | March 1, 2012 | September 1, 2012 | ||||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swap |
$ | 75,000 | September 4, 2012 | September 1, 2013 | ||||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swap |
$ | 75,000 | September 3, 2013 | September 1, 2014 | ||||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swap |
$ | 75,000 | September 2, 2014 | September 1, 2015 | ||||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swap |
$ | 75,000 | September 1, 2015 | March 1, 2017 | ||||||||
On February 4, 2011, the Company terminated the forward starting interest rate swap positions disclosed in the table above, and realized $3.0 million in cash from the counterparty, equal to the carrying amount of the derivative at the date of termination. In addition, upon termination of the hedge contract, the Company received the full amount of the collateral posted pursuant to the hedge contract. Concurrent with the termination of the hedge contract, management removed the cash flow hedge designation.
The forward starting swaps were terminated due to continuing uncertainty regarding future economic conditions including the corresponding uncertainty on the timing and extent of future changes in the three month Libor rate index. The $3.0 million in cash received from the counterparty reflects gains to be reclassified into earnings. Accordingly, the net gains will be reclassified from OCI to earnings as a credit to interest expense in the same periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction will affect earnings.
107
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of December 31, 2012, the Company performed on the first two legs of the forecasted transaction by executing forecasted FHLB borrowings of $75.0 million, with maturities that aligned with the respective terminated interest rate swap agreements. Accordingly, during March 2012 through December 31, 2012, net gains of $294 thousand were reclassified out of accumulated OCI and netted with interest expense on other borrowings, reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Management believes the remaining forecasted transactions to be probable.
As of December 31, 2012, the Company estimates that $353 thousand of existing net gains reported in accumulated OCI will be reclassified into earnings within the next twelve months.
During August 2011, the Company entered into four forward starting interest rate swap contracts, to hedge interest rate risk associated with forecasted variable rate FHLB advances. The hedge strategy converts the LIBOR based floating rate of interest on certain forecasted FHLB advances to fixed interest rates, thereby protecting the Company from floating interest rate variability. Contracts outstanding at December 31, 2012, had effective dates and maturities ranging from August 1, 2013, through August 1, 2017.
The following table summarizes the notional amount, effective dates and maturity dates of the forward starting interest rate contracts the Company had outstanding with counterparties as of December 31, 2012. Furthermore, the disclosure indicates the maximum length of time over which the Company is hedging its exposure to variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||||
| Description |
Notional Amount | Effective Date | Maturity | |||||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swap |
$ | 75,000 | August 1, 2013 | August 1, 2014 | ||||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swap |
$ | 75,000 | August 1, 2014 | August 3, 2015 | ||||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swap |
$ | 75,000 | August 3, 2015 | August 1, 2016 | ||||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swap |
$ | 75,000 | August 1, 2016 | August 1, 2017 | ||||||||
The Company also has agreements with its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company fails to maintain its status as a well/adequately capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements. Similarly, the Company could be required to settle its obligations under certain of its agreements if specific regulatory events occur, such as if the Company were issued a prompt corrective action directive or a cease and desist order, or if certain regulatory ratios fall below specified levels.
The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties, and has been required to post collateral against its obligations under these agreements of $4.1 million as of December 31, 2012. Accordingly, the Company pledged one mortgage backed security and two collateralized mortgage backed securities with an aggregate par value of $5.9 million and an aggregate fair market value of $5.7 million. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2012, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value. The collateral posted by the Company exceeds the aggregate fair value of additional assets that would be required to be posted as collateral, if the credit-risk related contingent feature were triggered, or if the instrument were to be settled immediately.
The following table summarizes the types of derivatives, separately by assets and liabilities, their locations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the fair values of such derivatives as of years ended December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011. See Note 23, Fair Values in these Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for additional detail on the valuation of the Company’s derivatives.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Asset Derivatives | Liability Derivatives | ||||||||||||||||
| Description |
Balance Sheet Location |
December 31, 2012 |
December 31, 2011 |
December 31, 2012 |
December 31, 2011 |
|||||||||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swaps (1) |
Other assets/Other liabilities | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 4,085 | $ | 1,596 | |||||||||
| (1) | Derivative designated as hedging instrument. |
108
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table summarizes the types of derivatives, their locations within the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and the gains (losses) recorded for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
December 31, | |||||||||
| Description |
Income Sheet Location |
2012 | 2011 | |||||||
| Forward starting interest rate swaps (1) |
Interest on FHLB borrowings | $ | 500 | $ | 0 | |||||
| (1) | Cash flow hedge designation removed. Gains represent amounts reclassified from accumulated OCI pertaining to the terminated forward starting interest rate swap. |
NOTE 21. SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
On March 23, 2010, the Company filed a Form S-1/A Registration Statement (the “Registration Statement”) with the SEC to offer 7,200,000 shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering (“Offering”). The net proceeds from the Offering were to be used for general corporate purposes, including contributing additional capital to the Bank, supporting ongoing and future anticipated growth, which may include opportunistic acquisitions of whole financial institutions or branches of financial institutions.
On March 29, 2010, the Company announced the successful closing of the Offering. The Company received net proceeds from the Offering of approximately $28.8 million, after underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses.
On April 14, 2010, the Company announced that the underwriters of the Offering of common shares fully exercised their over-allotment option, which resulted in the issuance of an additional 1,080,000 shares of common stock, and approximately $4.4 million in additional net proceeds. The over-allotment option was granted in connection with the Company’s Offering of 7,200,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $4.25 per share. Pursuant to the Offering the Company incurred $460 thousand of capitalized Offering costs that were directly related to the issuance of the common stock.
With the additional proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option, the Company realized total net proceeds from the Offering of approximately $33.0 million, after deducting the underwriting discount and Offering expenses. The exercise of the over-allotment option brought the total number of shares of common stock sold by the Company in the Offering to 8,280,000.
On September 28, 2011, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the Treasury 20,000 shares of its Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, for aggregate proceeds net of issuance costs of $19.9 million. The issuance was pursuant to the Treasury’s Small Business Lending Fund program (SBLF), a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, which encourages lending to small businesses by providing capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion. Simultaneously with the SBLF funds, the Company redeemed the $17 million of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, issued to the Treasury in November 2008 under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (CPP), a part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP). The remainder of the net proceeds was invested by the Company in the Bank as Tier 1 Capital.
The Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends payable quarterly on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1. The dividend rate, which is calculated on the aggregate Liquidation Amount, was initially set at 5% per annum based upon the current level of Qualified Small Business Lending (QSBL) by the Bank. The dividend rate for subsequent dividend periods is based upon the percentage change in qualified lending between each dividend period and the baseline QSBL level established at the time the Agreement was entered into. Such dividend rates vary from 1% per annum to 5% per annum for the second through tenth dividend periods, and from 1% per annum to 7% per annum for the eleventh through the first half of the nineteenth dividend periods. If the Series B Preferred Stock remains outstanding for more than four-and-one-half years, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9%. Prior to that time, in general, the dividend rate decreases as the level of the Bank’s QSBL increases. Such dividends are not cumulative, but the Company may only declare and pay dividends on its common stock (or any other equity securities junior to the Series B Preferred Stock) if it has declared and paid dividends for the current dividend period on the Series B Preferred Stock, and will be subject to other restrictions on its ability to repurchase or redeem other securities. In addition, if (1) the Company has not timely declared and paid dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock for six dividend periods or more, whether or not consecutive, and (2) shares of Series B Preferred Stock with an aggregate liquidation preference of at least $20 million are still outstanding, the Treasury (or any successor holder of Series B Preferred Stock) may designate two additional directors to be elected to the Company’s Board of Directors. The weighted average effective dividend rate as of December 31, 2012 was 1%.
109
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As more completely described in the Certificate of Designation, holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have the right to vote as a separate class on certain matters relating to the rights of holders of Series B Preferred Stock and on certain corporate transactions. Except with respect to such matters and, if applicable, the election of the additional directors described above, the Series B Preferred Stock does not have voting rights.
The Company may redeem the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in whole or in part, at any time at a redemption price equal to the sum of the liquidation amount per share and the per-share amount of any unpaid dividends for the then-current period, subject to any required prior approval by the Company’s primary federal banking regulator.
On October 21, 2011, the Company repurchased and retired the common stock warrant issued to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the TARP CPP, for $125 thousand. This transaction, together with the Company’s redemption of the entire amount of Series A Preferred Stock issued to the U.S. Treasury, represents full repayment of all TARP obligations.
On February 7, 2012, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the purchase of up to 1,019,490 or 6% of its outstanding shares over a twelve-month period. The stock repurchase plan authorized the Company to conduct open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions from time to time when, at management’s discretion, it was determined that market conditions and other factors warrant such purchases. During 2012, the Company purchased the full amount of shares authorized under the stock repurchase plan. All shares were retired subsequent to purchase. See Note 24, Earnings Per Share in these Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for detailed disclosure regarding shares repurchased.
On January 16, 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the purchase of up to 1,000,000 or 6% of its outstanding shares over a twelve-month period. The stock repurchase plan authorizes the Company to conduct open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions from time to time when, at management’s discretion, it was determined that market conditions and other factors warrant such purchases. The shares will be retired subsequent to purchase. As of February 28, 2013, the Company has purchased 125,000 shares according to the respective stock repurchase plan.
Stock Plans – On May 15, 2010 the 1998 Stock Option Plan which was approved by the Company’s shareholders on April 21, 1998 expired and was replaced by the 2008 Stock Option Plan which was approved by the Company’s shareholders on May 20, 2008. The 2008 Stock Option Plan was amended in 2010 with the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (“the Plan”) which was approved by the Company’s shareholders on May 15, 2010. The amended Plan provides for awards in the form of equity awards including stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units which may constitute incentive stock options (“Incentive Options”) under Section 422(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or non-statutory stock options (“NSOs”) to key personnel of the Company, including directors. The Plan provides that Incentive Options under the Plan may not be granted at less than 100% of fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. NSOs may not be granted at less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of the grant. Generally, all options under the plan will vest at 20% per year from the date of the grant. Vesting may be accelerated in case of an optionee’s death, disability, and retirement or in case of a change of control.
For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 stock option compensation expense was $61 thousand ($41 thousand, net of tax), $36 thousand ($24 thousand, net of tax), and $54 thousand ($37 thousand, net of tax), respectively. At December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 there were $103 thousand, $30 thousand, and $60 thousand respectively, of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share based payments. The unrecognized compensation costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of three years.
110
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Activity in stock-based compensation plan
The following table summarizes information about stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:
| Number of Shares | Weighted Average Exercise Price |
Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term |
|||||||||||||
| Options outstanding December 31, 2010 |
300,080 | $ | 8.17 | 0 | 4.07 | |||||||||||
| Granted |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
| Exercised |
0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
| Forfeited |
(85,500 | ) | $ | 7.81 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||
| Options outstanding December 31, 2011 |
214,580 | $ | 8.31 | 0 | 3.60 | |||||||||||
| Granted |
206,600 | $ | 4.05 | $ | 2,655 | 9.17 | ||||||||||
| Exercised |
(4,800 | ) | $ | 4.51 | $ | 4,292 | 7.89 | |||||||||
| Forfeited |
(73,943 | ) | $ | 6.97 | 0 | 1.60 | ||||||||||
| Options outstanding December 31, 2012 |
342,437 | $ | 6.09 | $ | 114,125 | 6.77 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Exercisable at December 31, 2012 |
170,057 | $ | 8.08 | 22.825 | 4.48 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
At December 31, 2012, 438 thousand shares were available for future grants under the Plan. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, 170 thousand shares, 189 thousand shares, and 246 thousand shares, respectively, were available to be exercised. The grant date fair value per share of the 2012, and 2010 awards were $0.74 and $1.20, respectively. The Company did not grant any awards in 2011.
NOTE 22. REGULATORY CAPITAL
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
The capital amounts and the Bank’s prompt corrective action classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes as of December 31, 2012 that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
As of December 31, 2012, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The principal sources of cash for the Holding Company are dividends from the Bank. Dividends from the Bank to the Holding Company are restricted under California law to the lesser of the Bank’s retained earnings or the Bank’s net income for the latest three fiscal years, less dividends previously declared during that period, or, with the approval of the California Superintendent of Banks, to the greater of the retained earnings of the Bank, the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal year, or the net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year. As of December 31, 2011, the maximum amount available for dividend distribution under this restriction was approximately $15,396,582.
The Bank is subject to certain restrictions under the Federal Reserve Act, including restrictions on the extension of credit to affiliates. In particular, it is prohibited from lending to an affiliated company unless the loans are secured by specific types of collateral. Such secured loans and other advances from the subsidiaries are limited to 10% of the Bank’s Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Subsequent to the disposal of the Mortgage Company, the Bank no longer has outstanding advances to affiliates.
111
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented in the following table.
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Actual | For Capital Adequacy Purposes |
To be Well Capitalized |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||||||
| At December 31, 2012: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Company |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Leverage capital (to average assets) |
$ | 125,935 | 13.13 | % | $ | 38,354 | 4.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
$ | 125,935 | 14.53 | % | $ | 34,664 | 4.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
| Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
$ | 136,777 | 15.78 | % | $ | 69,329 | 8.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
| Bank |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Leverage capital (to average assets) |
$ | 121,325 | 12.65 | % | $ | 38,354 | 4.00 | % | $ | 47,943 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
$ | 121,325 | 14.06 | % | $ | 34,518 | 4.00 | % | $ | 51,777 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
| Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
$ | 132,122 | 15.31 | % | $ | 69,036 | 8.00 | % | $ | 86,295 | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||
| At December 31, 2011: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Company |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Leverage capital (to average assets) |
$ | 123,579 | 13.53 | % | $ | 36,541 | 4.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
$ | 123,579 | 15.28 | % | $ | 32,348 | 4.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
| Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
$ | 133,699 | 16.53 | % | $ | 64,696 | 8.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
| Bank |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Leverage capital (to average assets) |
$ | 116,823 | 12.96 | % | $ | 36,047 | 4.00 | % | $ | 45,058 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||
| Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
$ | 116,823 | 14.46 | % | $ | 32,315 | 4.00 | % | $ | 48,473 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||
| Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
$ | 126,933 | 15.71 | % | $ | 64,630 | 8.00 | % | $ | 80,788 | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||
112
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 23. FAIR VALUES
The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, whether or not recognized or recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities defined by the FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, such as Bank premises and equipment, deferred taxes and other liabilities are excluded from the table. In addition, we have not disclosed the fair value of financial instruments specifically excluded from disclosure requirements of FASB ASC 825, Financial Instruments, such as Bank-owned life insurance policies.
| December 31, 2012 | December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Carrying Amounts |
Fair Value | Carrying Amounts |
Fair Value | ||||||||||||
| Financial assets – Continued operations |
||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 45,068 | $ | 45,068 | $ | 47,315 | $ | 47,315 | ||||||||
| Securities available-for-sale |
197,354 | 197,354 | 203,524 | 203,524 | ||||||||||||
| Securities held-to-maturity |
31,483 | 31,493 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
| Portfolio loans, net |
653,260 | 664,119 | 583,787 | 586,565 | ||||||||||||
| Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or fair value |
0 | 0 | 44,517 | 45,705 | ||||||||||||
| Promissory note due from the Mortgage Company |
3,592 | 3,592 | 0 | 0 | ||||||||||||
| Federal Home Loan Bank Stock |
5,875 | 5,875 | 6,654 | 6,654 | ||||||||||||
| Financial assets – Discontinued operations |
||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 803 | $ | 803 | ||||||||
| Mortgages loans held-for-sale, at fair value |
0 | 0 | 16,092 | 16,092 | ||||||||||||
| Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at lower of cost or fair value |
0 | 0 | 3,759 | 3,825 | ||||||||||||
| Derivatives |
0 | 0 | 179 | 179 | ||||||||||||
| Financial liabilities – Continued operations |
||||||||||||||||
| Deposits |
$ | 701,052 | $ | 702,817 | $ | 668,304 | $ | 668,418 | ||||||||
| Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
13,095 | 13,095 | 13,779 | 13,902 | ||||||||||||
| Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
125,000 | 125,231 | 109,000 | 109,200 | ||||||||||||
| Subordinated debenture |
15,465 | 8,109 | 15,465 | 8,013 | ||||||||||||
| Earn out payable |
0 | 0 | 600 | 600 | ||||||||||||
| Derivatives |
4,085 | 4,085 | 1,847 | 1,847 | ||||||||||||
| Financial liabilities – Discontinued operations |
||||||||||||||||
| Deposits |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 1,032 | $ | 1,032 | ||||||||
| Off balance sheet financial instruments: | Contract Amount |
Contract Amount |
||||||
| Commitments to extend credit |
$ | 144,333 | $ | 132,051 | ||||
| Standby letters of credit |
$ | 3,012 | $ | 3,149 | ||||
| Guaranteed commitments outstanding |
$ | 1,290 | $ | 1,274 | ||||
113
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Fair Value Hierarchy
Level 1 valuations utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2 valuations utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 valuations include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3 valuations are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument for which it is practical to estimate that value:
Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash and cash equivalents are a reasonable estimate of fair value. The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the relatively short term between the origination of the instrument and its expected realization. Therefore, the Company believes the measurement of fair value of cash and cash equivalents is derived from Level 1 inputs.
Portfolio loans, net – For variable rate loans that re-price frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. For fixed rate loans, projected cash flows are discounted back to their present value based on specific risk adjusted spreads to the U.S. Treasury Yield Curve, with the rate determined based on the timing of the cash flows. The ALLL is considered to be a reasonable estimate of loan discount for credit quality concerns. Given that there are commercial loans with specific terms that are not readily available; the Company believes the fair value of portfolio loans is derived from Level 3 inputs.
Mortgage loans held-for-sale – Mortgage loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The Company’s mortgage loans held-for-sale are generally sold within seven to twenty days subsequent to funding. The fair value represents the aggregate dollar value in which the loans were sold at in the secondary market subsequent to December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2011, which approximates their fair values as of the end of the reporting periods, respectively. Therefore, the Company believes the measurement of fair value of portfolio loans is derived from Level 2 inputs.
Promissory note due from Mortgage Company – To determine the fair value of the promissory note, the Company discounted the expected future cash flows based on a discount rate derived by the average of the bid/ask yields on debt issued by a large mortgage lender with similar risk characteristics, whose debt is currently traded in an active open market. In addition, a risk premium adjustment was added to incorporate certain inherent risks and credit risks associated with the payment of certain cash flows from the former mortgage subsidiary. Accordingly, the Company derived a 10% discount rate to discount the future expected cash flows over a period of five years. The Company believes the fair value of the promissory note is derived from Level 3 inputs.
FHLB stock – The carrying value of FHLB stock approximates fair value as the shares can only be redeemed by the issuing institution at par. The Company measures the fair value of FHLB stock using Level 1 inputs.
Deposits – The Company measures fair value of maturing deposits using Level 2 inputs. The fair value of deposits was derived by discounting their expected future cash flows back to their present values based on the FHLB yield curve, and their maturities. The Company obtained FHLB yield curve rates as of the measurement date, and believes these inputs fall under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For Deposits with no defined maturities, the fair value is the amount payable on demand at the respective reporting date,
114
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase – The fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase is estimated by discounting the expected contractual cash flows related to the outstanding borrowings at rates equal to the Company’s current offering rate, which approximate general market rates. The Company measures the fair value of securities sold under agreements to repurchase using Level 3 inputs.
FHLB advances – The fair value of the FHLB advances is derived by discounting the cash flows of the fixed rate borrowings by the current FHLB offering rates of borrowings of similar terms, as of the reporting date. For variable rate FHLB borrowings, the carrying value approximates fair value. The Company measures the fair value of FHLB advances using Level 2 inputs.
Subordinated debenture – The fair value of the subordinated debenture is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using market rates at the reporting date, of which similar debentures would be issued with similar credit ratings as ours and similar remaining maturities. At December 31, 2012, future cash flows were discounted at 6.08%. The Company measures the fair value of subordinated debentures using Level 2 inputs.
Commitments – Loan commitments and standby letters of credit generate ongoing fees, which are recognized over the term of the commitment period. In situations where the borrower’s credit quality has declined, we record a reserve for these off-balance sheet commitments. Given the uncertainty in the likelihood and timing of a commitment being drawn upon, a reasonable estimate of the fair value of these commitments is the carrying value of the related unamortized loan fees plus the reserve, which is not material. As such, no disclosures are made on the fair value of commitments.
The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Available-for-sale securities and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. From time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as collateral dependent impaired loans and certain other assets including OREO. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments involve the application of lower of cost or fair value accounting or write downs of individual assets.
The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Fair Value at December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||
| Recurring basis |
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||
| Available-for-sale securities |
||||||||||||||||
| U.S. government and agencies |
$ | 2,946 | $ | 0 | $ | 2,946 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
| Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
58,484 | 57,353 | 1,131 | |||||||||||||
| Corporate securities |
61,556 | 0 | 61,556 | 0 | ||||||||||||
| Other investment securities (1) |
74,368 | 0 | 60,621 | 13,747 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total assets measured at fair value |
$ | 197,354 | $ | 0 | $ | 182,476 | $ | 14,878 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Derivatives – forward starting interest rate swap |
$ | 4,085 | $ | 0 | $ | 4,085 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total liabilities measured at fair value |
$ | 4,085 | $ | 0 | $ | 4,085 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| (1) | Principally represents residential mortgage backed securities issued by both by governmental and nongovernmental agencies, and other asset backed securities. |
115
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Fair Value at December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||||||
| Recurring basis |
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||
| Available-for-sale securities |
||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
$ | 77,326 | $ | 0 | $ | 77,326 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
| Corporate securities |
40,820 | 0 | 40,820 | 0 | ||||||||||||
| Other investment securities (1) |
85,378 | 0 | 85,378 | 0 | ||||||||||||
| Mortgage loans held-for-sale, at fair value (2) |
16,092 | 0 | 16,092 | 0 | ||||||||||||
| Derivatives – interest rate lock commitments (3) |
179 | 0 | 0 | 179 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total assets measured at fair value |
$ | 219,795 | $ | 0 | $ | 219,616 | $ | 179 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Derivatives – forward sales commitments (3) |
$ | 251 | $ | 251 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
| Derivatives – forward starting interest rate swap |
1,596 | 0 | 1,596 | 0 | ||||||||||||
| Earn out payable (4) |
600 | 0 | 0 | 600 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total liabilities measured at fair value |
$ | 2,447 | $ | 251 | $ | 1,596 | $ | 600 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| (1) | Principally represents residential mortgage backed securities issued by both governmental and nongovernmental agencies, and other asset backed securities. |
| (2) | Mortgage loans held-for-sale with amortized cost of $15.6 million were adjusted to a fair value of $16.1 million and are included in the caption assets attributable to discontinued operations, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains from fair value changes are included in the caption net income from discontinued operations disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. |
| (3) | The respective balances are included in assets or liabilities attributable to discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and the associated gains or losses are included in net income from discontinued operations disclosed in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. |
| (4) | The respective balances are included in the caption liabilities attributable to discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. |
Recurring Items – Continuing Operations
Debt Securities – The available-for-sale securities amount in the recurring fair value table above represents securities that have been adjusted to their fair values. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions among other things. The Company has determined that the source of these fair values falls within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Forward starting interest rate swaps – The valuation of the Company’s interest rate swaps were obtained from third party pricing services. The fair values of the interest rate swaps were determined by using a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative. The pricing analysis was based on observable inputs for the contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity and interest rate curves. The Company has determined that the source of these derivatives’ fair values falls within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Earn out payable – The earn out payable amount in the recurring table above represents the fair value of the Company’s earn out incentive agreement with the Company’s former subsidiary Bank of Commerce Mortgage. The noncontrolling shareholder’s of the mortgage subsidiary will earn certain cash payments from the Company, based on targeted results. The fair value of the earn out payable was estimated by using a discounted cash flow model whereby discounting the contractual cash flows expected to be paid out, under the assumption the mortgage subsidiary meets the target results. At December 31, 2011, the Company expected to pay out the remaining incentives during the twelve months of 2012. As such, fair value approximated the carrying value of the liability. The Company determined that the fair values fall within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. During 2012, the remaining earn out incentive proceeds were netted with consideration received by the Company as part of the sales transaction of the Bank of Commerce Mortgage, and the liability was terminated as of July 1, 2012.
116
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following table provides a reconciliation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2012, and 2011. The amount included in the “Beginning balance” column represents the beginning balance of an item in the period (interim quarter) for which it was designated as a Level 3 fair value measure.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Beginning |
Transfers |
Change included earnings |
Purchases |
Sales and |
Ending |
Net change in |
||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
$ | 0 | 1,131 | 0 | 0 | 0 | $ | 1,131 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Mortgage backed securities |
$ | 0 | 13,747 | 0 | 0 | 0 | $ | 13,747 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Derivatives – interest rate lock commitments |
$ | 179 | — | 52 | 231 | $ | 0 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Earn out payable |
$ | 600 | — | — | 600 | $ | 0 | — | ||||||||||||||||||||
| 2011 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Earn out payable |
$ | 986 | 0 | (14 | ) | 0 | (400 | ) | $ | 600 | 0 | |||||||||||||||||
| (1) | Pursuant to the sale of the Mortgage Company effective June 30, 2012, the Company no longer has interest rate lock commitments, and has settled the earn out payable. See Note 9, Discontinued Operations in these Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for further detail on the sale of the Mortgage Company. |
During December of 2012, the Company transferred $1.1 million and $13.7 million in municipal bonds and nonagency mortgage backed securities from Level 2 into Level 3. The Company determined for these securities that the fair values were derived by both observable and unobservable inputs. Accordingly, a Level 3 classification was deemed necessary.
The amounts disclosed below represent the fair values at the time the nonrecurring fair value measurements were made, and not necessarily the fair values as of the date reported upon.
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Fair Value at December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||
| Nonrecurring basis |
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||
| Impaired loans |
$ | 12,865 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 12,865 | ||||||||
| Other real estate owned |
931 | 0 | 0 | 931 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total assets measured at fair value |
$ | 13,796 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 13,796 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| (Dollars in thousands) |
Fair Value at December 31, 2011 | |||||||||||||||
| Nonrecurring basis |
Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||
| Impaired loans |
$ | 9,713 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 9,713 | ||||||||
| Mortgage loans held-for-sale |
1,426 | 0 | 0 | 1,426 | ||||||||||||
| Other real estate owned |
3,059 | 0 | 0 | 3,059 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
| Total assets measured at fair value |
$ | 14,198 | $ | 0 | $ | 0 | $ | 14,198 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
The following table presents the losses resulting from nonrecurring fair value adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| Impaired loans |
$ | 5,296 | $ | 3,873 | $ | 6,726 | ||||||
| Other real estate owned |
435 | 557 | 1,571 | |||||||||
| Goodwill |
0 | 0 | 32 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total |
$ | 5,731 | $ | 4,430 | $ | 8,329 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
117
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the year ended December 31, 2012:
| • | Collateral dependent impaired loans with a carrying amount of $18.2 million were written down to their fair value of $12.9 million resulting in a $5.3 million adjustment to the ALLL. |
| • | One OREO property with a carrying balance of $1.2 million was written down to the fair value of $750 thousand resulting in a $425 thousand impairment charge to earnings. Three properties transferred in with an aggregate carrying value of $191 thousand and were written down to their fair value of $181 thousand, resulting in a $10 thousand adjustment to the ALLL |
The loan amounts above represent impaired, collateral dependent loans that have been adjusted to fair value during the respective reporting period. When we identify a collateral dependent loan as impaired, we measure the impairment using the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs. Depending on the characteristics of a loan, the fair value of collateral is generally estimated by obtaining external appraisals. If we determine that the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, we recognize this impairment and adjust the carrying value of the loan to fair value through the ALLL.
The loss represents charge offs or impairments on collateral dependent loans for fair value adjustments based on the fair value of collateral. The carrying value of loans fully charged off is zero. When the fair value of the collateral is based on a current appraised value, or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records the impaired loan as nonrecurring Level 3.
The OREO amount above represents impaired real estate that has been adjusted to fair value during the respective reporting period. The loss represents impairments on OREO for fair value adjustments based on the fair value of the real estate. The determination of fair value is based on recent appraisals of the foreclosed properties, which take into account recent sales prices adjusted for unobservable inputs, such as opinions provided by local real estate brokers and other real estate experts. The Company records OREO as a nonrecurring Level 3.
Limitations – Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and other information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment, and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Fair value estimates are based on current on and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Other significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include deferred tax assets and liabilities, and property, plant and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of the estimates.
Sensitivity of the Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
Other investments – At December 31, 2012 the Company held nonagency mortgage backed securities with a fair value of $13.8 million classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of these securities are prepayment rates, probabilities of default, and loss severities in the event of default. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in assumptions used for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for the loss severity and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates.
Obligations of states and political subdivisions – At December 31, 2012 the Company held municipal securities with a fair value of $1.1 million classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy classification for these securities differs from the remaining municipal bond portfolio which is classified as Level 2. Generally, for Level 2 municipal securities, the fair values are derived from discounted cash flows based on observable market yields for similarly rated securities with similar maturities.
The three municipal securities that comprise the $1.1 million classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy were not rated by the respective rating agencies as of December 31, 2012. As a result, unobservable inputs were used to derive the risk adjusted discount rate used to discount the expected future cash flows. Significant increases (decreases) in the risk adjusted discount rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in assumptions used for the perceived credit risk is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the discount rate used to discount the cash flows.
118
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 24. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
Basic EPS excludes dilution and is reported separately for continuing operations and discontinued operations. Basic EPS for continuing operations and discontinued operations is computed by dividing net income from continuing operations and discontinued operations available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, respectively. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common shareholders that subsequently shared in the earnings of the entity.
During March and April of 2010, through a successful Offering, the Company issued 8.3 million shares of common stock. In accordance to the Offering, average common shares outstanding increased during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year. During 2012, average common shares outstanding decreased as a result of the treasury stock purchase program.
The following is a computation of basic and diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:
| (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||
| December 31, | ||||||||||||
| Earnings Per Share |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
| NUMERATORS: |
||||||||||||
| Net income from continuing operations |
$ | 7,560 | $ | 6,684 | $ | 5,485 | ||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||
| Preferred stock dividends |
880 | 998 | 850 | |||||||||
| Accretion on preferred stock |
0 | 269 | 90 | |||||||||
| Benefit on repurchase and retirement of common stock warrant (1) |
0 | (324 | ) | 0 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders |
$ | 6,680 | $ | 5,741 | $ | 4,545 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net income from discontinued operations |
$ | 204 | $ | 1,120 | $ | 989 | ||||||
| Less: |
||||||||||||
| Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest |
348 | 549 | 254 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net (loss) income from discontinued operations attributable to controlling interest available to common shareholders |
$ | (144 | ) | $ | 571 | $ | 735 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| DENOMINATORS: |
||||||||||||
| Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic |
16,344 | 16,991 | 14,951 | |||||||||
| Effect of potentially dilutive common shares (2) |
0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - diluted |
16,344 | 16,991 | 14,951 | |||||||||
| EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE: |
||||||||||||
| Basic attributable to continuing operations |
$ | 0.41 | $ | 0.34 | $ | 0.30 | ||||||
| Basic attributable to discontinued operations |
$ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.05 | |||||
| Diluted attributable to continuing operations |
$ | 0.41 | $ | 0.34 | $ | 0.30 | ||||||
| Diluted attributable to discontinued operations |
$ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 0.03 | $ | 0.05 | |||||
| Anti-dilutive options not included in earnings per share calculation |
342,437 | 214,580 | 300,080 | |||||||||
| Anti-dilutive warrants not included in earnings per share calculation |
0 | 0 | 405,405 | |||||||||
| (1) | During October 2011, the Company repurchased and retired the common stock warrant issued to the holders of Series A, preferred stock pursuant to the TARP CPP, for $125 thousand. The transaction resulted in a net benefit of $324 thousand which is reported in retained earnings to common shareholders. See Note 21, Shareholders Equity in these Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding this transaction. |
| (2) | Represents the effects of the assumed exercise of warrants, assumed exercise of stock options, vesting of non-participating restricted shares, and vesting of restricted stock units, based on the treasury stock method. |
119
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
During October 2011, the Company repurchased and retired all of the common stock warrants issued to the holders of Series A, preferred stock pursuant to the TARP CPP, for $125 thousand. The transaction resulted in a net benefit of $324 thousand which is reported in retained earnings to common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2011.
On February 7, 2012, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized the purchase of up to 1,019,490 or 6% of its outstanding shares over a twelve-month period. The stock repurchase plan authorized the Company to conduct open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions from time to time when, at management’s discretion, it was determined that market conditions and other factors warrant such purchases. During 2012, the Company purchased the full amount of shares authorized under the stock repurchase plan. All shares were retired subsequent to purchase.
NOTE 25. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Some of the directors, officers, employees, and principal shareholders of the Company and their associates were customers of and had banking transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business during 2012, and the Bank expects to have such transactions in the future. All deposits, loans and commitments to loans included in such transactions were made in compliance with the applicable laws on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons of similar creditworthiness.
The following table presents a summary of aggregate activity involving related party borrowers for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:
| (Dollars in thousands) |
2012 | 2011 | ||||||
| Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 9,419 | $ | 9,228 | ||||
| New loan additions |
5,643 | 2,309 | ||||||
| Advances on existing lines of credit |
19,074 | 27,145 | ||||||
| Principal repayments |
(19,848 | ) | (29,263 | ) | ||||
| Reclassifications (1) |
(49 | ) | 0 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Balance at end of year |
$ | 14,239 | $ | 9,419 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (1) | Represents loans that were once considered related party but are no longer considered related party, or loans that were not related party that subsequently became related party loans. |
At December 31, 2012 and 2011, deposits of related parties amounted to $12.0 million and $10.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there were no related party loans which were past due or classified. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 there was $6.1 million, and $5.5 million respectively, in outstanding loan commitments to related parties. In the opinion of the Company, these transactions did not involve more than a normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable terms.
120
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 26. PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Condensed Balance Sheets
Year ended December 31,
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | |||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||
| Cash |
$ | 1,735 | $ | 3,321 | ||||
| Participation loans, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $39 thousand in 2010 |
0 | — | ||||||
| Investment in: |
||||||||
| Bank subsidiary |
120,711 | 118,705 | ||||||
| Nonbank subsidiaries |
465 | 4,510 | ||||||
| Promissory note receivable- Mortgage Company |
3,592 | |||||||
| Assets attributable to discontinued operations |
0 | 800 | ||||||
| Other assets |
5 | 5 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total assets |
$ | 126,508 | $ | 127,341 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
| Junior subordinated debentures |
$ | 15,465 | $ | 15,465 | ||||
| Other liabilities |
722 | 1,414 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total liabilities |
16,187 | 16,879 | ||||||
| Shareholders’ equity |
110,321 | 110,462 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
$ | 126,508 | $ | 127,341 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Condensed Statements of Operations
Year Ended December 31,
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| INCOME |
||||||||||||
| Other income |
$ | 91 | $ | 206 | $ | 239 | ||||||
| Dividends from subsidiaries |
6,285 | — | 1,033 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total income |
6,376 | 206 | 1,272 | |||||||||
| EXPENSES |
||||||||||||
| Management fees paid to subsidiaries |
257 | 438 | 313 | |||||||||
| Other expenses |
748 | 586 | 937 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Total expenses |
1,005 | 1,024 | 1,250 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries |
5,371 | (818 | ) | 22 | ||||||||
| Income tax expense |
1 | 1 | 1 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries |
5,370 | (819 | ) | 21 | ||||||||
| Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries |
2,190 | 7,503 | 5,464 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net income from continuing operations |
$ | 7,560 | $ | 6,684 | $ | 5,485 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net income from discontinued operations (net of tax $331, $392 and $1,116 for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively) |
204 | 1,120 | 989 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Less: Net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest |
348 | 549 | 254 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net income attributable to Bank of Commerce Holdings |
$ | 7,416 | $ | 7,255 | $ | 6,220 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Less: Preferred dividends and accretion on preferred stock |
880 | 943 | 940 | |||||||||
| Income available to common shareholders |
$ | 6,536 | $ | 6,312 | $ | 5,280 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
121
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Year Ended December 31,
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
| 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
| OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
| Net income from continuing operations |
$ | 7,560 | $ | 6,684 | $ | 5,485 | ||||||
| Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
| Provision for loan losses |
0 | (39 | ) | 0 | ||||||||
| Compensation associated with stock options |
(1 | ) | 25 | 34 | ||||||||
| Other Assets |
378 | (6 | ) | 0 | ||||||||
| Other Liabilities |
(824 | ) | (144 | ) | (12 | ) | ||||||
| Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries |
(2,190 | ) | (7,503 | ) | (5,464 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net cash provided (used) by operating activities |
4,923 | (983 | ) | 43 | ||||||||
| INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
| Payments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries |
0 | (2,700 | ) | (26,500 | ) | |||||||
| Repayments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries |
0 | 700 | 0 | |||||||||
| Promissory note repayments |
410 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||
| Participation loan payments |
0 | 2,289 | 180 | |||||||||
| Proceeds from sale of mortgage subsidiary |
321 | — | — | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net cash provided (used) by investing activities |
731 | 289 | (26,320 | ) | ||||||||
| FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
| Proceeds from the issuance of Series B, preferred stock, net |
0 | 19,931 | 0 | |||||||||
| Retirement of Series A, preferred stock |
0 | (17,000 | ) | 0 | ||||||||
| Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net |
0 | 0 | 32,971 | |||||||||
| Repurchase of common stock |
(4,305 | ) | 0 | 0 | ||||||||
| Common stock warrant repurchased |
0 | (125 | ) | 0 | ||||||||
| Cash dividends paid on common stock |
(1,988 | ) | (2,039 | ) | (2,575 | ) | ||||||
| Cash dividends paid on preferred stock |
(945 | ) | (998 | ) | (850 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net cash (used) provided by financing activities |
(7,240 | ) | (231 | ) | 29,546 | |||||||
| Changes in cash and cash equivalents |
(1,586 | ) | (925 | ) | 3,269 | |||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
3,321 | 4,246 | 977 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents, end of year |
$ | 1,735 | $ | 3,321 | 4,246 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
122
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 27. GAIN ON SETTLEMENT OF PUT RESERVE
In August of 2010, the Company settled and terminated the put reserve provided on the ITIN loan pool purchase. Prior to the release, the put reserve carried a balance of $2.1 million; the Company received $1.8 million in cash and returned $300 thousand in cash to the seller from the deposit account. Accordingly, the Company recognized a gain upon settlement. As such, no portion of the remaining outstanding principal balance of the ITIN loan portfolio has an accompanying loss guarantee. Management has considered the impact of the lack of loss guarantee in estimating the ALLL related to the ITIN loan portfolio at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The put reserve was part of the April 17, 2009 loan swap transaction in which the Company purchased a pool of ITIN residential mortgages in exchange for a combination of certain nonperforming loans and cash. The put reserve was an irrevocable first loss guarantee from the seller that provided us the right to put back delinquent ITIN loans to the seller that were 90 days or more delinquent up to an aggregate amount of $3.5 million. This guarantee was backed by a seller cash deposit with the Company that was restricted for this sole purpose. The seller’s cash deposit was classified as a deposit liability in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. At the end of the term of the loss guarantee, the Company was required to return the remaining unused cash deposit to the seller.
During the period from March 2010 to September 2010, thirteen ITIN loans with an aggregate principal amount of $1.4 million were returned to the seller under the loss guarantee, reducing the deposit liability to approximately $2.1 million prior to reaching the settlement with the seller to eliminate the loss guarantee arrangement.
NOTE 28. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
The following table presents the components of accumulated OCI and the ending balances for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.
| (Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
| Unrealized Gains on Securities |
Unrealized Gains on Derivatives |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income |
||||||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2010 |
$ | (1,886 | ) | $ | 1,377 | $ | (509 | ) | ||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2011 |
$ | 919 | $ | 826 | $ | 1,745 | ||||||
| Accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2012 |
$ | 2,189 | $ | (931 | ) | $ | 1,258 | |||||
Accumulated OCI in the table above is reported net of related tax effects. Detailed information on the tax effects of the individual components of comprehensive income are presented in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income incorporated in this document.
123
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
NOTE 29. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
The following tables present the summary of results for the eight quarters ended December 31, 2012.
2012
| (Dollars in thousands, except for share information) |
||||||||||||||||||||
| March 31, | June 30, | September 30, | December 31, | Four Quarters |
||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income |
$ | 8,525 | $ | 8,714 | $ | 9,115 | $ | 8,754 | $ | 35,108 | ||||||||||
| Provision for loan and lease losses |
1,300 | 1,650 | 1,900 | 4,550 | 9,400 | |||||||||||||||
| Noninterest income |
1,279 | 1,182 | 1,419 | 2,713 | 6,593 | |||||||||||||||
| Noninterest expense |
5,825 | 5,316 | 5,484 | 5,007 | 21,632 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations before income taxes |
2,679 | 2,930 | 3,150 | 1,910 | 10,669 | |||||||||||||||
| Provision for income tax |
803 | 857 | 923 | 526 | 3,109 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net income from continuing operations |
$ | 1,876 | $ | 2,073 | $ | 2,227 | $ | 1,384 | $ | 7,560 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Discontinued Operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Income (loss) from discontinued operations |
$ | 659 | $ | 622 | $ | (746 | ) | $ | 0 | $ | 535 | |||||||||
| Income tax expense associated with income (loss) from discontinued operations |
299 | 271 | (239 | ) | 0 | 331 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net income (loss) from discontinued operations |
360 | 351 | (507 | ) | 0 | 204 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Less: Net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest |
176 | 172 | 0 | 0 | 348 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to controlling interest |
184 | 179 | (507 | ) | 0 | (144 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net income attributable to Bank of Commerce Holdings |
2,060 | 2,252 | 1,720 | 1,384 | 7,416 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Less: Preferred dividend and accretion on preferred stock |
186 | 248 | 250 | 196 | 880 | |||||||||||||||
| Income available to common shareholders |
$ | 1,874 | $ | 2,004 | $ | 1,470 | $ | 1,188 | $ | 6,536 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Basic earnings per share attributable to continuing operations |
$ | 0.10 | $ | 0.11 | $ | 0.12 | $ | 0.08 | $ | 0.41 | ||||||||||
| Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to discontinued operations |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | $ | (0.03 | ) | $ | 0.00 | $ | (0.01 | ) | ||||||||
| Average basic shares |
16,805 | 16,302 | 16,240 | 16,034 | 16,344 | |||||||||||||||
| Diluted earnings per share attributable to continuing operations |
$ | 0.10 | $ | 0.11 | $ | 0.12 | $ | 0.08 | $ | 0.41 | ||||||||||
| Diluted earnings per share attributable to discontinued operations |
$ | 0.01 | $ | 0.01 | $ | (0.03 | ) | $ | 0.00 | $ | (0.01 | ) | ||||||||
| Average diluted shares |
16,805 | 16,302 | 16,240 | 16,034 | 16,344 | |||||||||||||||
124
Table of Contents
BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2011
| (Dollars in thousands, except for share information) |
||||||||||||||||||||
| March 31, | June 30, | September 30, | December 31, | Four Quarters |
||||||||||||||||
| Net interest income |
$ | 8,704 | $ | 8,521 | $ | 8,444 | $ | 8,486 | $ | 34,155 | ||||||||||
| Provision for loan and lease losses |
2,400 | 2,580 | 2,211 | 1,800 | 8,991 | |||||||||||||||
| Noninterest income |
1,007 | 1,133 | 1,049 | 702 | 3,891 | |||||||||||||||
| Noninterest expense |
4,935 | 5,246 | 4,697 | 5,049 | 19,927 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Income from continuing operations before income taxes |
2,376 | 1,828 | 2,585 | 2,339 | 9,128 | |||||||||||||||
| Provision for income tax |
688 | 346 | 905 | 505 | 2,444 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net income from continuing operations |
$ | 1,688 | $ | 1,482 | $ | 1,680 | $ | 1,834 | $ | 6,684 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Discontinued Operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||
| Income (loss) from discontinued operations |
$ | (305 | ) | $ | (121 | ) | $ | 1,210 | $ | 728 | $ | 1,512 | ||||||||
| Income tax expense associated with income (loss) from discontinued operations |
(257 | ) | (131 | ) | 499 | 281 | 392 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net income (loss) from discontinued operations |
(48 | ) | 10 | 711 | 447 | 1,120 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Less: Net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interest |
(24 | ) | 6 | 348 | 219 | 549 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to controlling interest |
(24 | ) | 4 | 363 | 228 | 571 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Net income attributable to Bank of Commerce Holdings |
1,664 | 1,486 | 2,043 | 2,062 | 7,255 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Less: Preferred dividend and accretion on preferred stock |
235 | 235 | 334 | 139 | 943 | |||||||||||||||
| Income available to common shareholders |
$ | 1,429 | $ | 1,251 | $ | 1,709 | $ | 1,923 | $ | 6,312 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
| Basic earnings per share attributable to continuing operations |
$ | 0.08 | $ | 0.07 | $ | 0.08 | $ | 0.11 | $ | 0.34 | ||||||||||
| Basic earnings per share attributable to discontinued operations |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.02 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.03 | ||||||||||
| Average basic shares |
16,991 | 16,991 | 16,991 | 16,991 | 16,991 | |||||||||||||||
| Diluted earnings per share attributable to continuing operations |
$ | 0.08 | $ | 0.07 | $ | 0.08 | $ | 0.11 | $ | 0.34 | ||||||||||
| Diluted earnings per share attributable to discontinued operations |
$ | 0.00 | $ | 0.00 | $ | 0.02 | $ | 0.01 | $ | 0.03 | ||||||||||
| Average diluted shares |
16,991 | 16,991 | 16,991 | 16,991 | 16,991 | |||||||||||||||
125
Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
There have been no changes in or disagreements with accountants or auditors on accounting and financial disclosure.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its President and Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and implemented, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving an entity’s disclosure objectives. The likelihood of achieving such objectives is affected by limitations inherent in disclosure controls and procedures. These include the fact that human judgment in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns in internal controls can occur because of human failures such as simple errors, mistakes or intentional circumvention of the established processes.
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer and implemented by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
On a quarterly basis, we carry out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer (whom is also our Principal Accounting Officer) of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As of December 31, 2012, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, and Principal Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to us that is required to be included in our periodic SEC filings.
Although we change and improve our internal controls over financial reporting on an ongoing basis, we do not believe that any such changes occurred in the fourth quarter 2012 that materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
This annual report includes an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.
None to report.
126
Table of Contents
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The response to this item is incorporated by reference to Bank of Commerce Holdings Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, “Voting Securities and Ownership of Certain Beneficial Holders”, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence”, and “Committees of the Board of Directors”.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The response to this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement, under the captions “Information on Director and Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The response to this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement, under the caption “Voting Securities and Ownership of Certain Beneficial Holders”.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The response to this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The response to this item is incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement, under the caption “Report of the Audit and Qualified Legal Compliance Committee.”
127
Table of Contents
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
| (a) | The following documents are filed as a part of this Form 10-K: |
| (1) | Financial Statements: |
Reference is made to the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 in Part II of this Form 10-K.
| (2) | Financial Statement Schedules: |
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
| (3) | Exhibits: |
| Exhibit No. |
Description of Document | |
| 3 |
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, incorporated by reference to EX-3.1 of the Form 10-K filed 3/9/2012 | |
| 3.2 |
Amended and Restated Bylaws, incorporated by reference to EX-3.2 of the Form 10-K filed 3/9/2012 | |
| 4.1 |
Specimen Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to EX-4.1 of the Form 10-12G filed 12/4/1998. | |
| 4.2 |
Certificate of Determination for the Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, incorporated by reference to EX-3.1 of the Form 8-K filed 9/28/2011 | |
| 4.3 |
Form of Certificate for the Series B Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to EX-4.1 of the Form 8-K filed 9/28/2011 | |
| 10.1 |
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 27, 2011, between Bank of Commerce Holdings and the United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to EX-10.1 of the Form 8-K filed 9/27/2011 | |
| 10.2 |
Letter Agreement dated September 27, 2011, between Bank of Commerce Holdings and the United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to EX-10.2 of the Form 8-K filed 9/28/2011 | |
| 10.3 |
Letter Agreement dated September 27, 2011, between Bank of Commerce Holdings and the United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to EX-10.3 of the Form 8-K filed 9/27/2011 | |
| 10.4 |
Office Building Lease between Gairn Partnership/First Avenue Square and Redding Bank of Commerce dated July 16, 1998, incorporated by reference to EX-10.2 of the Form 10-12G filed 12/4/1998 | |
| 10.5* |
2010 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix D of the Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Shareholder Meeting filed 4/12/2010 | |
| 10.6* |
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement used in connection with 1998 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to EX-10.4 of the Form 10-12G filed 12/4/1998 | |
| 10.7* |
Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to EX-10.7 of the Form 10-12G filed 12/4/1998 | |
| 10.8* |
Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement Used In Connection With Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to EX-10.8 of the Form 10-12G filed 12/4/1998 | |
| 10.9* |
Form of Amendment to the Redding Bank of Commerce Directors Deferred Compensation Agreement dated April 1, 2009, incorporated by reference to EX- 10.9 of Form 8-K filed 3/24/09 | |
| 10.10* |
Salary Continuation Agreement with Randy S. Eslick dated April 1, 2006, incorporated by reference to EX-10.17 of the Form 8-K filed 12/19/2006 | |
| 10.11* |
Amended Salary Continuation Agreement with Linda J. Miles dated December 31, 2006, incorporated by reference to EX-10.21 of the Form 8-K filed 1/03/2007 | |
| 10.12* |
Amended Salary Continuation Agreement with Patrick J. Moty dated September 27, 2007, incorporated by reference to EX-10.23 of the Form 8-K filed 9/27/2007 | |
| 10.13* |
Form of Salary Continuation Agreement with Samuel Jimenez , Robert Oberg and Theodore Cumming dated 01/22/2009, 06/01/2011, and 01/22/2009, respectively, incorporated by reference to EX-10.13 of the Form 10-K filed 3/9/2012. | |
128
Table of Contents
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (CONTINUED)
| 10.14* |
Employment Agreement Moty dated September 27, 2007, incorporated by reference to EX-10.22 of the Form 8-K filed 9/27/2007 | |
| 10.15* |
Employment Agreement with Randy S. Eslick dated October 14, 2008, incorporated by reference to EX-10.22 of the Form 8-K filed 10/17/2008 | |
| 10.16* |
Employment Agreement with Linda J. Miles dated January 1, 2011, incorporated by reference to EX-10.26 of the Form 8-K filed 3/17/2011 | |
| 10.17* |
Employment Agreement with Robert C. Oberg dated January 1, 2011, incorporated by reference to EX-10.26 of the Form 8-K filed 3/17/2011 | |
| 10.18* |
Form of Employment Agreement with Samuel Jimenez dated October 14,2008, incorporated by reference to EX-10.22 of the Form 8-K filed 10/17/2008 | |
| 10.19* |
Form of Employment Agreement with Theodore Cumming dated October 14,2008, incorporated by reference to EX-10.22 of the Form 8-K filed 10/17/2008 | |
| 10.20 |
Amended Employment Agreement with Samuel D. Jimenez, dated March 1, 2012, incorporated by reference to Ex-99.1 of the form 8-K filed March 2, 2012. | |
| 10.21 |
Amendment to the Salary Continuation Agreement for Linda J. Miles, dated November 21, 2012, incorporated by reference to EX-10.27 of the form 8-K filed November 21, 2012. | |
| 10.22 |
Amendment to the Salary Continuation Agreement for Patrick J. Moty, dated November 21, 2012, incorporated by reference to EX-10.27 of the form 8-K filed November 21, 2012 | |
| 10.23 |
Supplemental Life Insurance Agreements for Theodore M. Cumming, Robert C. Oberg, and Robert N. Rowe dated December 31,2012, incorporated by reference to Ex-10.28 of the form 8-K filed December 31, 2012. | |
| 14 |
Bank of Commerce Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to EX-10.12 of the Form 8-K filed 2/26/2003 | |
| 21.1+ |
Subsidiaries of the Company | |
| 23.1+ |
Consent of Moss Adams LLP | |
| 24+ |
Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this report) | |
| 31.1+ |
Certification of Patrick J. Moty pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d — 14(a) as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 | |
| 31.2+ |
Certification of Samuel D. Jimenez pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d — 14(a) as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 | |
| 32.1+ |
Certification pursuant to Section 1350 | |
| 99.1+ |
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 | |
| 99.2+ |
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 | |
| 101.INS |
XBRL Instance Document | |
| 101.SCH |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document | |
| 101.CAL |
XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document | |
| 101.DEF |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document | |
| 101.LAB |
XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document | |
| 101.PRE |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document | |
| + | Filed herewith |
| * | Executive Contract, Compensatory Plan or Arrangement |
129
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 15, 2013.
| BANK OF COMMERCE HOLDINGS | ||
| By | /s/ Patrick J. Moty | |
| Patrick J. Moty | ||
| President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Redding Bank of Commerce and Bank of Commerce Holdings | ||
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Patrick J. Moty and Samuel D. Jimenez, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
130
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
| Name |
Title |
Date | ||
| /s/ Patrick J. Moty | President and Chief Executive Officer |
March 15, 2013 | ||
| /s/ Samuel D. Jimenez | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
March 15, 2013 | ||
| /s/ Lyle L. Tullis | Chairman of the Board |
March 15, 2013 | ||
| /s/ David H. Scott | Director |
March 15, 2013 | ||
| /s/ Jon Halfhide | Director |
March 15, 2013 | ||
| /s/ Orin Bennett | Director |
March 15, 2013 | ||
| /s/ Gary Burks | Director |
March 15, 2013 | ||
| /s/ Joseph Gibson | Director |
March 15, 2013 | ||
131
Table of Contents
| Exhibit No. |
Description of Document | |
| 3.1 |
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, incorporated by reference to EX-3.1 of the Form 10-K filed 3/9/2012 | |
| 3.2 |
Amended and Restated Bylaws, incorporated by reference to EX-3.2 of the Form 10-K filed 3/9/2012 | |
| 4.1 |
Specimen Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to EX-4.1 of the Form 10-12G filed 12/4/1998. | |
| 4.2 |
Certificate of Determination for the Senior Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, incorporated by reference to EX-3.1 of the Form 8-K filed 9/28/2011 | |
| 4.3 |
Form of Certificate for the Series B Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to EX-4.1 of the Form 8-K filed 9/27/2011 | |
| 10.1 |
Securities Purchase Agreement, dated September 27, 2011, between Bank of Commerce Holdings and the United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to EX-10.1 of the Form 8-K filed 9/27/2011 | |
| 10.2 |
Letter Agreement dated September 27, 2011, between Bank of Commerce Holdings and the United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to EX-10.2 of the Form 8-K filed 9/28/2011 | |
| 10.3 |
Letter Agreement dated September 27, 2011, between Bank of Commerce Holdings and the United States Department of the Treasury, with respect to the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to EX-10.3 of the Form 8-K filed 9/27/2011 | |
| 10.4 |
Office Building Lease between Gairn Partnership/First Avenue Square and Redding Bank of Commerce dated July 16, 1998, incorporated by reference to EX-10.2 of the Form 10-12G filed 12/4/1998 | |
| 10.5* |
2010 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Appendix D of the Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Shareholder Meeting filed 4/12/2010 | |
| 10.6* |
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement used in connection with 1998 Stock Option Plan, incorporated by reference to EX-10.4 of the Form 10-12G filed 12/4/1998 | |
| 10.7* |
Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to EX-10.7 of the Form 10-12G filed 12/4/1998 | |
| 10.8* |
Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement Used In Connection With Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference to EX-10.8 of the Form 10-12G filed 12/4/1998 | |
| 10.9* |
Salary Continuation Agreement with Randy S. Eslick dated April 1, 2006, incorporated by reference to EX-10.17 of the Form 8-K filed 12/19/2006 | |
| 10.10* |
Amended Salary Continuation Agreement with Linda J. Miles dated December 31, 2006, incorporated by reference to EX-10.21 of the Form 8-K filed 1/03/2007 | |
| 10.11* |
Amended Salary Continuation Agreement with Patrick J. Moty dated September 27, 2007, incorporated by reference to EX-10.23 of the Form 8-K filed 9/27/2007 | |
| 10.12* |
Form of Salary Continuation Agreement with Samuel Jimenez , Robert Oberg and Theodore Cumming dated 01/22/2009, 06/01/2011, and 01/22/2009, respectively, incorporated by reference to EX-10.13 of the Form 10-K filed 3/9/2012. | |
| 10.13* |
Employment Agreement Patrick J. Moty dated September 27, 2007, incorporated by reference to EX-10.22 of the Form 8-K filed 9/27/2007 | |
| 10.14* |
Employment Agreement with Randy S. Eslick dated October 14, 2008, incorporated by reference to EX-10.22 of the Form 8-K filed 10/17/2008 | |
| 10.15* |
Employment Agreement with Linda J. Miles dated January 1, 2011, incorporated by reference to EX-10.26 of the Form 8-K filed 3/17/2011 | |
| 10.16* |
Employment Agreement with Robert C. Oberg dated January 1, 2011, incorporated by reference to EX-10.26 of the Form 8-K filed 3/17/2011 | |
| 10.17* |
Form of Employment Agreement with Samuel Jimenez dated October 14,2008, incorporated by reference to EX-10.22 of the Form 8-K filed 10/17/2008 | |
| 10.18* |
Form of Employment Agreement with Theodore J. Cumming dated October 14,2008, incorporated by reference to EX-10.22 of the Form 8-K filed 10/17/2008 | |
132
Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
| 10.19 |
Amended Employment Agreement with Samuel D. Jimenez, dated March 1, 2012, incorporated by reference to Ex-99.1 of the form 8-K filed March 2, 2012. | |
| 10.20 |
Amendment to the Salary Continuation Agreement for Linda J. Miles, dated November 21, 2012, incorporated by reference to Ex-10.27 of the form 8-K filed November 21, 2012. | |
| 10.21 |
Amendment to the Salary Continuation Agreement for Patrick J. Moty, dated November 21, 2012, incorporated by reference to EX-10.27 of the form 8-K filed November 21, 2012 | |
| 10.22 |
Form of Supplemental Life Insurance Agreement off Theodore M. Cumming, Robert C. Oberg, and Robert N. Rowe dated December 31,2012, incorporated by reference to EX-10.28 of the form 8-K filed January 2, 2013. | |
| 14 |
Bank of Commerce Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to EX-10.12 of the Form 8-K filed 2/26/2003 | |
| 21.1+ |
Subsidiaries of the Company | |
| 23.1+ |
Consent of Moss Adams LLP | |
| 24+ |
Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this report) | |
| 31.1+ |
Certification of Patrick J. Moty pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d — 14(a) as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 | |
| 31.2+ |
Certification of Samuel D. Jimenez pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d — 14(a) as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 | |
| 32.1+ |
Certification pursuant to Section 1350 | |
| 99.1+ |
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 | |
| 99.2+ |
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 111(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 | |
| 101.INS |
XBRL Instance Document | |
| 101.SCH |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document | |
| 101.CAL |
XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document | |
| 101.DEF |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document | |
| 101.LAB |
XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document | |
| 101.PRE |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document | |
133